Home

Datasheet

1. MPC2xx 110x119 x 61 650 ME203 x 55x 119x611 230 ME203 xN 55x 119x61 310 MX213 110x119 x 61 670 MH212 x 220 x 119 x 96 1870 SLC284 110x119 x 61 360 SDI208 55x 119 x 61 210 SDO204 55x 119x611 230 DI2xx xx 55x 119x 61 200 DO2xx xx 55x119x 61 240 DOR206 xx 55x119x 61 220 DIO216 xx 55 x 119 x Gl 210 DIO232 55x 119x61 210 DIO248 110x119 x 61 370 DIO264 110x119 x 61 390 DIO280 x 110x119 x 61 385 GIO212 55x 119x61 200 AIO208 55x 119x611 200 AIO216 55x 119x61 200 AI204 x 55x 119x61 210 AI20x SI 55x 119x61 210 AO202 55 x 119 x61 200 AQ208 Ix 55x119x 61 230 AQO202 SI 55x 119x61 200 AO204 SI 55x 119x61 210 AIO288 x 55x119x 61 240 PTAI216x 55x 119x61 220 TI214 x 55x 119x61 210 DMS202 55x119x 61 235 AIC212x 110x119 x 61 360 CNT204 Hx 55x 119x61 200 CNT204 R 55x 119x61 225 ISI222 x 55x 119x61 235 ACR222 2 55x 119x61 265 PWM202 55x 119x61 220 RS204 x 55x119x6i1 200 EM213x 55x 119x61 340 SWI205 S 55x 119x61 240 BEM211 55 x 119x61 195 BES212 55x 119x61 205 BES222 55x 119x61 205 BES202 N 55x 119x61 290 BES2x2 N 55x 119x61 290 FCS214 x 55x 119x61 290 GSP274 165x 119x75 640 GMP232 110x 119x61 600 GM260 55x119x6i 190 d 398 Dimensions control system Module WxHxD mm Weight g Bus modules 399 FM211 55x 119 x 70 FM222 55x 119 x
2. 190 Communication Control room networking EeEE OPC UA Server Openness Productivity and Connectivity Software The OPC UA Server is a pure software solution and can be executed directly on the controller CPU without additional hardware It offers full and transparent access to the process values of the control application Systems for visualization Scada or data logging can use OPC UA as manufacturer independent interface An additional Windows PC for execution of the OPC server software is no longer required More benefits from the direct execution on the controller are the automatic recognition of process data without the need to create a configuration and the accurate source time stamps If requested the communication is encrypted and the communication partners can be identified unambiguously by TLS certificates Plain communication without login data and the certification check are of course still possible Software FOUNDATION Data Access according to OPC UA specification Is installed as additional service on the controller Displays the process values of the controller in its address space without additional configuration steps e Considers access permissions on variables at reading and writing e Write access can be logged Quality is granted by participation at Interop workshops and conformance tests Item Item no OPC UA Server installation DVD 00022170 00 OPC UA
3. oS o 3 Y18198 SEENEN AAE E E AE ZIZI 3 O 2 zlizliZiv ar arene OIO O OIDID O GIO O NININ fea S 51415 NO Ce Omen OINI Ww NITNINININMI NMI NINI ele W W ow Ny r o NM rm Ny S S O N Soin Sl eet ey Gel el nee 212 lt RISSIE SISSE FINIALO gQ Q a 2 s PT N co O K R Me s OIO A se UW Ws Me Me O m c a d RoHS China no RoHS Europe Certification in process 383 Standards and approvals Item no Module DNV BV 00017470 00 EM213 00017192 00 FCS214 G 00017192 10 FCS214 F 00010495 00 FM211 00010496 00 FM212 00016747 10 FM221 00018091 10 FM221 00016747 00 FM222 00018091 00 FM222 00010497 00 FS211 00010498 00 FS211 N 00010499 00 FS212 00010500 00 FS212 N 00016749 10 FS221 N 00018092 10 FS221 Nzx 00016749 00 FS222 N 00018092 00 FS222 Nzx 00020620 00 00020623 00 00022162 00 GM260 00017829 00 00019063 00 00019756 00 00021759 00 00013737 00 ISI222 00016421 00 00014127 00 00014477 00 LM20 00009494 00 LM201 00018805 10 MC205 00018805 12 MC205 CFA4GB 00020513 1x MC205 00018806 1x MC210 00020514 1x MC210 00013176 00 ME203 CN 00016336 00 ME203 CN 00013191 00 ME203 CNW x x x x x x x x x O x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x ps x x x x x x gt x x x x a
4. EtherCAT configurator The Device Manager includes an integrated EtherCAT configurator that creates a complete network configuration ENI EtherCAT Network Information from the standardized slave description files ESI EtherCAT Slave Information and transfers it to the controller For access to the process data in addition logical I O modules are generated on the master that enable an immediate diagnosis and signal test in the Device Manager The configuration project will be automatically stored on the controller so that even without manual transmission of project files opening testing and changing the existing configuration is possible in the service PC Managing the slaves in the catalog Online and offline creation of network configurations Busscan of the online controller also in the case of configuration errors with display of the discrepancies for quick error detection Direct transfer of pre configured PDOs e Browser for object directory of the Slave if supported by the slave Automatic generation of logical I O modules for access to cyclic process data Immediate wiring test without user software is possible Monitor for SDO read and write access for the running network Monitor for setting and checking the alias address EtherCAT 160 Fieldbuses PROFIBUS Widely used esteemed everywhere PROFIBUS is a field bus that is widely PROFIBUS components in the future used particularly
5. x J e J J e J J J e e J e e e e J e On nn Q1QM QM 1QM Q m m INJ Z Z NIN NIN pO NIN N N NEN w w S BALM N NIN 2 X X Ss x m x O d RoHS China no RoHS Europe 384 Standards and approvals Item no Module CE eee UL cUL GL DNV LR ABS BV 00013177 00 ME203 EN e s s e fe 00015985 00 ME203 eN e s e s e e e ee 00016370 0x mH2iz s e e e le ce ce le le 00018652 0x MH2iz s e e e e e e ele 00012711 40 Mmpc240 e ce le lt le le le le 00018591 x0 Mmpc240 e le le lt le le 00016338 40 _ mpc240 e oe ce oe et le ce le Ll 00020547 x0 mpc240 e e e le le le le Ll le 00013127 40 Mmpc240w_ e os e e et fle le el ozono owe Tit ft ft fe orsz ee Ltt Lett Le i Le te e fe 00012708 40 mpc265 e tle lt le le lle 00018587 x0 mpc265 ee lt le le le 00012710 40 Mmpc270 e le le fle ct lt fle el 00018589 x0 mpc270 e e ce le le le el gt 00016180 40 mpc270 e ce e te le le el gt 00020413 x0 mpc27o e os e e le le le le le 00013129 40 mMpc27o w e e e e e le le le le le vorazeaoo Some Tt Lt it Lt ie e te e fe 00014274 40 Mmpc293 e se le le et ce Tl
6. stem O g pviev Wi NI i N System overview aay Content EE M1 controller hardware Processor modules ME203 series MX200 series MPC200 series MC200 series MH200 series Digital input output modules Digital input modules DI212 216 232 Digital output modules DO216 232 Digital relay output modules DOR206 230 Digital input output modules DIO216 232 Digital input output modules DIO248 264 280 Analog input output modules Universal input output module GIO212 Universal input output module AIO208 216 Analog input modules AI202 SI AI204 SI Analog input modules AI208 SI Analog input modules AI204 x Analog output module AO202 Analog output module AO208 Analog output modules AO202 SI AO204 SI Analog input output modules AIO288 x Temperature input module PTAI216 Temperature input modules TI214 x Strain gauge input module DMS202 Function modules Counter modules CNT204 x Encoder interface modules ISI222 x Pulse width modulation module PWM202 Axis controller module ACR222 2 Grid measurement module Grid measurement protection and synchronization module GSP274 Grid measurement and protection module GMP232 Grid measurement module GM260 System modules Power supply module NT255 Power supply module NT250 48 Distributor modules VP200 x Dummy module LM201 Rail adapter S202 Backplane BS200 series Backplanes BS200 series Backplanes BS200 S series Bus bar Adapters BS200 ET series Storage me
7. Item MC205 00018805 10 MC205 CFA4GB 00018805 12 MC205 00020513 10 MC205 CFA4GB 00020513 12 MC210 00018806 10 MC210 CFA4GB 00018806 12 MC210 00020514 10 MC210 CFA4GB 00020514 12 Processor modules Processor memory CPU 1 6 GHz ATOM E680 600 MHz ATOM E620 I O bus Process image controller CFast mass storage 1 x integrated accessible from the side gt 8 GB RAM 1 GB DRAM DDR2 nvRAM O data memory 512 kB Internal FLASH program memory 64 MB 40 MB free for application program Interfaces Serial 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 SW configurable Ethernet 2x 10 100 1000 Base T with IEEE1588 USB host 1x USB 2 0 Service USB interface 1x USB device Additional features Watchdog Synchronizing pulse also for I O bus fieldbuses SERCOS and CAN Ethernet Real time clock with battery Status indication via 3 LEDs CPU ID selectable with rotary hexadecimal switches Operating system VxWorks with Bachmann system extensions on internal FLASH Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate 3 Operating temperature 30 60 C fan free Rel humidity operation 5 95 without 5 95 with condensation condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 without 5 95 with condensation condensation Design variants MC210 CPU module ATOM E680 1 6GHz 1GB DRAM 512kB nvRAM 64MB file flash 2x Ethi00 1000 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 1x USB2 0 1x USB2 0
8. EI C C Developer Debug A Safety Developer E9 Device Manager bd Solution Navigator ao a Solution Projects E B PowerManagement e My Templates it ReduMaster REDUNDANT G Redundant Applications o e Powric S Master A 10 204 70 2 D bs 3 System gs SW Modules o GG Station 1 Gy BCH202 Gy BCP202 _ G BCR202 oats CAN amp Je Master B 10 204 71 2 Ej kaj System E SW Modules H Station 1 Ga BCH202 H BCP202 G3 BCR202 Cic Projects M PLC Projects A Safety Projects WW Vis Projects Redundancy Info Device Overview Property E Name E IP address E Remote IP address E System mode E Cpu type Ez MSys version E f pcr module 3 E Module number E Mode E Local state E Local error E Remote state E Remote error E Sync state 5 Sync error E Cycle time ms lt Application Name Primary Device Master 10 204 70 2 10 204 71 2 REDUNDANT MPC270 3 80 Va Secondary Device Master B 10 204 71 2 10 204 70 2 REDUNDANT MPC270 v3 80 3 REDUNDANT RUN Success RUN Success ON Success 20 bachmann SolutionCenter 244 245 Redundancy Rationale Characteristic High availability system type CPU redundancy Network redundancy I O redundancy Sensor redundancy Switchover Continuous dual channel ability Communication redundancy Processing units recommendation I O peripheral Use of special hardware T
9. Profilyorgabe ber Monitor Profilyorgabe ber Datei Profil Punkte Profil Offset Schritt Hub mm Bewegung Randsteigung te i Hinzuf gen jo S schen Hub mm v L sch o E N Soll Profil B Kann Profil Basa SSS ea Abbrechen bernehmen IV Gitternetz Dauerhub Mehrfach Stop Halt Reset Ein Aus 345 Profile specification e Offline or online profile specification for each axis is possible e Profile specification via an external file is possible up to 360 interpolation points e Profile calculation online in the production cycle without stop online interpolation e Free selection of the type of interpolation between the interpolation points e Interpolation types Linear sinoid sinus modified sinus spline trapeze Bestehorn polygon 6th degree temporal ext signal Table interpreter e Profile calculation for minimal cycle times via table interpreter e Record by record position oriented consideration of profiles similar to CNC e CNC commands F W X E T e Loop command for automatic repetitions of specific table columns e Input of tables via M SHAFT monitor Control Axis types e Regulated absolute absolute coordinates e g lift cylinder e Regulated relative relative coordinates e g feed e Analog analog manipulated variable e g 10 10 V e Digital e g pneumatic ejector press e Multi cam 16 digital cams per axis Summary fe
10. 45 40 47 18 49 Item Item no AI0288 00014470 00 AI0288 00016157 00 AI0288 1 00014470 10 Voltage inputs Quantity Max 8 Input voltage 1 V or 10 V Input impedance gt 100 kQ Digital resolution 14 bit Allowed common mode Max 1 V voltage Basic accuracy at 25 C Max 0 05 of input voltage range Input cutoff frequency 1 5 kHz 3 dB Cross talk attenuation gt 60 dB Sample time 200 us 56 Analog input output modules Voltage outputs Quantity Output voltage Digital resolution Allowed common mode voltage Basic accuracy at 25 C Settling time of 1 of the output current range Cross talk attenuation Refresh cycle time Current inputs Quantity Input current Input impedance Digital resolution Max input current Basic accuracy at 25 C Input cutoff frequency Sample time Temperature inputs Temperature inputs Quantity Connection type Temperature range Input impedance Basic accuracy at 25 C Input cutoff frequency Value of the LSB Sample time Galvanic isolation from system Potentiometer power supply Quantity Voltage range Error at 25 C Load External power supply Max 8 10 V 14 bit Max 1 V Max 0 025 of output voltage range Max 400 us gt 60 dB 200 us Max 8 0 20 mA 243 Q 14 bit 35 mA destruction limit Max 0 1 of input current range 1 5 kHz 3 dB 200 us Pt100 Pt1000 selectable Max 4 2 or 4 wire
11. Rel humidity operation 5 95 without 5 95 with condensation condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 without 5 95 with condensation condensation Execution variants MH212 S CPU module Celeron M ULV 722 1 2GHz 2GB DDR 512kB nvRAM 16MB file flash 2x Eth100 1000 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 isolated 1x USB2 0 integrated power supply 30W CFast slot MH212 S Like MH212 S ColdClimate Processor modules 22 Digital input output modules Efficiency for all channel types The Mi Automation System s wide range of digital I O modules means there is a module for any channel type A selection from the standard 6 channel variant up to the ultra compact 80 channel module guarantees the right module for every pur pose Combined I O modules allow the operating mode DI DO of each individual channel to be configured by the user As well as the global standard 24 V DC input signal 48 V DC modules are also available for the power station sector DI212 216 232 Features Number of inputs 12 16 32 nz sf Digital input modules Bachmann electronic s M1 I O modules not only allow the process image access typical of PLCs but also direct access at any point in the program This makes it possible to configure individual digital in puts and their status changes as interrupt sources so that programs can respond to process controlled inputs All modules
12. 20 mA Via adjustable measuring range limits errors such as short circuit sensor defect or wire break can be easily detected Threshold values that can be configured within the measuring range permit monitoring of the process factor without having to sample it The shunt is protected against short circuit of the 24 V supply which can easily occur with the sensor wiring Robustness and above average diagnostic capabilities are the outstanding characteristics of this input module e 8 analog inputs e Input current 0 20 mA 4 20 mA 20 20 mA e Input impedance approx 200 Q e Resolution 13 16 bit e Adjustable input filter 2 5 kHz 2 5 Hz Item no AI208 SI 00017772 00 AI208 SI amp 00018843 00 Current inputs Analog input output modules Quantity Input current range Measuring range Input impedance Digital resolution Value of the LSB Cross talk attenuation Signal suppression 50 Hz 60 Hz Sample frequency Filtering slope Input filter Galvanic isolation of channels Galvanic isolation from system Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Execution variants AI208 SI AI1208 SI 8 0 20 mA 4 20 mA 20 20 mA 24 6 mA Normally 200 Q 13 bit 2 5 kHz filter 16 bit 10 Hz filter 751 202 nA gt 80 dB between the channels 75 dB 80 dB at 2 5 Hz filter Maximum 10 kHz filter 2 5 kHz Fro
13. nvRAMO data memory 512 kB 1x USB Host 1x Service USB interface 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 2x Ethernet 10 100 1000 Mbit s with IEEE1588 Slots CFast200 xx m Q o _ Of Processor modules MH200 series Features CPU 1 2 GHz Celeron nvRAM 512 kB FLASH 16 MB internal ue 2x Ethernet 10 100 1000 Mbit s B ee ee 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 1x USB 2 0 Internal mass memory CFast card Slot CFA200 xx Integrated power supply bs j Processor modules ME203 EN A bachmann 1 2 4ig 0 f jo A 4 ae as ComM of Po fj SN i E f li l 424V DC pee Processor modules ME203 series The processor modules of the ME203 series extend the range of the M1 controller family in terms of reduced power consumption and moderate cycle times With an extremely slim design of only one module width ME203 CPUs offer all the essential features of larger type series but with a lower power consumption Several networking and power supply options scale the module ideally for smaller applications As fully fledged M1 CPUs ME203 processor modules are not only configured with the same tools as the high end families MX and MPC but are also fully code and application compatible although they have less memory and fewer interfaces All modules have two serial interfaces and a front slot for one PC card The optional Ethernet interface allows integra
14. 154 Fieldbuses EtherCAT The fast communication path The EtherCAT bus system is outstandingly The configurator for EtherCAT networks suited for the activation of servo is integrated in the SolutionCenter and electric drives As a pure software generates an operable configuration on the solution the EtherCAT master from controller based on the XML description files Bachmann electronic uses the available of the various slave manufacturers Ethernet ports on the controller CPU Possible topology EtherCAT SOLUTIONCENTER EtherCAT Software ee Bj Short ener Derce Manager atk E s Software Fia p t Wiedew suh k O e porcen Orteg A Siety Desesepes EF Derce Maraga hd Va Deger E soiton St wt a My Templates WF Sh Demwcece 102013036 gt Onine Pence P System h SW PS P adoni Aree Type tN Da ha rne FinerCaT f iche pretty Ootectate 5000 BEC Actor necis odit 1008 Olle Dene Inder Gobinder Ad ARO 602 Sotto ay oa Do Nth brates sew Data teagh decd T tempt Se He a a 29 O cutaig Pi m aO Yabini FTP E Vewstics View Desice het Syren V0 EiherCAT Prf Servos CAN Postet Hame Finer 8K Rerare Vee Type G Minet Reene W Ph CAT Minte em o Hea Ey Acces Lengtht Gemera Address Unt EtherCAT EtherCAT master The EtherCAT master is a pure software solution and uses an Ethernet port on the cont
15. 24V DC 128 256 A B ue Processor modules MX200 series The processor modules of the MX200 series are Module based on PC technology for the M1 controller system Depending on the type the modules are equipped with a power supply and an integrated CAN master and have 100 Mbit Ether net ports that allow the simple integration of the controller in physically separated networks The processor module with integrated floating point unit FPU is suitable for control applications The MX200 modules are equipped with non volatile RAM which provides maximum data security for more than 10 years without battery back up Depending on type the following features are e 2 serial interfaces e 2 Ethernet interfaces 10 100 Mbit s with status displays e 1 CAN interface e 1 USB interface e Status indicating LEDs for RUN INIT and ERROR e Mass storage Compact Flash e RAM 256 MB DRAM e Data memory 512 kB nvRAM e Program memory of 16 32 64 MB FLASH on PC card and 16 MB internal FLASH 4 MB for system software 12 MB for applications Integrated power supply Item Device Item no MX207 00014445 00 MX213 CF512MB 00018594 00 MX213 CF4GB 00018594 10 MX213 CF512MB 00018597 00 MX213 CF4GB 00018597 10 MX220 CF512MB 00018593 00 MX220 CF4GB 00018593 10 MX220 00019210 00 MX220 CF512MB 00017689 00 MX22 02k CF4GB 00017689 10 Processor modules Processor memory CPU x86 Performance
16. 32 bit 20 kHz 25 us 183 Hz 46 88 kHz adjustable default off fg 100 kHz 5 V 24 V 5 V Vege LV 5 like Uext 200 mA 300 mA lt 150 MV s like Uext Yes permanent Yes permanent 18 34 V DC 40 mA at 24 V 1 2x current consumption of the encoders Yes Standard ColdClimate 30 60 C 5 95 with condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation 5 95 without condensation Counter module 2x INC HTL 300kKHz 2x counter HTL 20kKHz oder 4x counter HTL 20kHz HTL 24V 32bit INC A A B N position phase difference period trigger isolated Like CNT204 H ColdClimate Counter module 2x INC RS422 1MHz 2x counter HTL 20kHz oder 4x counter HTL 20kHz HTL 24V 32bit INC A A B N position phase difference period trigger isolated 68 Function modules Positioning modules ISI222 x Especially designed for sophisticated motion con trol applications the ISI222 module offers compact equipment and optimum precision Equipped for the total control of two motion axes the module features a number of encoder interfaces for posi tion acquisition analog outputs for the application of manipulated variables as well as digital inputs for the initiator or trigger Furthermore due to the central communication concept all I Os of the re maining M1 system can also be incorporated into the motion control limit switches etc Input frequencies up to 8 MHz and the integrated
17. Operation under Microsoft Windows 7 Vista XP No restriction of data quantity Simulation of clients Operation under Microsoft Windows 7 Vista XP Server 2003 Server 2008 The telecontrol protocol according of these sub components ranges from to IEC60870 5 104 is widely used in circuit breakers converters and energy power generation power distribution meters to cogeneration units up to and infrastructure areas It allows the complete power plants control and monitoring of intelligent sub components and sub stations through a Superordinate control center The palette MMS Server IEC61850 IEC61400 25 Features Communication in accordance with standards IEC 61400 25 or IEC 61850 Pure software solution special additional hardware is unnecessary Shared operation with other protocols on the same Ethernet interface Enables access from outside to variables of the controller IEC60870 5 Server Slave Features Standard compliant implementation of IEC60870 5 101 103 104 Server Service software solution that can be subsequently installed No changes to the application logic required Fully configurable no application specific processing via PLC libraries required Configurator for commissioning and diagnostic monitor in the SolutionCenter Import export in CSV format for exchange with other manufacturers Reducing the amount of data via configurable threshold filters
18. Remote maintenance The layer based security architecture forms multiple security walls around user applications Each level includes specific security measures that can also be used in user specific applications 216 Security nes Control components of Bachmann have various measures for counteracting targeted access Effective mechanisms are in place for protecting against network overload which ensure stability of the application in the event of denial of service attacks Vigorous implementation of end to end encryption of the communication by SSL renders eavesdropping ineffective User programs use interfaces to current cryptographic procedures to encrypt data Critical infrastructures Guided by national and international regulations public utility companies are particularly sensitized in matters of security and are obligated to protect their plants accordingly Comprehensive measu res embedded in detailed security concepts at all organizational levels have long been established Protective fencing own Surveillance staff and continuous access controls have been found in critical parts of these plants Control networks and operating panels were strictly sealed off previously In the meantime modern business and service models require targeted access of other organizational components via Intranet and even externally via Internet Group User Configuration Group Username Password System Rights Application R
19. gt Start Hydraolikmuok mu hotii Moloplikatordruonk 143 bar dk Setup Visualizing Web compliant Versatile HMI and SCADA Solutions through web technology Increasing complexity and the constantly escalating level of automation in a wide variety of systems demand future oriented technologies to monitor and control processes effectively HMI and SCADA systems contribute significantly in this regard and guarantee a highest possible degree of security Moreover future applications have to be able to demonstrate a high degree of flexibi lity even connecting to fixed operator control stations in the age of mobile terminals is a thing of the past Due to its generic structure the specially designed HMI and SCADA solutions from Bachmann electronic for professional and control center technology can be used in all areas of application and industries like energy plant construc tion and mechanical engineering maritime applications building control systems in the infrastructure sector or logistics The modern and efficient structure makes for scaling from extremely small applications with scarcely a dozen information points up to industrial scale systems with several hundred thousand process values Top quality user interfaces are produced by using web technologies alone while installations on the HMI equipment fall by the wayside Visualization is available on all equipment with a standard browser and is not constrained by scree
20. Digital resolution Output signal range Voltage outputs Output voltage Output current Basic accuracy at 25 C Current outputs Output current Basic accuracy at 25 C Apparent ohmic resistance Digital inputs Input voltage Low level High level According to Type 1 Input current at 24 V Input type source Input type comparator Prof filter for digital inputs Digital counter Modes Type 3 Types J K T N E R S B can be selected 100 1200 C 100 1370 C 100 400 C 100 1300 C 100 1000 C 50 1768 C 50 1768 C 600 1820 C Up to 3 V Input range max 0 15 of input current range S R T max 0 3 0 1 K measurement values in 1 10 Kelvin 14 bit 105 nominal range 10 V Max 10 mA Min 1 kOhm max 0 05 of output current range 0 4 20 mA Max 0 25 of the output current range Up to 600 Ohm Nom 24 VDC OvV 5V 4 11V 4 34V 2mA 6mMA 6mA 10 mA 2mA 6mMA 2mA 6mMA Typ 2 5 V 16 us 262 ms default 1 ms Count direction 1 2 4x evaluation Period duration measurement Pulse duration measurement Combination with 2nd channel pulse direction mode or quadrature encoder A 42 Analog input output modules Digital counter Counter Counter up or down in combination with 2nd channel 32 bit Input type 24 V like digital input Trigger 2nd channel Save value Reset 2nd channel Reset counter Dig
21. Safety instruction for operation If higher voltages than safe low voltages are connected then a backplane with BS2xx S protective ground ing for protection class 1 must be used Safe low voltages and dangerous voltages may not be connected together on a relay module In addition a suitable safeguard against accidental contact must be provided for example installation in a control cabinet While in operation all sockets must have a relay plugged in Cage clamps are the best method for protecting against accidental contact by technicians It is not permis sible to use these relays as safety relays or for safety related applications 30 Digital input output modules be e fe es 24V DC O 5A ao aea Digital input output modules DIO216 232 The digital input output modules DIO2xx x can be used to operate receivers of digital control devices such as contactors relays pneumatic and hydraulic valves as well as for reading signals from digitally operating sources such as sensors photocells or switches e 16 32 48 64 or 80 digital channels e 16 channels can be configured as input or output e Configurable interrupt inputs e Status display for each channel via LED e Supply voltage 18 34 V DC e Supply voltage protected against reverse polarity e Cost effective and space saving e Full wiring without extra potential rails 3 wire only DIO216 Item Item no DIO216 00010615 00 DIO216 4 00010892 00 DIO216
22. Standardized performance With the bus expansion modules from Bachmann electronic for the CPU station additional backplanes with I O modules can be added A configuration is not required to do this at system start all stations and modules will be automatically detected and initialized All I O modules can be reached transparently the physical structure of the control system does not need to be considered Organization of Topology bus expansion il the controller in multiple stations permits both spatial adaptation to the control cabinet as well as wide area distribution of I O modules for extended machines and plants There is no restriction for the user in terms of performance and convenience The interconnected backplanes behave as if they were connected on a single large backplane i m a E Bus extension modules BEx200 series Features Bus expansion master module 1 interface Bus expansion slave module 2 interfaces cascadable Up to 6 or 15 substations Minimal signal delay Oor O Distances of up to 3 m between stations Integrated watchdog on slave modules Bus expansion BEM211 Bus expansion modules BEx200 series With the bus extension modules BEM21x and BES21x a high speed connection up to 3 m away is possible with less than 1 5 us access time to distributed I O units Up to six distributed substations can be directly interconnected in a daisy ch
23. Standards Machine safety IEC61508 Functional safety draft of complex E E PE safety components Approved for IS013849 Safety of Machinery IEC62061 Functional safety machine related E E PE systems IEC61511 Functional safety equipment and process industry EN954 Product standard IEC61131 2 UL508 Additional features Status display via LEDs Operating mode adjustable via hex switch Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 20 60 C fanless 30 60 C fanless Relative humidity operation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C 40 85 C Relative humidity storage 5 95 with condensation Model variants SLC284 Safety CPU module integrated digital input output SIL3 PLe 8x DI 24V 4x DO 24V 0 5A SIL2 PLd 16x DI 8x DO 6ms cycle time RS232 operating standalone or with CPU modul SLC284 like SLC284 ColdClimate Safety Control Safety modules Safety input modules SDI208 The safety input module SDI208 adds an additional 8 input channels to the safety logic controller SLC284 A homogeneous total system is created through independent and safe integration in the M1 controller Through the free choice of the slot either directly beside the safety controller through bus expansion or several hundred meters away through the FASTBUS the safety system can be optimally adapted to the distributed requirements and existing infrastructure of the system
24. The input module SDI208 is approved under the latest safety standard IEC61508 The input module can be easily integrated in the safety application comparable with a standard I O module as the proven SolutionCenter development platform offers the easiest configuration most flexible type of programming and a safe simulation via easily combinable PLC Open function modules All variables and states of the SDI208 safety input module are accessible in all other machine program languages PLC C C Java visualization is also available and makes cumbersome parallel wiring unnecessary e 16 digital inputs can be used redundantly in pairs PL e SIL3 Cat 4 e Safe monitoring of the inputs with redundant 32 bit microcontrollers e Several SDI208 modules per controller possible e All safety I O states can be used by M1 controller e Safety programming via SolutionCenter e Galvanic isolation between the groups e Galvanic isolation from the system e Operating state display SAFE e Status display for each channel via LED Item Item no SDI208 00014544 00 SDI208 00017459 00 230 231 Safety modules Digital inputs Quantity Input voltage range H Input voltage range L Input delay normally HW Input delay normally SW Input type according to IEC61131 2 Input current at least Status display LED Error monitoring Internal power supply Galvanic isolation from the system Galvanic isolation
25. VGA color TFT opt touch screen Processor AMD Geode LX800 500 MHz RAM 512 MB Compact Flash gt UDMA 2 GB Operating system embedded Linux Interfaces Ethernet USB RS232 Project planning Vis Designer Java programming Shallow mounting depth and different screen diagonals are demanded For visualization under extreme climatic conditions condensation proof ColdClimate devices are available in all performance classes Devices for use in marine applications indicated in the product designation with M have a galvanically isolated supply voltage and depending on the model they have typical marine features such as internal signal encoders a floating relay output etc In conjunction with Bachmann s own project planning tool Vis Designer visualizations can be quickly and easily implemented with all device series Consistent application of industrial grade components guarantees long term availability and thus investment security Operator terminal OT1300 series Features Display 10 4 VGA 12 1 SVGA 15 XGA 19 SXGA color TFT opt touch screen Processor Intel i7 2x 1 7 GHz Intel Celeron 847E 2x 1 1 GHz AMD G T40E 2x 1 0 GHz RAM 2 GB DDR3 or 4 GB DDR3 Ultrafast CFast mass memory Interfaces 1x GBit Ethernet 2x or 4x USB 2 0 Standard operating temperature 0 60 C fanless Operating system Linux embedded Windows 7 embedded Project management M1 webMI pr
26. e Refresh cycle time 250 ms channel e Galvanic isolation of channels e Galvanic isolation from system e Monitoring of internal voltages Item Item no AI202 SI 00012245 10 AI204 SI 00012245 00 Current inputs Analog input output modules Quantity Input current range Input impedance Digital resolution Value of the LSB Cross talk attenuation Signal suppression 50 Hz 60 Hz Error at 25 C Error at the entire temperature range Sample frequency Input filter Galvanic isolation of channels Galvanic isolation from system Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Execution variants AI202 SI AI204 SI 2 AI202 SI or 4 AI204 SI 0 20 mA 75 Q 16 bit 509 nA Vref 2 5 V to 75 Q gt 100 dB between the channels gt 60 dB 0 1 0 5 4 measurements per second channel fg 3dB delay time ims Low pass filter 1st order 500 V 500 V 30 60 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation Analog input module 2x In 20mA 16bit 0 1 single isolated Analog input module 4x In 20mA 16bit 0 1 single isolated 48 Analog input output modules Analog input modules AI208 SI The compact analog input module AI208 SI offers eight individual galvanically isolated current inputs The measuring range is 24 6 mA and covers standards 4 20 mA 0 20 mA and 20
27. sturttior 7915050 If NOT firecron THEN firstrun Cycletsae i terttiae starttine Cyciecine 992 tarttine 7925940 etasttiae 4921005 JF cytlecive gt ycjeTis _ Mas THEN Cyclecine 6162 TycleTiae Maz EJAJ CycleTize Mag ta cycleniser CycleTine_Max 5493 Cyelerine 4997 Ex st ret amp hewarpo H ami te tht e Tf cyclecise gt 5t00 THEN Cycletior 4062 sycletime ts cyclecias Sychecise 992 ti Runsise Act 713 Runtime Set gt e Runtime Acz 00 Runzise_Set 713 Runtine_Act 713 i Tea_AIC_GetTime 01 getsine PrO t te qettiee sharttime thy Runsioe 713 qttsive TAOM startiion A745030 a sterccise ce scertcime scertcime 67910058 scartcime 6795565 fitatren i PALICI firstrus not ees Surchlasfeert eviscthre 646 udt OOun werSadern Myr funtie Jet lt 00 THEY SKunvime_Set 732 Runt ime_Set j Rustine get 1 Runtine_Set 729 re Bunsioe Set e 400 Funsiae Set TLS RSF _IEs Manufacturer libraries e STANDARD IEC 61131 3 Standard functions and function blocks e CONT_PLC 7 standard PID controllers e MIO_PLC Functions for direct access to hardware I Os e SMI_PLC Functions for fast communication between modules and controllers SMI SVI e EHD_PLC Functions for inputting and managing errors in the EHD e UTIL_PLC Functions for access to RTC runtime system info special conversions e FILE_PLC Functions for access to files directories and serial inter
28. AO204 SI The analog input module AO20x SI offers two or four high resolution analog 16 bit current output channels e 2 or 4 analog outputs e Output current 0 20 mA e Resolution 16 bit e Galvanic isolation of channels e Galvanic isolation from system e Short circuit proof outputs Item Item no A0O202 SI 00012246 10 A0O204 SI 00012246 00 2 A0202 SI or 4 A0204 SI 0 20 mA Up to 500 Q 16 bit 305 nA gt 100 dB between the channels 50 60 Hz 0 2 0 6 Max 3 ms 500 V 500 V 30 60 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation Analog output module 2x Out 20mA 16bit 0 2 single isolated Analog output module 4x Out 20mA 16bit 0 2 single isolated Analog input output modules A0288 D Analog input output modules 5 AIO288 x Re Be Re The analog input output module AIO288 x offers eight analog input channels as well as eight analog output channels e 8 analog inputs e 8 analog outputs e Connection possibility single ended or differential e Power supply for up to 4 potentiometers e Temperature inputs for up to Ww 4 Pt100 Pt1000 sensors Dt R e 2 wire or 4 wire inputs for OFTON E Pt100 Pt1000 sensors e Wire break detection for the inputs for voltage and temperature e Short circuit proof outputs e Overload detection for potentiometer power supplies e Monitoring of the external supply voltage 1C 4 42
29. CF Card 8GB WXPP FES 2x Eth 10 100MBit 3x USB2 0 1x powered USB2 0 2x RS232 422 1x PS2 1x Line in 1x Line Out 1x Mic 1x DVI 1x VGA operating temp 0 C 50 C storage temp 20 C 60 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation IPC1415 BE1 CM1G1 Industrial PC Display 15 1 XGA 1024x768 Touch CPU Celeron M ULV 423 1M Cache 1 06 GHz 533 MHz FSB RAM 1GB DDR2 CF Card 4GB WXPP FES 2x Eth 10 100MBit 3x USB2 0 1x powered USB2 0 2x RS232 422 1xPS2 1x Line in 1x Line Out 1x Mic 1x DVI 1x VGA operating temp 0 C 50 C storage temp 20 C 60 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation IPC1415 BE1 CD1G6 Industrial PC Display 15 1 XGA 1024x768 Touch CPU Core Duo Processor L2400 2M Cache 2x 1 66 GHz 667 MHz FSB RAM 2GB DDR2 CF Card 8GB WXPP FES 2x Eth 10 100MBit 3x USB2 0 1x powered USB2 0 2x RS232 422 1x PS2 1x Line in 1x Line Out 1x Mic 1x DVI 1x VGA operating temp 0 C 50 C storage temp 20 C 60 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation IPC1419 BE1 CD1G6 Industrial PC Display 19 SXGA 1240x1024 Touch CPU Core Duo Prozessor L2400 2M Cache 2x 1 66 GHz 667 MHz FSB RAM 2GB DDR2 CF Card 8GB WXPP FES 2x Eth 10 100MBit 3x USB2 0 1x powered USB2 0 2x RS232 422 1x PS2 1x Line in 1x Line Out 1x Mic 1x DVI 1x VGA operating temp 0 C 50 C storage temp 20 C 60 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensatio
30. Connection general Operating conditions Voltage range Current consumption Reverse polarity protection Galvanic isolation CAN bus module Galvanic isolation I O channels Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Model variants DA3284 C DA3284 C short circuit excess temperature by block power supply per block lt 16 5 V green LED 3 wire signal DS 301 communication profile DS 401 device profile RUN guarding INIT ERROR 10 1000 adjustable via rotary switch 2x 9 pin D Sub 1 127 configurable via rotary switch or SW 500 123 ohm external Phoenix Contact MINICOMBICON connector RM 5 8 with flange screw clamp spring tension clamp crimp Phoenix Contact MINI COMBICON RM 3 5 connector with flange screw clamp spring tension clamp plug codable labeling by channels 18 34 V DC lt 270 mA at 24 VDC for module supply load yes 500 V aac none Standard ColdClimate 3 30 60 C 5 95 with condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation CAN slave universal input output module 16x DI 16x DIO 24V 0 5A 4x AO 10V 20mA 8x AI 10V 1V 20mA Pt100 1000 CAN CANopen 2x DSUB 9 In Out up to 1Mbit s like DA3284 C ColdClimate 3 TC0216 C bachmann CANopen CANopen Temperature I O modules TCO2xx C The temperature I O modules TCO204 C TCO208 C and TCO216 C are stand alone
31. Current inputs Input current 20 mAor0 20mAor4 20 mA Basic accuracy at 25 C Max 0 2 of input voltage range Input impedance Max 300 Ohm Shunt short circuit proof Up to 24 V Interference voltage strength 24 V Temperature inputs PTC Temperature inputs PTC Pt100 Pt1000 Connection type 2 3 or 4 wire Input impedance gt 100 kOhm Temperature range 100 800 C Basic accuracy at 25 C Up to 300 C 0 25 of input range Value of the LSB 0 1 K measurement values in 1 10 Kelvin Temperature inputs TE Temperature elements Types J K T N E R S B can be selected Temperature J 100 1200 C ranges per type K 100 1370 C 100 400 C 100 1300 C 100 1000 C 50 1768 C 50 1768 C 600 1820 C Analog input output modules Temperature inputs Ground Up to 3 V Basic accuracy at 25 C Max 0 15 of input current range S R T max 0 3 Value of the LSB 0 1 K measurement values in 1 10 Kelvin Analog outputs in general Digital resolution 14 bit Output signal range 105 nominal range Voltage outputs Output voltage 10 V Output current Max 10 mA Basic accuracy at 25 C Min 1 kOhm max 0 05 of output range Current outputs Output current 0 4 20 mA Basic accuracy at 25 C Max 0 25 of the output range Apparent ohmic resistance Up to 600 Ohm Power supply Supply internal Via backplane BS2xx Current consumption
32. File access Variable protection User specific extensions provided Separately adjustable limitation of the read and write workload for each Ethernet interface Protect the machine application against DDoS attacks Distributed Denial of Service Broadcast Storms and defects in the network infrastructure Security standard for the establishment of a secured communication channel at IP level Support selection Bachmann products Configuration and programming tool SolutionCenter WebMI Pro M1COM MJCOM Manufacturer neutral OPC UA webserver file transfer The M1 controller can be an SSL server as well as a client The client authentication is also supported in server mode This is used for certificate based authentication of computers services and users on the M1 Unnecessary protocols can be deactivated by configuration This ensures that only used ports are accessible thus reducing the area for attack Password protected restrictions are configured on a group and user basis for system access and application rights Time restricted access is provided The special mechanism guarantees that the token owner is granted exclusive write permission Additionally prioritization can be assigned based on the user role Various degrees of priority can be assigned at user and group level File access i e authorization for the read or write operation as well as the visibility for browse requests can be set at group level The
33. Image change with target area Language switchover Data source connect disconnect change multiplex Start program data operations and much more freely definable for variable configuration freely definable for variable configuration manual in the table or import of online controllers yes as many as desired functional color names referencing TrueType fonts can be imported functional font names with referencing yes User defined memory dependent Vis Designer Features development environment Transfer to target device Preview Recipe management Button navigation runtime Tabulator navigation runtime Features runtime system Type Can run as e application on the PC IPC local or on the network e application on Bachmann target device OT CT WT e Java applet on Bachmann M1 controller and execution in the brow ser e Webstart application yes e Not dynamized in the editor or e local deployment dynamized process data connection integrated flat dataset handling cursor linking can be manually configured or generated automatically Preview of the jump targets directly in the editor tab order can be manually configured or generated automatically Preview of the jump targets directly in the editor PC IPC WT or CT series Graphic depending on the target device from QVGA 320x240 to XGA Presentation Colors Fonts Operation Navigation in the image
34. Menus Number of process images pages Number of objects image Online language switchover Language management switcho ver Communication with the controller Protocols Communication security Multiplexing of controllers Number of data sources fully graphic depends on the target device to TrueColor TrueType fonts can be used in the project planning at runtime then either converted embedded fonts or use of the TrueType fonts installed on the target system 2 button mouse keyboard touch screen or membrane keyboard menus cursor linking arrow keys tab linking mouse configurable user defined memory dependent user defined performance dependent yes online yes online user defined number of color schemes e g for day night or for error indication Bachmann M1 VHD SVI with automatic communication groups TCP IP UDP IP QSOAP SSL Secure Socket Layer yes can be selected from the interface user defined data from multiple controllers can be presented in the same process image 334 Visualization Greater transparency and flexibility in process visualization The clear and understandable of the Bachmann software is based on presentation of process and machine Java and web technologies information as well fully intuitive This offers independence from devices interaction are the center of the and operating systems and saves time visualization software from Bachmann as well as maintena
35. Parallel operation Scalability Project design Development environment atvise builder Functionalities Language switchover Yes OPC Unified Architecture UA Data Access IEC61400 25 Ethernet Yes several clients with different technologies PC tablet cell phone Cascadable server with WPS instances Data history Yes logged by the M1 Alarm Event Logging Yes logged by the M1 Trending Event trigger Yes logged by the M1 Wind rose Yes User management Yes Access security Yes with SSL transmission Visualization Browser HTMLS visualization Chrome Firefox Internet Explorer Safari with SVG graphics Scalable Vector Graphics 377 Sector specific solutions 378 wy i nannaa AI i iN Ml HH AN W W NAAN i lj i NA ii MITTIT liil HANH TT Hii ih Te MWA IIINE A HIATT Safe Qualified Certified Directives and certificates for worldwide implementation Product certifications and approvals are essential prerequisites for global acceptance of industrial products Whether national standards climatic conditions degrees of protection set up installation operation or maintenance possibilities in international implementation the course must be set in the project coordination phase And it is precisely at this point that our strengths are brought to bear Approvals GL Germanischer Lloyd CE Declaration of Conformity UL Under
36. The integrated energy metering simplifies handling in engineering and operation In order to ensure network stability generator units must be able to guarantee a defined response according to the relevant grid codes Faults in the grid or in the plant must lead to defined responses such as the provision of control power or grid Grid measurement protection and synchronization module GSP274 Features Measures current voltage frequency power and power quality Synchronism check relay Monitoring functions to ensure safe generator operations Controls two circuit breakers Integrated fault recorder Provides grid measurement simulation Integrated sequence of events recorder 4Q energy counter Grid measurement and protection module GMP232 Measures current voltage frequency power and power quality Input voltage up to 690 VL L RMS Numerous monitoring functions Integrated fault recorder Sequence of events recorder with real time stamp Two integrated relays Grid measurement simulation Monitoring functions are independent of PLC status disconnection The GSP274 and GMP232 module series offer for this configurable protection and monitoring functions in accordance with the latest standards The integrated harmonics analysis function deals with the problems of power quality caused by increasingly larger power electronic components Precise time stamped event logging
37. amp regulation Motion Control e Softmotion M SMC e Shaft M SHAFT e Three dimensional motion M CNC Temperature controller M TEMP M Target for Simulink Libraries for IEC61131 3 and C Testing and diagnostics e Software oscilloscope Variable browser Watch view Logbooks Task lists with runtime measurement Error lists in the Error Handler Printout of PLC report Direct access to I O signals Remote monitoring Internet enabled communication Tools Add Ons Access control Time synchronization SNTP IEEE1588 SVN repository source code amp configuration management Configuration history comparison Eclipse plugins Engineering Software M Base Software The complete product range of the engineering software from Bachmann electronic is delivered a in a software package For different applications Software derivatives are made available which are tailored to the needs of individual users e Device configuration amp system settings e Fieldbus configuration e Right of accesses e Programming in C C IEC61131 e Safe programming e Visualization project e Comprehensive system diagnostics e Many monitoring functions e Project and diagnostic reports Items Item Nr M Base One time License 00015629 60 M Base Annual Maintenance 00015629 70 M Base COM One time License 00015778 60 M Base COM Annual Maintenance 00015778 70 M Base SC One time License 00018914 60 M Base SC Ann
38. and an operable software module be generated Variants extensions or corrections in ECAD project planning are no problem the software module will simply be re generated with the changed and newly imported ECAD data 392 393 CAE CAD data ePLAN library The ePLAN library contains device data macros and technical documentation of all automation components M1 hardware visualization hardware and S1 servo system e Direct transfer from the portal into the electrical project planning e Tested and assured quality through Certification e Ongoing update and extension e Support for the entire electrical project planning circuit diagrams control cabinet layouts Overview drawings PLC configurations and Spare part documentation e Support for implementation of the library e Use of design software ePLAN P8 and higher towel fu Nhl tool fu Nahi teow fur Nah teow fur Nahl towel fu Nah towel fu Naha towel fu Moll Sovedgs iha FO ELE iaz Sovengo kha of sovaja bbs EO Sreo Sovecgo bbs eou Areon ECAD import in the SolutionCenter e Software is created with symbolic variables e Linking of the symbolic variables with the hardware used through import of the ECAD data into the SolutionCenter e An operable software module is generated e Variants extensions or corrections in the ECAD project planning can be easily integrated at any time through subsequent import DIO232 Software CAE CAD
39. current 4 20 mA voltage 10V Cable break interference pulse phase error 4 mA For external sensors 24 V 5 V short circuit proof 100 240 V 50 60 Hz 50 W EN 61000 4 2 EN 61000 4 3 EN 61000 4 4 EN 61000 4 5 EN 61000 4 6 EN 61000 4 11 Operation with multi voltage power supply Ethernet FASTBUS LAN GRPS Modem Housing power supply Type Degree of protection Dimensions Operating parameters Operating temperature Storage temperature Wall mounting fixing feet mounting mounting with magnets IP65 380 mm x 380 mm x 210 mm Stand alone solution 25 a 60 C 40 85 C 362 Condition Monitoring Remote service via WebLog Expert Client based gt WebLog Expert software for remote diagnostics The success of a condition monitoring system is closely linked to correct installation parameterization and commissioning as well as rapid and correct reaction to reported changes of status Our experts accordingly handle all concerns on site even training and orientation of customer personnel Our modern teleservice for distributed applications includes online monitoring over a secure Internet connection and thus is available worldwide Currently we monitor far more than 2 000 Condition Monitoring systems via Internet In this regard the power range of the systems extends from 250 kW to 5 MW We developed the WebLog Expert lt portal new for this It serves as an interfa
40. event Y Y yes heartbeat node guarding 4 servers 301 401 402 Optional integrated power supply optional CS200 N Voltage range Current consumption Nominal power Current consumption at 5 V Current consumption at 15 V Current consumption at 15 V Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Model variants CS200 CS200 N 18 34 V DC max 1 2 A at 24 V 17 W 2000 mA 250 mA 200 mA 30 60 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 without condensation CAN bus master 1 line 1 Mbit s processor system isolated CAN fieldbus slave module 1x CAN CANopen 1Mbit s isolated inte grated power supply 17W 144 CANopen DIO16 C bachmann CANopen Digital input output modules DIOxxx C The digital I O modules DIO16 C DIO32 C D1048 C or DIO264 C are stand alone CAN slave modules with 16 32 48 or 64 digital input output channels e Stand alone compact CAN slave module e 16 32 channels can be freely configured as input or output e Digital outputs each with 1 A continuous current e Two internally connected CAN interfaces for loop through of the cable e Galvanic isolation between CAN interfaces and control electronics e Baud rate and node ID can be set via rotary switch e Supply voltage 18 34 V DC e Operating range 0 60 C without additional cooling e Full wiring without additional backplanes e Snappa
41. neering tool e Full graphic function plan editor with autorouting e Certified safety modules in accordance with PLCopen Safety e Standard modules for logical links timers and arithmetic operations in accordancen with EN61131 3 e Color coding of secure and unsecure signal flow e Grouping of circuitry parts for repeat use compound e Adjustable test depth for the project translation e Variable monitoring value simulation and break points e Open programming interfaces PLC C C for e g online monitoring Safety Control Safety Developer Engineering tool For the more safety relevant engineering steps the SolutionCenter contains the Safety Developer that includes all tools required for safety conformant programming in accordance with EN61508 andb PLCopen Safety Developer has been developed and certified in close collaboration with TUV All methods required for logging and the verification obligation of the machine manufacturer are integral components password management fail safe program transmission tamper proof logging on the target device documentation of the safety program and all software components used unique identification of the safety modules and the programming itself Functional A Safety e Bidirectional exchange of values between secure and non secure controller e Unique identification of the safe hardware e Configuration of the clocked self monitoring of inputs outputs e Communication to s
42. optional 100 500 C gt 100 kQ Max 0 1 of input current range 1 5 kHz 3 dB 0 1K 200 us 500 V Max 4 10 V Max 100 mV Max 40 mA Voltage range 18 34 V DC Current consumption 230 mA at 5 V DC Galvanic isolation from system 500 V only AIO288 Analog input output modules Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without 5 95 with condensation condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation Execution variants AIO288 Analog input output module 8x In 10V 1V 20mA 4x Pti00 1000 14bit 0 1 200uUs sample time 8x Out 10V 4x Poti supply isolated AI0288 Like AIO288 ColdClimate AI0288 1 Analog input output module 8x In 10V 1V 20mA 4x Pt100 1000 14bit 0 1 200us sample time 8x Out 10V 4x Poti supply NOT isolated 58 Analog input output modules PTAI216_ E o S Temperature input module PTAI216 The temperature recording module PTAI216 has four analog input channels and 12 inputs for Pt100 Pt1000 sensors e 4 analog inputs 10 V 1V 0 20mMA e 12 inputs for Pt100 Pt1000 sensors e Single ended or differential inputs for analog signals e 2 wire inputs for Pt100 Pt1000 sensors e Resolution 14 bit AI 12 bit Pt100 Pt1000 e Sample time 2 5 ms AI 480 ms Pt100 Pt1000 e Channels galvanically isolated from system e wire
43. 0 integrated power supply 17W PCC slot CF slot Like MX220 ColdClimate CPU module LX700 266MHz 256MB DRAM 512kB nvRAM 16MB file flash 2x Eth100 1x CAN CANopen 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 1x USB2 0 integrated power supply 17W PCC slot CF slot Like MX213 ColdClimate CPU module LX700 266MHz without Cache 256MB DRAM 512kB nvRAM 16MB file flash 1x Eth100 1x CAN CANopen 1x RS232 1x USB2 0 integrated power supply 17W iwc G O I Va y oe m TE ES 2 rr MEMO Processor modules Processor modules MPC200 series The processor modules of the MPC200 series are modules for the M1 Controller System with Pen tium class III processors based on PC technology They are available with various processor clock rates and in several configurations e Flexibility thanks to PC technology e Pentium III class processors e Various processor clock rates e 2 serial interfaces e 2 Ethernet interfaces 10 100 Mbit s with status displays e 1 USB interface V1 1 functionality e Real time clock status displays for RUN INIT ERROR e Mass storage Compact Flash type I e RAM 128 MB DRAM e Data memory 512 kB SRAM battery backed e Data memory 64 kB nvRAM e Program memory 32 64 MB FLASH on PC card Item Item no MPC240 00012711 40 MPC240 CF512MB 00018591 00 MPC240 CF4GB 0
44. 0 0 10 204 0 32 0 Day s 00 03 08 2013 07 12 10 31 00 2013 07 12 10 28 02 2 0 10 204 0 32 A false SC false OPCUASRV false LoadPlcV E Monitor W MyController 10 204 91 2 ID Type Date Time User Name Event Resource Value Old Value New 14524 1 2013 07 12 16 47 42 377 Albert Logout 2 145233 I 2013 07 12 16 47 42 167 Albert Copy syste cfcO meonfig ini q 14522 I 2013 07 12 16 47 42 166 Albert Set syste cfc0 mconfig ini SYSTEM SerialDrivers 14521 1 2013 07 12 16 47 41 848 Albert Login q 14520 I 2013 07 12 16 46 45 540 Dora Login q 14519 I 2013 07 12 16 46 06 582 Dora Logout q 14518 I 2013 07 12 16 45 59 673 Dora Set value LOAD_PLC iCMD 1 25 32 q 14517 1 2013 07 12 16 45 46 990 Dora Login 4 14516 1 2013 07 12 16 45 38 545 Emily Set value LOAD_PLC bCMD_bSTATES_On 0 1 q 14515 I 2013 07 12 16 42 01 851 Dora Logout The online security monitor gives comfortable overview 1 Details according to logged in users and the token status 2 Security log entries show details to connections and communication status e g login logout 3 or assign ment of new values to variables 4 220 221 Security Ethernet Load limitation Network services and logs SSL TLS based network communication Server and client authentication Secured and deactivatable services webserver OPC server FTP NTP SMTP Access Control User Administration Token based write access protection
45. 00 00009207 00 BS207 00015951 00 BS207 00016789 00 00009793 00 BS208 00015952 00 00016790 00 00009634 00 BS209 00015953 00 BS209 00016791 00 00009794 00 BS210 00015954 00 00016792 00 BS204 S BS205 BS205 S BS206 BS206 S BS207 S BS208 BS208 S BS209 S BS210 BS210 S 00009795 00 BS211 BS211 S BS212 S BS5213 S BS214 S BS215 BS215 S BS216 S CM202 00015955 00 BS211 00016793 00 00009796 00 BS212 00015956 00 BS212 00016794 00 00009797 00 BS213 00015957 00 BS213 00016795 00 00009798 00 BS214 00015958 00 BS214 00016796 00 00009799 00 BS215 00018623 00 00016797 00 00009800 00 BS216 00018624 00 BS216 00016798 00 00009698 00 CM202 00016404 00 m O Q d RoHS China no RoHS Europe on request 382 Standards and approvals U Z lt LR gt UJ V Item no Module BV 00010709 10 00016407 10 00010709 20 00013178 00 CS200 00013179 00 00013597 00 00017450 00 00010281 00 DI212 00009002 00 DI216 00008997 00 DI232 00016411 00 00012162 00 00011516 00 00010285 00 00017453 00 00010615 00 00010892 00 00016141 00 00013034 00 00019116 00 00019115 00 00009205 00 00019114 00 00019119 00 DIO280 00010129 00 00010526 00 00009884 00 00012696 00 00009004 00 DO216 00009003 00 DO232 00016414 00 DO232 00012176 00 00014497 10 00010555 00 00018032 00 00012671 00 EM203 00017321 00 EM213
46. 00 Release MBase 3 10 Release amp Drivers amp Firmware amp System Software MpCore MxCCore H TCore bootrom sys mjvm o Version 3 00 Release Name msys 0 Functions e Genuine 3 axis CNC controller e Circle segments and straight lines user defined in space Point control behavior PTP travel Straight line interpolation path Circle interpolation clockwise counterclockwise Predefined dwell time Tool path corrections Tool corrections Reference point travel Referencing various methods Multiple instances of the module are possible Different methods for area monitoring at calculation and execution e Several methods of interpolation for position speed acceleration of single axis Application PLC C Position Actuating variable Motion unit Control Special functions e Fast and direct setting of outputs from M CNC e Single axle travel e Teaching of axes positions e Cascading with speed controller M SMC e Activex element for Visual Basic Visual C and Delphi e Commissioning monitor for efficient graphic user guidance 348 349 Control SolutionCenter Device Manager a We E E Device Manager E Devices gt of E BB Gerty Corci 101094160 seu Netwoik Guarng Meatbest POO Comecions el HR System H 5 SW Modules 4 Station 1 Profinet gt A SE H EtherCAT H Z
47. 08 15 14 31 00 15 14 atvise scada 324 Mi webMI pro The M1 webMI pro server for Web visualization runs directly on the controller slim and high performing software that makes any device with a browser into a user interface for a machine anywhere at any time e directly integrated into the M1 controller system e No dedicated HMI devices necessary e Free scalability thanks to vector graphics SVG e Device and operating system independent for e g operator terminals iPad e Operate and monitor with standard browser e Alarming and journaling of variables Client Client Client Client Ethernet Internet PLC M1 webMI pro Software Software B bachmann a SolutionCenter Mi webMI pro Mi webMI pro Web visualization directly on the controller For the operation and monitoring of machines and systems usually dedicated MMI devices are required and the software for this purpose must be installed and allocated Thanks to the M1 webMI pro this is no longer necessary here the visualization is integrated directly on the controller As a result each authorized device using a Current browser becomes the HMI always and everywhere Pure Web standards With the M1 webMI pro it is possible to exploit the advantages of the Web technologies entirely without limiting add ons such as browser plug ins and Activex Any visualization devices from smartphones to a high performance control pa
48. 1x Line in 1x Line Out 1x Mic 1x DVI 1x VGA 1x DSA operating temp 0 C 50 C storage temp 20 C 60 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation 285 Headless IPCs and remote displays 286 bachmann bachmann bachmann bachmann Intuitive Intelligent Platform independent Engineering software In the automation of plants and machines software has become an essential component As an innovative provider Bachmann electronic also establishes the state of the technology in this area as well and enables groundbreaking future solutions such as the Bachmann SolutionCenter With a series of the latest software engineering and diagnostic tools we support rapid and convenient realization of programs for machine sequence process control visualization and not least communication with the outside world Time to market is no longer just a buzz word rather it is a principle that is lived With engineering software from Bachmann electronic you rely on complete solutions that have been thought through in the details solutions that increase the productivity and sovreignty of your applications that free up resources for your core business and that can also be used reliably in the distant future bachmann E 288 289 Project engineering made easy SolutionCenter A milestone in the reduction of engineering costs As part of a unique complete software Matched in the best manner possible to
49. 2 wire technology and this is sufficient for many applications with short measuring lines TI214 x e Resolution 14 bit 16 bitmeasured value averaging e Averaging of measured values for interference sup pression e Wire break detection the inputs e Channels isolated against the system e Monitoring of the external power supply e Cold junction temperature compensated TI214 e 14 inputs for Pt100 Pt1000 sensors as well as type J or K thermocouples e 2 wire or 3 wire input for Pt100 Pt1000 sensors TI214 2 e 14 inputs for thermocouplers type N or S Item Item no T1214 00014008 00 T1214 2 00014008 20 T1214 00018808 00 Temperature measuring inputs Analog input output modules Quantity Connection type Pt100 Pt1000 Input filter Sensor types thermocouples Temperature range Pt100 Pt1000 Temperature range thermocouples Constant current Pt sensor Digital resolution Value of the LSB Base accuracy Conversion time Thermocouples linearization Error detection Interference voltage strength External power supply Galvanic isolation from system Voltage range Current consumption internal Reverse polarity protection Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Models T1214 TI214 2 T1214 5 95 without condensation if 14 3 wire or 2 wire technology Low pass filter 1st order Low pass filter 1st order c
50. 2023 kB Device relevant settings RAM Disk size kB Long file names Check file system B Monitor J Variablenlisten gt FTP S Variables View E Device Shell amp a eco Memory Name Size kB Free kB Description Type Organization 5 544 0 9 897 2 033 RRRRRRRRRR E 294 Testing and diagnostics Monitoring and debugging for every field of application Bachmann M1 automation systems are every field of application from the designed for a broad user spectrum signal test of the control cabinet More extensive than is the case with builder to section identification of the conventional solutions for industrial the control system engineer shorten automation the support for experts commissioning times and increase the was considered right from the start transparency of the overall system Monitoring and debugging tools for _ _ Scope 3 Overview in real time Signal analytics and diagnostics directly with the controller Software In the initial project design and also for commission ing or troubleshooting transparent information con Software cerning states and sequences of an automatic system is essential for success For many dynamic processes seeing a physical variable as only a numeric value bochmana is insufficient The software oscilloscope Scope 3 makes the temporal progression of processes visible and pl
51. 500 m on request Power supply Via backplane 5 V lt 316 mA 15 V lt 21 mA 15 V lt 23 mA External on the module 24 V 110 mA System requirements Hardware All M1 CPU families apart from ME203 SK1 backplane not required Software M Base 3 90 SolutionCenter 1 90 or higher Models GSP274 Grid measurement protection and synchronization module 7x In 480V 4x In 5A 4x In 5A 4x In 24V 4x Out 24V 2x Out Relay 24 48V DC 230V AC U I P Q f measurement 4Q energy metering integrated monitoring protection functions harmonic analysis integrated realtime data recorder 16 channels sequence of event log with realtime stamp Item Item No 00017829 00 GMP232 sh oll fy d vU y P z demr o tem tes emm u i R if g g J GMP232 00019063 00 T V NORD CERT GmbH il Grid measurement module Grid measurement and protection module GMP232 The GMP232 module enables the safe reliable and fast measuring of all relevant values for three phase electrical networks It also provides a number of monitoring functions for generator and grid protection Up to two circuit breakers trip circuits are triggered by the module directly via relay outputs The continuous monitoring of grid harmonics up to the 50th harmonic can be used for direct responses as well as for evaluating the power quality The module is provided with a
52. 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation storage Dimensions and devices Dimensions W x H x D 256 x 288 x 126 mm 256 x 288 x 156 mm incl mounting plate incl mounting plate without expansion unit and expansion unit ii other processors on request EE other operating systems on request d other temperature ranges on request REE optional IPM1400R IPM1400RA max 1x PCI or 1x PCIe slot possible 284 Headless IPCs and remote displays Variants IPM1400 CM1G1 A Industrial PC Headless CPU Celeron M ULV 423 1M Cache 1 06 GHz 533 MHz FSB RAM 1GB DDR2 CF Card 4GB WxXPe 2x Eth 10 100MBit 3x USB2 0 1x powered USB2 0 2x RS232 422 1x PS2 1x Line in 1x Line Out 1x Mic 1x DVI 1x VGA 1x DSA operating temp O C 50 C storage temp 20 C 60 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation IPM1400 CD1G6 X Industrial PC Headless CPU Core Duo Processor L2400 2M Cache 2x 1 66 GHz 667 MHz FSB RAM 2GB DDR2 HDD RAID1 2x160GB WXPP FES 2x Eth 10 100MBit 3x USB2 0 1x powered USB2 0 2x RS232 422 1x PS2 1x Line in 1x Line Out 1x Mic 1x DVI 1x VGA operating temp 0 C 50 C storage temp 20 C 60 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation IPM1400 CD1G6 AX Industrial PC Headless CPU Core Duo Processor L2400 2M Cache 2x 1 66 GHz 667 MHz FSB RAM 2GB DDR2 HDD RAID1 2x160GB WXPP FES 2x Eth 10 100MBit 3x USB2 0 1x powered USB2 0 2x RS232 422 1x PS2
53. 640x480 Touch CPU LX800 500 MHz RAM 512MB DDR CF Card Slot 1xEth 10 100MBit 2xUSB2 0 1xRS232 operating temp 30 C 60 C rel humitdity operation 5 95 with condensation storage temp 40 C 85 C 5 95 short term condensation lt 60 min i In the case of OTs for marine applications the supply voltage is galvanically isolated For details regarding the maximum permissible ambient temperatures for different install positions and install types see section Device dimensions and ambient temperatures Operator terminals Operator terminal OT1300 series The new OT1300 series combines the latest technology performance and durability with an attractive and slim line design The OT1300 series is the ideal choice for visualization applications in the renewable energy and industrial sectors Condensation proof ColdClimate modules guarantee maximum availability even in very demanding environments The consistent use of industry standard components moreover guarantees long term availability and thus investment protection The large range of available systems in the OT1300 series ensures an optimum price performance ratio e Processor RAM AMD G T40E 2x 1 GHz 2 GB DDR3 RAM Intel Celeron 847E 2x 1 1 GHz 2 GB DDR3 RAM Intel Core i7 2x 1 7 GHz 4 GB DDR3 RAM e Ultrafast CFast mass memory e SATA HDD or SSD options for large volume storage e Interfaces standard device 1x or 2x GBit Ethernet 4x USB
54. 70 joo FS221 N 55x 119 x 70 350 FS222 N 55x 119 x 70 425 CM202x 55x119x 61 200 CS200 x 55 x 119 x 61 300 DPM200 55x 119x 61 200 DNM201 55x 119x 61 205 SEM201 55x 119 x 72 200 DIO16 Cx 110x119 x 61 DIO32 C 164x119x 61 soe DIO48 C 228 x 119 x 61 750 DIO264 C 137 x 119 x 61 250 DA3284 Cx 228 x 119 x 61 850 TCO2xx C 137x119x6l 250 Power supply modules bus rails accessories NT250 48 55x 119x 61 300 NT255x 55x 119x 61 300 VP200 x 55x119x 61 260 LM201 55x 119x 61 115 BS201 55x 119x 14 260 BS202 110 x 119 x 22 150 BS203x 165 x 119 x 22 260 BS204x 220 x 119 x 22 365 BS205x 275 x 119 x 22 440 BS206x 330 x 119 x 22 515 BS207x 385 x 119 x 22 620 BS208x 440 x 119 x 22 690 BS209x 495 x 119 x 22 740 BS210x 550 x 119 x 22 880 BS211x 605 x 119 x 22 960 BS212x 660 x 119 x 22 1000 BS213x 715 x 119 x 22 1100 BS214x 770 x 119x 14 1200 BS215x 825 x 119 x 22 1310 BS216x 880 x 119 x 22 1420 BS203 S 165 x 137 x 22 280 BS204 S 220 x 137 x 22 385 BS205 S 275 x 137 x 22 460 BS206 S 330 137 x22 535 BS207 S 385 x 137 x 22 640 BS208 S 440 x 137 x 22 710 BS209 S 495 x 119 x 22 760 BS210 S 550 x 137 x 22 900 BS211 S 605 x 137 x 22 980 BS212 S 660 x 137 x 22 1020 BS213 S 715 x 137 x 22 1120 BS214 S 770 x 137 x 14 1220 BS215 S 825 x 137 x 22 1330 BS216 S 880 x 137 x 22 1440 Together Competent Efficient Training Bachmann training profit from our knowledge Availability of qualified personnel is a crucial factor for assurance of product qu
55. 78 19 2 27 35 39 43 47 51 55 63 67 71 75 79 j 5 The input output module DIO2xxare used for controlling digital consumer like contactors relays pneumatic and hydraulic valves as 3 A i DH well as for reading signals of digital working s a He EH 916 sensors detectors or switches On events can ar a EN E Just be reacted expressly via 8 available interrupt l J5 7 f inputs Alternatively there are available up to four S LS At AE SM counters for detecting e g positions or counting p NE EM e a fe goods For the energy saving operation of Ve ou Fe E inductivities all outputs can be operated as PWM g s Ha oe Hh Especially for the PWM operation of valves a hold time is additionaly configurable between O up to 2s Outputs are parallel connectable in case it is operated in the same operation mode 20 24 2 36 40 44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 16 4 32 8 48 M ze 80 i G A om 24V 0C 0 5A Cr gt nn gt e 16 32 48 64 or 80 digital channels e 16 channels can be configured as input or output e Configurable interrupt inputs e Configurable 32 bit counter e Mode event counter incremental encoder gate measurement cycle time or frequency measure ment e PWM output mode for e g valve economy mode e Status display for each channel via LED e Supply voltage 18 34 V DC e Supply voltage protected against reverse polarity e Cost effective and space saving Item item no
56. Acyclic accesses and status commands are possible via libraries for M PLC and C C The configuration is executed via the Bachmann SolutionCenter DeviceNet master DNM201 NS RUN A Pal The DNM201 fieldbus master module allows NS FRA sp fant the Mi controller to be used as bus master in DeviceNet networks The DNM201 module is used to connect drives and input output interfaces The system bus of an M1 supports up to 8 separate networks each with a maximum of 64 nodes that can be operated with different cycle times Thus the bus architecture allows up to 512 DeviceNet stations nodes to be controlled individually e 1 DeviceNet module for up to 64 nodes e 8 separate networks with max 512 nodes requires 8 DNM201 modules in one M1 system e Support of Multi Master mode e 5 pin connector in acc with open DeviceNet DeviceNet standard e Isolation voltage from DNM201 to case 100 V Item Item no e Isolation voltage from DeviceNet bus to DNM201 00012696 00 system voltages of the controller 500 V e Baud rates 125 250 500 kbit s e Extensive status LEDs e Modes Master multi master capable Slave master slave e Module and network status LEDs MS NS e Error detection Duplicate MAC ID check device heartbeat device shutdown message e Automatic resumption of communication after failure DeviceNet Technical data Maximum number of stations Number of independent DeviceNet lines Bus connection
57. C C yes SolutionCenter IEC 61131 3 C C SolutionCenter yes by Wireshark plug in Wireshark data are generated automatically on the controller Monitoring and limitation of real time communication bandwidth use included adjustable pre configured 35 Mbit s yes yes IEEE 802 3q max 500 restricted by software 200 us 1 s any intermediate values configurable 0 1400 bytes per payload unit 32000 bytes per payload unit Master CPU MPC293 slave CPU MX213 10 ms cycle 96 slaves 50 byte cyclic data exchange bidirectional to each I O station transmission medium copper Master 17 slave 1 7 Master 27 slave 3 Master 9 Mbit s slave 0 082 Mbit s u Limit value is subject to the power of the controller and the network as well as the controller capacity utilization and the network topology load 187 bluecom Installation Installation medium CD ROM or network Installation tool SolutionCenter Upgrading existing systems by software possible licence required System prerequisites Automation equipment M1 CPUs of the MX200 series or better application licence Porting information is available for implementation on external equipment developer licence Software MSys MxCCore M BASE V3 80 or higher Network industrial standard managed switch unmanaged switch with appropriate configuration 188 189 Communication Control room networking A suita
58. CAN slave modules with 8 or 16 thermo couple inputs and 12 or 24 digital outputs e Stand alone compact CAN slave module e Thermocouple inputs for thermocouple types J and K e Measuring range 0 500 C 800 C configurable e Sensor break detection e Digital outputs each with 1 A e Supply voltage 18 34 V DC e Operating range 0 60 C e Snappable on EN 50022 backplanes e CAN node ID can be set hex switch e Baud rate is adjustable hex switch Item Item no TCO208 C 00010850 00 TCO216 C 00008673 00 Temperature sensor inputs Quantity Sensor types Measuring range Resolution Linearization Cold junction compensation Sampling period Sensor break detection Digital outputs Quantity Supply voltage Output current per channel Output current sum Switching frequency Short circuit proof Status display 8 16 J or K selectable per input 0 500 C 800 C configurable 12 bit Polynomial in accordance with DIN IEC 584 0 133 C K 16 ms yes 12 24 18 34 V DC 0 5 A max 1 A max 12 A max 500 Hz at 1 kOhm ohmic load yes green LEDs 150 151 CANopen CAN interface Transfer rate 10 k 1 Mbaud Connection 2x 9 pin D Sub female connectors Module ID 1 254 Galvanic isolation via interfaces 500 V Terminating resistance 123 ohm external Status LEDs RUN guarding INIT ERROR Communication profile CiA DS 301 Device profile CiA DS 401 Extern
59. CCD Concurrent Connected Data points via http e g 50CCD an opened Web browser displays 50 data points or two opened Web browsers display 25 data points apiece etc Starting with the standard a fixed workstation is included 316 317 atvise scada a stage of expansion of the Internet web 2 0 and the smartphone era offer atvise scada is completely based on standards rather than the makeshift to connect to the outside therefor securing highest performance scalability and simplicity to its generic structure can be utilized in all fields and industries The modern and efficient design allows scaling from small applications with only a few dozens data points to world scale plants with more than 100 000 process variables Powerful Engineering Tool The project and configuration is done with the engineering tool atvise builder from any PC Via LAN or Internet the tool accesses the server and allows online during ongoing operation of the plant e g the creation of data objects the configuration of alarms or the drawing of process images A variety of preconfigured standard objects and panel layouts are available Their graphics have been created with the onboard tools of the atvise builders Latest generation SCADA HMI system Client Server architecture Multi client User interfaces in pure web technology Device and operating system independent HTML5 SVG PC Mac Unix Tablet Smartphone iPad Proc
60. CE UL CSA CUL CCC Software Operating systems Linux Embedded Windows Embedded Standard 7 Visualization atvise scada M1 webMI pro Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 60 C fanless Storage temperature 20 80 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation storage Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D 310 x 234 x 68 mm 341 x 253 x 68 mm 406 x 308 x 75 mm 471 x 375 x 76 mm Weight approx 2 5 kg approx 3 0 kg approx 4 5 kg approx 6 0 kg Customer specific front panel on request i Windows Embedded Standard 8 on request oe not included Operator terminals Display Diagonal 12 1 SVGA 800x600 Display type Color TFT Display brightness 450 cd m Half brightness min 50 000 h Processor RAM Processor AMD G T40E 2x 1 GHz RAM 2 GB Mass storage SSD CFast card gt 4GB Control display elements Touch screen type System LEDs analog resistive membrane front Power Diag Act Interfaces Ethernet 10 100 1000 MBit USB 2 0 4x 1x Power supply 24 V DC 18 V 36 V galvanically isolated CE UL CSA CUL CCC Certifications Software Linux Embedded Windows Embedded Standard 7 Visualization atvise scada M1 webMI pro Operating systems Ambient conditions Operating temperature 30 60 C fanless Storage temperature 30 80 C Rel humidity operation storage 5 95 without condensat
61. DC 18 34 V 17 W 2A 250 mA 200 mA Standard ColdClimate 5 95 with condensation 5 95 with condensation Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Model variants FM221 FASTBUS master module with 1 FO port 50 62 5um multi mode fiber up to 2000m LC connector FM221 like FM221 ColdClimate FM222 FASTBUS master with 2 FO ports 50 62 5um multi mode fiber up to 2000m LC connector FS221 N FASTBUS slave 1 FO port 50 62 5um multi mode fiber up to 2000m LC connector integrated power supply 17W FS221 N like FS221 N ColdClimate FS222 N FASTBUS slave 2 FO ports 50 62 5um multi mode fiber up to 2000m LC connector integrated power supply 17W Item Order designation Manufacturer Description SXLC DK0 56 0010 LEONI LC connector duplex uniboot multimode type2 for multimode fibers with 125 um outer diameter Minibreakout cable Harting connectors 09 57 402 0500 020 HARTING HARTING PushPull LC duplex plastic Multi Mode SFP Breakout cable Harting connectors 09 57 409 0500 020 HARTING HARTING PushPull LC duplex metal Multi Mode SFP Breakout cable Fiber optic cable 8421801LG000 LEONI AT V ZN Y ZN Y 2G50 125 TB9OOL 2 2 multimode Breakout cable Fiber optic cable 84950785G222 LEONI I V ZN Y 2G50 125 TB9OOL 2 8 Minibreakout multimode cable Information without guarantee order directly from the manufacturer When using th
62. Device CFast slot MC205 CPU module ATOM E620 600MHz 1GB DRAM 512kB nvRAM 64MB file flash 2x Ethi00 1000 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 1x USB2 0 1x USB2 0 Device CFast slot MC210 Like MC210 ColdClimate 3 MC205 Like MC205 ColdClimate bochmana MH212 GA ne gt On gt lt gt Processor modules Processor modules MH200 series The high performance MH212 S processor module Celeron M offer maximum performance for demanding applications with an M1 controller The CPU is based on the latest PC technology consequently it is ideally suited for demanding computation tasks databases signal processing or extensive network applications With integration of the power supply and the generously dimensioned passive cooling system a compact powerhouse with long service life and an extensive temperature range 30 C to 60 C is ready The additional integrated autonomous process image controller results in a significant offload of the processor and enables a new speed dimension for data transmission to the inputs and outputs for the fastest process cycles For efficient networking and the state of the art fieldbusses two independent Gigabit Ethernet interfaces including IEEE 1588 hardware support are ready An internal CFast card enables fastest access speeds via the modern SATA Serial Advanced Technology Attachment Non volatile memory of 512 kB is available as a drive and stores machine data for longer tha
63. Galvanic isolation via interfaces Baud rates DPRAM size Protocol conformity Access libraries Modes Supported communication services LEDs RDY MS RUN MS Module State MS ERR MS Module State NS RUN NS Net State NS ERR NS Net State Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Model variants DNM201 64 nodes up to 8 DNM201 modules per M1 system equals 512 nodes 5 pin DeviceNet connector 500 V 125 250 500 kbit s 4 or 8 kByte ODVA specification release 2 0 for C or IEC 61131 master multi master ability multiple masters on the same CAN bus possible slave master slave I O communication bit strobe polling change of state cyclic to 448 byte connection size support of Group2Server as slaves no multicast polling explicit message fragmentation protocol UCMM message forwarding yellow off Controller cannot initialize the DNM module yellow on Controller has successfully initialized the module green on DNM ready green flashing DNM is being configured red on DNM not ready green on DNM online and connected green flashing DNM online but not connected not complete ly configured red on no network connection possible green flashing Connection in timeout 30 60 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation Device Net master module 1x device net interface 500 kbit s isolated
64. IPC300 series 40 C IPC1400 series 40 C Subject to observation of the defined minimum clearances and surrounding volume in the control cabinet Maximum ambient temperature individual device variants may vary see user manual for detailed information 396 397 Dimensions HMI devices Device WxHxD mm CT205 212 x 156 x 49 CT205M 212 x 156 x 49 CT205V 212 x 156 x 49 OT115 R BE1 170 x 128 x 50 OT115 R BE2 170 x 160 x 50 OT205 BE1 212 x 156 x 49 OT205 V BE1 270 5x 175 x 49 OT205 M BE1 212 x 156 x 49 OT1310 BE1 GT1GO0 310 x 234 x 68 OT1310 BE1 CC GT1G0 310 x 234 x 68 O0T1312 BE1 GT1GO0 341 x 253 x 68 OT1312 BE1 CC GT1G0 341 x 253 x 68 OT1315 BE1 GT1GO0 406 x 308 x 75 OT1319 BE1 GT1GO0 471 x 375 x 76 O0T1312 BE1 CE1G1 341 x 253 x 74 WT310 BE1 307 x 233 x 94 WT312 BE1 307 x 256 x 97 WT315 BE1 405 x 308 x 97 Dimensions industrial PCs Device W x H x D mm IPC310 BE1 307 x 233 x 94 IPC312 BE1 337 x 256 x 97 IPC315 BE1 405 x 308 x 97 IPC1410 BE1 314 x 240 x 110 IPC1412 BE1 337 X 256 1107 7159 IPC1415 BE1 405 x 308 x 1243 171 IPC1419 BE1 470 x 374 6 x 1212 1709 1 for 19 installation 2 without attachment expansion units 3 with 2 attachments 1 attachment 25 mm Dimensions control system Module W x H x D mm Processor modules Weight g
65. Max 1 MHz ISI222 max 8 MHz ISI222 8 By means of SYNC signal Reference value monitoring Conditional storage of counter value Conditional load rest of counter value Speed measurement Wire break encoder resolution monitoring 500 V Quantity Data word length Input signals Output signals Data format Transfer clock rate Synchronization Encoder power supply Output voltage ranges Output voltage Tolerance max current encoder Short circuit proof Ripple Galvanic isolation of channels Analog outputs Quantity Output voltage Resolution Output current Conversion time Basic accuracy at 25 C Error at the entire Temperature range Setting time of 1 of the output current range Error detection Short circuit proof Synchronization only for ISI222 2 programmable up to 32 bits D D T T Graycode and binary format others can be evaluated by SW 100 kHz 2 MHz Via preSYNC function 5 V and 15 V selectable with jumper 24 V looped through lt 150 mV at 5 V and 15 V 500 V 2 10 V 14 bit Max 2 mA lt 40 us 0 025 0 1 Max 500 us Wire break Yes permanent By means of SYNC signal 70 71 Function modules Digital inputs Quantity 4 2 INIT 2 TRIG voltage 18 34 V DC Input delay 30 us default filter adjustable Acc to IEC 61131 Type 1 Function INIT initiator trigger for strobe register digital input TRIG trigger for strobe register d
66. Number of in and outputs 12 analog und digital Universal input output Resolution input 16 Bit output 14 Bit Input voltage to 10 mV Input current 0 4 20 mA Digital input 24 V Digital 32 bit counter Digital output 100 mA Filter from 4 kHz to 0 5 Hz Temperature sensor Pt 2 3 4 wire Thermoelements J K T N E R S B Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Condensation proof ColdClimate design 2 la Analog input modules mem AI202 SI AI204 SI Number of inputs 2 8 Features modules the scope of products also comprises models with single channel isolation wire break detection and much more Resolutions from 12 bit to 16 bit offer perfect accuracy for every task Fast Sampling times in some cases adjustable input filters and support of spontaneous Single accesses are also ideally suited for dynamic applications Universal input output module AIO208 216 Features Number of in and outputs 8 AIO208 16 AIO216 Resolution input 16 Bit output 14 Bit Input voltage 10 V to 10 mV Input current 0 4 20 mA Filter from 4 kHz to 0 5 Hz Temperature sensor Pt 2 3 4 wire Thermoelements J K T N E R S B Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Condensation proof ColdClimate design Analog input module AI208 SI Features Number of inputs 8 Input current 0 20 mA Inpu
67. Processor module ME203 CNz 00016336 00 Processor module MX213 2 CF512MB 00018597 00 Processor module MX213 CF4GB 00018597 10 Processor module MX220 00019210 00 Processor module MX220 CF512MB 00017689 00 Processor module MX220 CF4GB 00017689 10 Processor module MPC240 00016338 40 Processor module MPC240 CF512MB 00020547 00 Processor module MPC240 CF4GB 00020547 10 Processor module MPC270 00016180 40 Processor module MPC270 CF512MB 00020413 00 Processor module MPC270 CF4GB 00020413 10 Processor module MC205 00020513 10 Processor module MC205 CFA4GB 00020513 12 Processor module MC210 00020514 10 Processor module MC210 CFA4GB 00020514 12 Processor module MH212 S 00018652 00 Processor module MH212 S CFA4GB 00018652 02 Digital input output modules Item designation Item number Digital input module DI232 00016411 00 Digital output module D0232 00016414 00 Digital input output module DIO216 4 00016141 00 Digital input output module DIO232 00019502 00 Digital input output module DIO280 00019119 00 Safety modules Item designation Item number Safety Logic Controller SLC284 00017465 00 Safety digital input module SDI208 00017459 00 Safety digital output module SD0204 00017462 00 Analog input output module Item designation Item number Universal input output module GI0O212 00020623 00 Universal input output module AI0208 00020628 00 Universal input output module AI0216 00020632 00 Analog input module AI1208 SI 00018843 00 Ana
68. Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Execution variants 45 W 55 W 5 V 6 A 8 A peak 15V 0 5A 1I5V 0 5A 18 ms power fail message after 3 ms Power fail on processor LEDs Power Error Ready 500 V input system 100 V input ground Standard ColdClimate 30 60 C 5 95 without 5 95 with condensation condensation 40 85 C 5 95 without 5 95 with condensation condensation NT255 NT255 Power supply 45W 55W 24V 5V 6A 15V 0 5A Like NT255 ColdClimate 96 97 System modules Power supply module NT250 48 The power supply module NT250 48 is suitable for operation on 48 V DC input voltage It supplies all M1 modules with all voltages required e Power supply for M1 controller systems e State indicating LED e Supply voltage 38 58 V DC e Monitoring of supply voltage e Power fail signal for processor module e Galvanic isolation input bus e Galvanic isolation input ground Item Item no NT250 48 00012754 00 Power supply unit Voltage range 38 58 V DC Input voltage peak value 60 V att lt 1 s min Inrush current Max 7A after lt 0 5 s Output voltage output current 5 V 6 0A 15 V 0 5A 15V 0 5A Output power 42 W Galvanic isolation 500 V input bus 100 V input ground Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation Stor
69. Remote service via WebLog Expert Acceleration sensors BAM100 BAM500 U bridge sensor Structure Vibration Monitor SVM300 series Sector specific solutions Wind Turbine Essentials WTE Wind Power Scada WPS Directives and certificates Standards and approvals ColdClimate CAE CAD data ePLAN library 3D CAD model library Installation in the control cabinet housing Dimensions Bachmann training Imprint 314 316 326 331 336 340 343 345 347 349 351 354 357 361 363 364 365 366 368 369 375 380 381 389 391 392 394 395 397 400 401 bachmann a 32 64 128 5 2 emme a eae x 24o e l m iIi o e m r eMM gt won wo Ae e ea a ee e Sees es o Ii s i o s es m Dem ee a yas jans ipams jme Tomme Pame feme Scalable Robust Versatile Mi controller hardware industrial controller with a future Individual requirements can be met easily with a wide range of powerful CPUs based on industrial Pentium processors and with an extensive range of I O modules Real time capable bus systems enable the automation to be decentralized without any loss of performance The M1 controller perfectly combines the openness of a PC based controller with the reliability of industrial hardware platforms Designed for the tough est ambient conditions they guarantee fault free operation with a fanless install
70. Sercos Configure Drive Configure the new drive Sv SetPosition Sv SetVelocity 5 SetT orque ERUS S ActPosition Sv Act elocity a MIO 11001 Sv ActT orque a MIO 11001 Sy PosError gt Ne p bachmann ap SolutionCenter Drive Middleware Investment security The investment in a motion application is not lost if there is a change in the drive supplier Learning effort is reduced The different drive profiles such as SERCOS ProfiDRIVE and DS402 have their own state machines error routines and parameter designations Through standardization in accordance the training effort and the complexity of drive solutions is reduced Drive independence for coordinated axis motions Multi axis applications as they are realized with M SMC M SHAFT etc can be implemented independently of the fieldbus profiles of the individual drives Features e Uniform fieldbus independent programming of motion applications in accordance e Full integration in the Bachmann SolutionCenter e Connection to motion applications for multi axis applications is already integrated e Easy addition of new supplemental drives e Cyclical and non cyclical communication is possible e Referencing methods in accordance with DS402 are integrated Control User applications PLC C C Motion Control M SMC M SHAFT M CNC Positioning Camming DIN66025 Gantry Gearing Motion IEC 61800 7 Drive d
71. Server Lizence 00022170 63 191 Communication Control room networking PC gt e Configuring Ge e Parametrizing amp A bachmann e Monitoring Mi controller SVI SVI Software Module Software Module PLC C C PLC C C PLC C C SVI Software Module Functionality of OPC UA server 192 Communication Control room networking Supported OPC UA Profiles Security Profile Transport Profile Server Profiles Security Policy None Security Policy Basic128Rsa15 Security Policy Basic 256 UA TCP UA SC UA Binary Base Server Behaviour Facet Basic DataChange Subscription Server Facet Core Server Facet Embedded UA Server Enhanced DataChange Subscription Server Facet Low End Embedded Device Driver Facet Supported OPC UA Information Models Information models Supported OPC UA Service Sets Discovery Service Set SecureChannel Service Set Session Service Set View Service Set Attribute Service Set MonitoredItem Service Set Subscription Service Set 193 Data Access DA FindServers GetEndpoints OpenSecureChannel CloseSecureChannel CreateSession ActivateSession CloseSession Cancel Browse BrowseNext TranslateBrowsePathToNodelds RegisterNodes UnregisterNodes Read Write CreateMonitoredItems ModifyMonitoredItems SetMonitoringMode SetTriggering DeleteMonitoredItems CreateSubscription ModifySubscription SetPublishingMode Publish Republish DeleteSubscripti
72. Support transmission via FASTBUS fiber optic cable CAN or PROFINET and offer a high degree of flexibility in the design of sophisticated automation solutions Input voltage nom 24 V DC nom 48 V DC Separate single groups Interrupt inputs max 2 Sink source inputs Galvanic isolation Status display for each channel via LED Digital input output modules Digital output modules DO216 232 Features Number of outputs 16 32 Output voltage nom 24 V DC nom 48 V DC Output current depends on type 2 5 1 0 5A Total current depends on type 8 16A Galvanic isolation Status display for each channel via LED bg e ee ppm i a a a a i a 1 J 2i pd pai e bii tei yaj 4 0 TE per Ovtpot porz_ __ Digital relay output modules DOR206 230 Digital input output modules DIO216 232 Features Total channel number 16 32 nom 24 V DC Features 6 relays Standard socket for SIL relays Electromechanical or solid state relays Mechanically locked relays Galvanic isolation measured for system to chanal 2500 V AC Status display for each channel via LED Number configurable inputs outputs 16 Number of inputs 8 16 32 Number of outputs 16 Configurable interrupt inputs Galvanic isolation from system Status display for each channel via LED Digital input output
73. WPS makes it possible to represent all relevant plant levels From the global view of the region to the wind farm right down to the individual turbine Specific information providing the user with an overview at any time is displayed for each level If detailed information is required the corresponding level can be accessed quickly and conveniently SCADA functions WPS provides the functions familiar to users of atvise scada such as alarm handling historiza tion trending and multi lingual functionality User management is implemented transparently and ergonomically for the user A login procedure on the WPS is all that is needed to allow access right through to individual turbines The well known security standards of the Bachmann M1 control ler are used here for transmission SSL and user management groups level in order to prevent unauthorized access Data history alarms events and trending are logged by the M1 and seamlessly redirected to the WPS to allow extensive analysis power curve wind rose filter Project design The WPS is designed using the atvise Builder tool The IEC61400 25 compliant object structure enables the user to design the required elements simply As with atvise scada the data points are linked in the Builder by browsing an OPC UA data source The scripting functionality as well as all the other benefits of the atvise Builder can likewise be used for designing a WPS project A comprehensive l
74. a AlO H aS m RoHS China no RoHS Europe On request 386 Standards and approvals CE CCC UL Item no BV 00014221 00 CT205 BE1 00014336 00 CT205 V BE1 00016898 00 IPC1410 BE1 CM1G1 00016902 00 IPC1410 BE1 CD1G6 00016899 00 IPC1412 BE1 CM1G1 00016903 00 IPC1412 BE1 CD1G6 00016900 00 IPC1415 BE1 CM1G1 00016904 00 IPC1415 BE1 CD1G6 00016905 00 IPC1419 BE1 CD1G6 00017609 00 IPC312 BE1 00017227 10 IPC315 BE1 00014569 00 OT115 R BE1 00014570 00 OT115 R BE2 00017593 00 OT115 R BE2 CC 00018216 00 OT205 BE1 00018217 00 OT205 M BE1 00018218 00 OT205 V BE1 00018219 00 OT205 V BE1 CC 00018221 00 OT205 V BE2 00022298 00 OT1310 BE1 GT1G0O 00021833 00 OT1312 BE1 GT1G0 00022299 00 O7T1315 BE1 GT1G0 00021831 00 0T1319 BE1 GT1G0 00014314 00 WT310 BE1 00014329 00 WT312 BE1 00014399 00 WT315 BE1 o E4 e Q U JJ WY e o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o Module BDEW VDE4105 TR3 TR8 amea e ows ee sn o e ess o e e 00017829 00 00019063 00 00019756 00 00021759 00 RoHS China keine RoHS Europa xx Zertifizierung l uft 387 Standards and approvals 388 ColdClimate ee Processor modules Item designation Item number Processor module ME203 EN 00015985 00
75. adapters with three RJ45 ports This means that the interface extensions can also be used on Fastbus Substations RS485 i WIND v2 SENSOR Se Sa RS232 RS422 IIll PITCH CONTROL CONVERTERS Industrie Ethernet master EM203 EM213 EM213 Features Additional Ethernet port separate IP address Cable length to 100 m per line RJ45 connections 3 Status display via LED Integrated switch Transfer rate to M1 CPU max 2 4 Mbit s user data Transfer rate as switch max 100 Mbit s Interface modules RS204 Features 4 interfaces on one module Several interface modules per controller possible RS232 RS422 RS485 can be combined High speed interfaces up to 1 5 Mbit s Switchable terminating resistors QE JO AGRE jo Q f 2 Oo j UI Interfaces T SEPEN imp conteo GS Industrie Ethernet master EM2x3 The module EM2x3 extends the control system with an additional Ethernet adapter with 3 ports for 10 100 MBit Thus Ethernet ports for connection of a service laptop or for other Ethernet based networking are also available on FASTBUS substations e Cable length to 100 m per line e Status display via LED e 3xRJ45 connections e Integrated switch Item Item no EM203 00012671 00 EM213 00017321 00 EM213 00017470 00 VISUALIZATION FO FASTBUS INTERNET Interfaces Ethernet master Number of transceivers 3x 10 1
76. and integrated real time data recorders provide a convenient basis for commissioning or fault analysis Furthermore the GSP274 modules also provide a synchronization unit for the automatic grid coupling of generators GM260 modules impress with their particularly compact design and simple handling for consumption optimization and energy monitoring Grid measurement module GM260 Features Current voltage frequency and grid measurement Remanent four quadrant power counter Rated voltage up to 480 VL L RMS Robust and reliable hardware 77 Grid measurement module aspa Ga CS VES 1 2 3 49 2 3 6 Sr a J ee a n rc od lt e te Z 2 amp oe Pari 5 Le MANS L___ _ GEN PEN Pan R 2 gt q p N i i n b _ tad T Hi ee Z GEN S WP r SUS F K fi F J ELAS L o 4 i 4 4 j H i Item Item No GSP274 00019756 00 lll TUV NORD CERT GmbH TUV NORD CERT GmbH Grid measurement protection and synchronization module GSP274 The GSP274 enables the safe reliable and automatic synchronization of generator units to the power supply grid It also provides a number of monitoring functions for generator and grid protection The circuit breakers are tripped by the module directly via digital outputs and relays Additional digital inputs enable the monitoring of the relevant
77. and is used to connect M1 control systems laptops and networks with the Ethernet 10 100BaseT technology e Cable length to 100 m per line e Status display via LED e 5xRJ45 connections Item Item no SWI1205 S 00012672 00 Ethernet Ethernet switch Number of transceivers Connectors Line length Transfer rate Line impedance Status display External power supply Supply voltage Current consumption Reverse polarity protection Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Model variants SWI205 S 5x 10 100BaseT 5x RJ45 crossed and uncrossed cables can be used autocross detection max 100 m line max 100 Mbit s 100 Q LEDs for power collision 5x LinkPuls 5x speed 10 100 Mbit s 18 34 V DC normally 100 mA at 24 V DC yes 30 60 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 without condensation Ethernet switch RJ45 5 Ports Eth100 integrated power supply 24V DIN rail mounting 122 Ethernet ee A U N Ethernet Remote Station ERS202 The module ERS202 serves as a remote slave mo dule for sub stations e g redundant networks It manages the local data and the exchange of two Ethernet ports to the for example red undant master controllers Easy configuration and efficient data exchange allows for safe ope ration with the fastest possible switchover The robust design as a cold climate ve
78. channel AIO216 00020627 00 e Analog voltage input 10 V to 10 mV AIO216 00020631 00 e Analog current input O 4 20 mA e Temperature sensor Pt elements as 2 3 4 wire e Thermo couples type J K T N E R S B e Analog voltage output 10 V e Analog current output 0 4 20mA e Resolution 16 bit input with filter 14 bit output e Filter adjustable from 4 kHz to 0 5 Hz per channel e All outputs overload short circuit and external voltage proof e Measuring range monitoring freely adjustable 105 e Error message on overload and overtemperature and undervoltage of the supply e Galvanic isolation from the system 500 V e Optional condensation proof ColdClimate 2 Analog input output modules Inputs Outputs PN PA0rs NEOPAls Modes per channel Analog input Temperature measurement input for Pt elements and thermo couples Analog output SYNC signal In Analog input temperature measurement Out Analog output Analog inputs in general Digital resolution 16 bit Measuring range 105 of nominal range Measuring range monitoring Lower and upper measuring range limit error message as status or measuring range monitoring Allowed common mode voltage Max 1 V Refresh cycle time 100 us Cut off frequency 3 dB 4 kHz to 0 5 Hz adjustable channel by channel Filtering slope gt 80 dB decade Voltage inputs Input voltage 10 V 1 V 100 mV 10 mV Basic accuracy at 25 C Max 0 05 of input voltage range
79. configuration allows individual assignment of rights at directory and file level and facilita tes this by means of the available inheritance logic The visibility read and write access of online available process variables can be allocated to access rights of the individual user Mechanism and configu ration as with file permissions User and access management system as well as the token mechanism can be replaced by user specific applications Thus special policies and functions can be implemented and the controls can be integrated smoothly into existing systems System Security Enable disable application development Memory protection Null pointer protection Security log with archiving function Predefined security levels User Application Access Control Security Library Examples of important cryptographic procedures and secure methods for net work communication Protection against installation of unauthorized programs Application programs are protected at memory level against write access from other applications Protection against malware that want to eavesdrop and manipulate data at operating system level Protection against buffer overflows Special protection to prevent manipulations via null pointer exception handling Login and logout of users as well as each write access are logged at variable level security relevant modifications are noted Timestamp user group old and new
80. data 3D CAD model library for control cabinet design Control cabinets are increasingly being designed with 3D assisted programs in order to guarantee an optimal placement of the components and the wiring Bachmann electronic supports its customers in this engineering process and makes a library available for this purpose The 3D CAD model library contains the versioned 3D models of the controller and terminal products The 3D models are created on a 1 1 scale The STEP format was chosen so that it can be further processed by all major 3D drawing programs The models show the external details of the products at full resolution so that a realistic appearance for the 3D design is facilitated Internal details are largely masked out which achieves a considerable reduction of the data size Bachmann electronic provides this library without charge to its customers for standard products Libraries can be created for customer specific products if needed 3D CAD model library e Detailed display of the products in the STEP 3D exchange format e Data reduced to the required Data volume e Labeling of the 3D models with the product version number Installation in the control cabinet housing M1 controller hardware UL CSA regulations and those of the EU Directive 73 23 EC Low voltage Directive specify that controllers be mounted in a cabinet an enclosure or a closed operating area in order to meet the requirements for electrical safet
81. e Can be snapped on EN 60715 DIN rail Item Item no S201 00009542 00 BS201 00010507 00 BS202 00009802 00 BS203 00009313 00 BS204 00009752 00 BS205 00009206 00 BS206 00009792 00 BS207 00009207 00 BS208 00009793 00 BS209 00009634 00 BS210 00009794 00 BS211 00009795 00 BS212 00009796 00 BS213 00009797 00 BS214 00009798 00 BS215 00009799 00 BS216 00009800 00 1 16 55 mm x number of module slots 23 mm incl connector 119 mm 30 60 C vertical 30 55 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 without condensation Backplane with 1 module slot Backplane with 2 module slots Backplane with 16 module slots Backplane with 1 module slot without circuit board Dimensions System modules Backplanes BS200 series The backplanes for BS200 W for cold weather and protection class 1 interconnect the M1 controller hard ware modules such as power supplies CPU modules and I O modules mechanically and electrically They are the backbone of the controller e 1 16 module slots e Seamless connection possible e Stabile mechanics compact design e Vibration proof fixing of modules e Can be snapped on EN 60715 DIN rail e ColdClimate design protected against temporary condensation Item Item no BS203 00015947 00 BS204 00015948 00 BS205 00015949 00 BS206 00015950 00 BS207 00015951 00 BS208 0001
82. e Connection and network state visible for user programs e Behavior in case of network problems confi gurable e LED for display of slave state e Error LEDs for In and Out Port e Galvanic isolation from the system e Condensation proof ColdClimate design on request Item Item no ECS200 00018548 00 ECS200 00019206 00 EtherCAT EtherCAT data EtherCAT Device Type Module device Object dictionary statical depends on configuration of the slave station PDO Mapping statical or dynamical Distributed Clock available EtherCAT data types BOOL BIT USINT SINT UINT INT UDINT DINT REAL ULINT LINT LREAL Number of cyclic data max 700 Byte respectively in Tx and Rx Cycle time gt 125 us depend on CPU and data volume max 10 ms Interface to user program Access of cyclic data process image UFB channel view SVI view Slave Status readable settable through functional interface Connection quality to network view as module and channel state of UFB request by user software Time base synchronization adapted to synchronization by user software of EC network Behaviour in the event of further completion of the user software by intervall possible network break Mailbox data on request Diagnostic LED Run Run permanent light for operational blinking codes for other slave state LEDs Parity Error 1 2 failure in the physical receive layer of in or out ports LEDs EtherCAT Ports standard LED s for activity green
83. each value Required role for reading and writing can differ Project files in readable format enable comparison between versions and parallel work of different team members Tools for version control SVN CVS etc can be operated directly from the project navigator This assures that always complete projects are stored on the server Project contents like event configuration can also be imported from different sources as CSV format Projects of the predecessor product M WAB can be imported directly into the WTE configurator Software modules for the controller WTE software module WTE alarm handler WTE login checker Visualization Executable program for the controller behavior is defined by configuration project Executes event system logging sampling of production data statistical processing trend and snapshot recordings Supports fail safe software update Executable program for the controller Is called in case of an error by the WTE module for automatic dispatch of E mail and or SMS messages Triggering is also possible by other application programs WTE event logs are included as attachment Executable program for the controller See User management and access rights for details WTE Visualization Displayed values WTE eVis Internationalization ready to use visualization for a Desktop PC with mouse operation graphical display of trends power curve wind rose Buttons for turbine commands arbitrary
84. easiest possible operation via a standard PC keyboard so that a corrupt operating system of an operator terminal or IPC can be quickly restored in the field even by unexperienced operating personnel one click recovery With the aid of the BSM Stick the end customer can keep machine downtimes to a minimum this makes repairs of the visualization hardware due to an operating system defect unnecessary Also the end customer can save the high expenses associated with keeping a pool of replacement devices on hand for these kinds of service cases Thus the BSM Stick directly helps to reduce costs and optimizes availability of the terminal or of the IPC and thus it helps to optimize availability of the system or machine and contributes to increased acceptance of a machine on the part of the end customer The Bachmann System Maintenance Stick supports all series OT200 and series OT1300 operator terminals as well as the series IPC1400 and IPC300 IPCs System prerequisites e Free USB port e System BIOS that supports booting from the USB port e External standard PC keyboard Scope of delivery e 8 GB USB with pre installed Bachmann System Maintenance Utility Item Item no BSM Stick on request Storage media 110 Independent Powerful Open Networking the backbone of the automation solution As an automation specialist in the area of distributed energy generation plants we know the s
85. freely configurable 0 10 PLC cycles e Blumpless switchover e Redundancy programming support in M PLC IEC 61131 3 e Debugging and forcing of variables in redundant applications M PLC e Resistant to single fault events additionally many multi fault scenarios are overridden on a continuous basis Integration in the SolutionCenter e Applying monitoring and deleting redundancy devices e Extra support in Solution Navigator and Device Manager for configuring monitoring and logging redundant applications e Textual and graphical redundancy status displays e Virtual redundancy devices with the option of applying and manipulating redundancy configurations and applications e Redundancy master status information e Device designation e Current redundancy status of the entire system e CPU information e System software information e Network information e Redundancy application status information e Current redundancy status REDUNDANT SINGLE ERROR e Runtime state RUN STOP ERROR e Error status codes e Synchronization status e Cycle time e Maintenance interface for redundancy systems integrated execution of commands on both master CPUs at the same time e All commands and monitoring mechanisms are available to the operator as open user interfaces and or as system variables Redundancy SolutionCenter Solution File Edit Navigate Search Project Run Window Help ii ee O Q i v iH S WW Vis Designer E Solution
86. gt Frotileliane N PATEGEWI Sy_Peojeet_Pcors tet A PATEL DI Os semaphore L LE URE Tojice _Starnhees peetCreave SEN O PRIORITY JEA LETTY S09 Erti RY PROJECT INET Lecce th emebCreare gt ecceceeececcececcg 33 je 2ETLA35 bee sescs h ii 305 C C Developer High level language programming in C and C is also gaining increased significance in automation technology These languages are not only widely used they also offer the possibility of extremely efficient programming and of encapsulating frequently used sequences in classes The ability to structure a software module into any number of tasks and in the process being able to use all the resources of a powerful operating system VxWorks without restriction is an incredible expansion of the possibilities C C Developer enables programming in ANSI C as well as in C Thanks to the mature interface and the restriction to the required setting possibilities getting started with C and C programming remains easy For the start of a new project multiple selectable project templates available that already contain all calls for the start of the software module and its interaction with the operating system Consequently the programmer can immediately devote himself to the logic of his application Projects can be compiled immediately after they are created The result is a finished executable program file for the M1 controlle
87. hierarchical browsing interface at design and runtime Simulation mode yes Logging yes diagnostics user interface per item element Server Core technology C platform independent Process data model fully structured object oriented hierarchy derived types Engineering model type class instantiated objects inherited properties Data volume scalable and dependent on hardware platform with Windows 7 32 Bit up to approx 700 000 process items Multi processing multithreaded computation benefits from multi core multi CPU systems Server time stamping yes additionally to source time stamp Database embedded powerfail safe Configuration storage engineering database Alarm system OPC UA Alarms amp Conditions compliant arbitrary alarm categories Historian process value database with incremental archiving archive groups with configurable sampling interval and offset alarm database alarm history Longtime archiving yes data aggregation derived long term archives Trending online trending without archiving historical trending offline combined online offline trending M Performance data depends on data volume computation power available controller performance device and network topology load Performance depends generally on application 319 Server atvise scada Trend configuration User administration Functional Extensions Module interface Virtualization Client Interface Supervisory I
88. integrated in the controller e Client server architecture multi client e User interface in pure Web technology e Device and operating system independent HTML5 SVG PC Mac Unix tablet smartphone iPad e Alarming and journaling of variables e Graphic trend display e Online language font switchover e User administration amp access security e Client side Java Script Current browser compatibility list can be called up at www atvise com Client Client Client Client Ethernet Internet PLC BY S N int M1 webMI pro Mi webMI pro Server Installation Parallel Operation Sampling interval Access security Security Server time stamp Alarm system Archiving User Administration Functional expansions Client Installation Technology process images Number of clients Zooming Scaling Vector graphics Trend Operation Multilingual Font switching Fonts Embedding of external contents Functional expansions Web server as a software module directly on the M1 controller via SolutionCenter yes multiple visualizations can be run on several TCP interfaces Server monitors the process variables in a cycle of 50 to 5000 ms yes AccessControl of the M1 HTTPS with SSL encryption yes Alarms on variables incl persistence of the alarm status Archiving of the process values on the controller configuration of the sample intervals via archive groups up to 100 000 data points can be
89. internal 80 mA Voltage range external 18 34 VDC Current consumption external 24 V Typically 200 mA without external load Galvanic isolation I O to system 500 V Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation 5 95 with condensation Design variants AIO208 Universal analog input output module 8x analog In 10V 20mA Pt TC 16bit analog Out 10V 20mA 14bit configurable analog filter 100us sample and refresh time threshold monitoring isolated AIO208 Like AIO208 ColdClimate AIO216 Universal analog input output module 16x analog In 10V 20mA Pt TC 16bit analog Out 10V 20mA 14bit configurable analog filter 100us sample and refresh time threshold monitoring isolated AIO216 amp Like AIO216 ColdClimate 2 46 Analog input output modules Ai2zoasi Analog input modules AI202 SI AI204 SI The analog input module AI20x SI offers two or four high resolution analog 16 bit current input channels Single channel isolation high immu nity to interference as well as integrated signal filtering delta sigma converter make this module particularly interesting for process technology e 2 or 4 analog inputs e Input current 0 20 mA e Input impedance 75 Q e Resolution 16 bit
90. logical I O modules on the controller e Direct opening of the existing configuration from the controller PROFINET 168 169 Fieldbus M BUS Standardized basis integrated solution Energy meters gas heat output water are required in power plants and in combined heat and power generation in particular for regulation as well as accounting The M Bus standardized in EN 61334 4 1 is highly prevalent in Europe for the connection of these meters The OSI model if M Bus is the physical layer the data link according to IEC 870 and the application layer according to EN 1434 3 are specified for this protocol An integrated solution is provided by a rugged and easily installable M Bus adapter and its convenient integration as a fieldbus in software communication MBUS201 master The MBUS201 master enables easy connection of a serial RS232 interface on M Bus via an adapter The M Bus is a widely used fieldbus in accordance with EN 13757 for reading out consumption data from meters electricity water gas heat Transmission is serial via voltage and current modulation on a two wire line that is protected against polarity reversal The M Bus protocol is integrated as an intuitively configurable fieldbus and is addressed via the UFB Unified FieldBus software interface e max 4 MBUS201 masters per M1 controller e M Bus protocol implemented as fieldbus e max 5 meters slaves per master e Adapter can be i
91. module 2 channels each 2A 48V or TTL actuator or current regulation isolated 72 Function modules Axis controller module ACR222 2 The axis controller module ACR222 2 is a encoder interface module to operate one two micro stepping motor output stages with stepper frequencies of up to 150 kHz e 2 interfaces for stepping motor output stages to 150 kHz e 2 interfaces for incremental encoders up to 1 MHz e Encoder power supply directly from the module via the connectors z e Inputs for home abort and 3 2 limit switches per channel e Monitoring of the external supply voltage e Linear sine or parabolic acceleration e Two step linear speed profiles Item Item no ACR222 2 00009928 10 Function modules Encoder interface Counter resolution 24 bit Counter modes 1 2 4 edge evaluation Encoder frequency Max 1 MHz Inputs HEDL HP AVAGO interface RS422 Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Encoder power supply 5 V or 15 V selectable with jumper Motor controller interface Stepper frequency Max 150 kHz Number of steps range 1 16 777 215 Acceleration type Linear sin or parabolic Acceleration time braking time 8 ms 131s Output voltage Low 0 2 V high 3 34 V Imax 10 mA Input voltage Low 0 3 V high 4 30 V Voltage range 18 34 V DC Current consumption internal Normally 400 mA at 24 VDC current consumption of the encoders and sensors Galvanic isolati
92. of the master CPUs is integrated dongle System prerequisites Controller equipment Mi CPUs of the MX200 series or better min 2 Ethernet interfaces onboard Network 2x Ethernet 100 MBit s or Gbit s managed switch Software MSys MxCCore M BASE V3 80 or higher 250 251 Redundancy Slave Station 1 Slave Station 2 Operator Terminal Redundancy Control Network redundancy Cable break and outage or misconfiguration of network equipment are frequent causes of failure in the daily automation routine Searching for errors in the process often proves to be expensive and difficult In doing so however little carelessnesses hide the risk of longer production stoppages and economically relevant outages The introduction of redundant real time networking makes separate cable routes possible In conjunction with the simultaneous transmission of all data packets on both network lines single failures on the transmission line no longer have the effect of disrupting communication and therefore automation The product network redundancy fulfills these qualities precisely by means of a combination of media and communication redundancies Even in the case of an error no data packets to the receiving stations master or slave are lost in the process see Fig 1 Integrated self monitoring and diagnostic interfaces draw attention to transmission errors and make finding their location easier The netw
93. quality monitoring PQM Description Monitors voltage and current harmonics up to the 50th harmonic Trips if one of the pre defined limits is exceeded evaluation per phase Total harmonic distortion Total demand distortion Individual amplitudes of voltage harmonics Individual amplitudes of current harmonics Protection elements A Grid measurement module Alarm relays ANSI 74 Description Two relays for actuating the circuit breakers are provided for single fault tolerant grid and system protection acc to VDE AR 4105 See Digital relay outputs Synchronization test relays ANSI 25 Description Digital outputs control up to two circuit breakers 2 DO per circuit breaker They are activated by the GSP module if the synchronization criteria are fulfilled Pulse or continuous signal can be configured for the actuation See Digital outputs Trip circuit monitoring TCM Description Digital inputs are provided to monitor the actual switching state of the circuit breakers See Digital inputs Time synchronization Basic principle GSP module is synchronized automatically with the real time clock of the PLC CPU This can be synchronized via the network Physical medium Ethernet CPU Protocols IEEE 1588 PTP Precision Time Protocol SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol Event logging with real time stamp SER sequence of events recorder Description Monitoring events configured alarm protection func
94. required tools for safety oriented programming in accordance with FBD acc to IEC61131 3 and PLCopen and has been developed and certified in close cooperation with TUV ECLA O a Digital output signal SDO204 Features Digital output module with two galvanically separated output groups 8 digital output channels can be used redundantly in pairs PL e SIL3 Cat 4 Autonomously safe robust against network breakdowns Output voltage range 18 34 V DC 2 A per channel Safety Developer Engineering tool Features Integrated in the SolutionCenter all in one engineer ing tool Full graphic function plan editor with autorouting Certified safety modules in accordance with PLCopen Safety Standard modules for logical links timers and arithmetic operations in accordancen with EN61131 3 Integrated debugger and monitor online monitoring in safe operation 226 227 Safety modules Safety Control Safety processor module SLC284 The programmable safety controller SCL284 ideally integrated in the M1 controller is presented as an independent safe and modern safety controller The Safety Logic Controller is approved in accordance with the latest safety norm IEC61508 No additional cabling is needed for communication between the Safety Logic Controller SLC284 and the safety I O modules SDI208 and SDO204 The modules can be separated by several hundred meters and ope
95. slave stations Up to 30 I O modules per slave cr 4 station Optional integrated power supply Transfer rate ic Oun man 10 kbit s to 1 Mbit s CANopen CANopen Analog digital I O module DA3284 C Features Compact CAN slave I O module 8 analog inputs 10 V 1 V Pt100 Pti000 0 4 20 mA 4 analog outputs 10 V either 10 V O 4 20 mA configurable 16 digital inputs 16 digital inputs or outputs can be configured individually 2 integrated counter inputs Digital I O modules DIOxxx C Features Stand alone compact CAN slave module 16 32 48 input channels of which 16 32 32 free can be configured as output DIO Digital outputs each with 1 A continuous current Supply voltage 18 34 V DC 3 wire connection technology CANopen CANopen Digital I O modules TCO2xx C Features Stand alone compact CAN slave module 8 16 temperature sensor inputs for temperature sensor types J and K Measuring range 0 500 800 C 12 24 digital each with max 1A CANopen CANopen configurator Features Graphic configurator Easy integration of the DCF files Multiple networks up to 8 CAN networks per CPU CANSync for synchronization of drives CAN monitor for commissioning and diagnostics IP based access to CAN nodes with IP over CAN in accordance with CiA Draft 301 405 CANSync synchronization also via th
96. stored in the database yes rights groups users yes M1 applications can provide data for processing in the HMI No installation necessary HTML SVG Java Script Up to 16 clients at the same time yes continuously without quality loss yes automatic adaptation of the resolution on the target device without additional engineering effort yes all components of the HMI are SVGs yes live trending and historical data views are possible Mouse or other pointing device Keyboard hotkeys can be configured Touchscreen Multitouch yes online yes online any including Asian language characters Cyrillic etc yes everything that runs in the Web browser HTML video audio VRML 3D chat etc Total flexibility through Java Script client side M Current browser compatibility list can be called up at www atvise com Multi touch dependent on device functionality operating system and browser version 328 Mi webMI pro Configuration Engineering Variable integration Fully graphic process image editor Program editor Page editor Graphic objects Object library Graphic incorporation Animation types Graphic options Interface to the server Import Export System prerequisites Clients Server Ausf hrungen M1 webMI pro RT M1 webMI pro AMT M1 webMI pro Starter Mi webMI pro DVD Variables can be read in directly from the M1 controller yes integrated into atvise builder yes in
97. substations and EM203 or RS204 module e Mapping of any SVI variables in the Modbus Primary Tables e Mapping of any I O channels in the Modbus Primary Tables e Easy data access through applications bidirectional network connection Modbus master MODBUS TCP UDP RTU Protocols Modbus RTU Modbus UDP Modbus TCP Protocol version Modbus Application Protocol Specification V1 1a Data direction bidirectional Supported function codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 15 16 Interfaces Physical layer Modbus RTU Interfaces Modbus RTU RS232 RS422 RS485 serial interfaces on controller CPUs Distributability Modbus RTU yes FASTBUS or BEM BES substation with RS204 module Physical layer Modbus UDP Ethernet 10 100 MBit in accordance with IEEE 802 b Interfaces Modbus TCP all Ethernet interfaces of the controller CPUs Distributability Modbus TCP yes FASTBUS or BEM BES substation with EM203 module TCP IP Port adjustable preset 502 Performance data Multiple slave instances yes up to 4 instances per CPU for concurrent operation simultaneously in multiple Modbus networks Nominal transfer rates 38400 19200 9600 4800 bits s gross serial RTU Nominal transfer rates 10 100 Mbit s gross Ethernet TCP Multiple master connections yes for Modbus TCP configurable number of simultaneous simultaneously master connections default 10 For UDP no limitation Parallel traffic to Modbus TCP yes normal IP tr
98. switching the master CPU are executable in this redundancy version too With redundancy on all system levels i e hardware system software application programming and maintenance monitoring interfaces hot standby redundancy provides maximum reliability with outstanding convenience at the same time The full integration of configuration programming and monitoring in Bachmann tools shortens application creation and minimizes deviations with respect to everyday standard operating sequences At the same time risks in the course of maintenance operations error corrections and application updates decrease during the process in operation Hot standby redundancy combines the highest redundancy technology and the best performance possible with the customary ruggedness of every Bachmann module Hot standby redundancy enhances network redundancy by the following attributes among others e Fully automatic matching of process variables e Automatic failover upon detecting internal errors e Integrated self tests for checking system status e Automatic system matching system software configuration applications e Automatic application synchronization variance lt 200 us CPUs as redundant main controllers includes 2 licenses Allows any number of IO stations slaves to connect redundantly to both main controllers includes network redundancy e Millisecond precise synchronization of all stations e Network switching time
99. synchronization IO Bus Sync with the total sys Ou en ae tem allow highly dynamic and precise movements Beside the full compatibility to the well proven controller modules M SMC M CNC and M SHAFT also the user own programs and individually designed control tasks can utilize the extensive integrated functions of the module simply via the known standard interfaces SVI MIO The extensive integrated error monitoring with ongo ing checking of the encoder resolution identifies hard to see wiring or ESD problems and allows the application especially under difficult environ mental conditions e 2 input channels for incremental and SSI encoders e Full 32 bit counter e 2 analog outputs 14 bit e 4 fast digital input channels for initiator and trigger e Position measurement position storage can be initiated via triggers e Virtual for use in applications zero pulse speed etc e Synchronization via SYNC PreSYNC e Encoder supply via module e Monitoring of the encoder voltage e Wire break monitoring encoder Item Item no ISI222 00013737 00 ISI222 00016421 00 ISI222 8 00014127 00 Function modules Encoder interface module Quantity Counter resolution Input signals Signal evaluation Input frequency Synchronization Modes Error detection Galvanic isolation of channels SSI encoder interface 2 32 bit A A B B N N 1 2 4 edge evaluation or pulse direction mode
100. traffic Thanks to the PROFINET IO RT is the technical prioritized transmission of PROFINET other Successor of PROFIBUS DP The advantage protocols such as FTP HTML visualization of Ethernet as a media is the flexibilty etc can be operated on the same physical of the network topology as standard network Ethernet switches can be used Moreover the network infrastructure can be used Features Mode controller master and device slave Transmission of I O channel values of the device to and from the controller Transmission of process values SVI of the device to and from the controller via data blocks Configuration data for I O channels on the device measuring range signal direction etc are stored on the controller and transmitted to the devices when the system boots Standardized GSDML file available for configuration in other configuration tools Minimum bus cycle 1 ms Data rate 10 100 Mbit Other TCP IP data traffic on the same network is pos sible PROFINET PROFINET IO RT At Bachmann electronic PROFINET RT is a pure software solution that can be started on the available Ethernet ports of the controller The control system can be operated as PROFINET controller master and as PROFINET device slave The PROFINET device offers access to its I O channels to the PROFINET controller Each module on the device can be assigned to another controller or input values can be read by sever
101. use of an I O module by multiple projects SW modules possible Saving loading of the entire project including sources to from the controller Transparency of the global variables flags symbolic variables structures controller and visualization wide Integration in the SolutionCenter projects are SW modules e Generation of an executable m file with configuration information e Task interval time measurement can be queried in the project itself and in Device Manager e Watchdog integration e Execution possible in an application layer memory protection e Install start stop reset and delete of PLC projects in Device Manager e The state machine of a PLC project in the runtime system always corresponds to the model defined for SW modules e Integration via M1 system debug mode and M1 system logbook e Start of a project when booting through entry in MConfig ini 304 Programming Software Software p bachmann SolutionCenter P OJ PA regot E Bim pria tee ot My omt mo 150 TSS I inod joamO Pod matl Ov ieee E ira adire dvctestreng varri pecan wrasse ih Prowse 2 paiieattt s Isy By_Peoject_Sebug pCont det t m teject Cigline pCont gt Liselfier gt 5 nnou Di al rw miid ngh ade etre stacey Ry Project Appiese pCumt sAppieme R ROOMAMEL EN 4 Ry Pegject Appieee 5 stenar Ey Project PrortileHese pCant
102. use the M1 to control an autonomous intelligent subsystem within a complex system or machine The application programs PLC C C have full access to the incoming and outgoing cyclic process data via the MIO and SVI interfaces and via the process image The slave state and the connection state can be recognized by the user programs Thus emergency situations like network problems or failures of the external EtherCAT Master can be handled individually in dedicated emergency routines The application programs at the slave station can be accurately synchronized to the external EtherCAT bus for closed loop control operations The execution cycle of the user programs can be maintained also in emergency situations Distributed Clocks are supported Amount and size of the incoming and outgoing cyclic data are confi gured on the slave station and then a dedicated ESI fi le is generated to confi gure the master system The PDO mapping can be defi ned statically or can be created by the EC Master dynamically As EtherCAT slave the M1 is a module device with a static object dictionary that does not need to be further confi gured by the master Diagnostic is supported by several LED indications on the module by log messages and by a monitor in the Bachmann SolutionCenter e 2 EtherCAT Ports IN OUT e Max 700 Bytes cyclic data for Rx und Tx each e Bus interval 125 us to 10 ms e Distributed Clock e User programs can be synchronised to EtherCAT
103. values are discarded Typically used for error analysis with a pre trigger condition A 372 373 Sector specific solutions Trends und Snapshots Storage Storage Statistical functions Average calculation State counter Energy counter Power curve Wind rose File based on the storage media of the controller Each recording is stored in one file the filename contains time and date of the recording File format is documented and thus can be parsed also by customer specific tools Selection of available recordings by type and by date and time The trend display offers several Y axes show hide curves and measurement cursors with numerical value display Trend values can also be shown as table Average calculation of linear and polar values selectable sample time and averaging time with or without calculation of minimum maximum values and standard deviation Counts rising edges and duration of on state separated output as day year and total count duration Values are shown as variables and are stored automatically in files Maximum values for edge count and duration can be configured then exceeding the limit can raise a maintenance warning Typically used for counting operating hours of aggregates Adds up the current power to energy and keeps produced and consumed energy separated both are displayed as day year and total values Results are displayed in variables and are automatically logged to files Crea
104. with private and public commu nication networks in many cases today Applications in the energy and water supply sector belong to the so called critical in frastructures and place particular demands on information security stipulated by law Bachmann controllers are used world wide especially in cases where maximum availability robustness and communi cation skills are called for Many years of experience in critical applications offer each user the assuredness that he is working with proven functions that are being developed constantly t Security With an extensive security package for machines and plants Bachmann protects its units from unauthorized access and logs every write access up to variable level if necessary Quite incidentally the security measures increase the robustness against commu nication problems that are caused for example by faulty network devices Features Layer based protection concept Ethernet load limitation Securing of network services and logging by means of authentication and end to end encryption SSL Access control and logging Protection functions at system level Open interfaces for access control and cryptographic functions in user applications Continuous independent security log Predefined security levels for basic protection Integrated component of the M Base Security Communication and information security Security The direct consequen
105. yes by Wireshark plug in Wireshark data are generated automatically on the controller Distributed logging yes synchronized granularity 1 ms Performance data Master cycle time 1 1000 ms I O cycle time Minimum 200 us for non redundant applications 1 ms 1000 ms for redundant applications I O frame works more than 100 stations Number of channels unrestricted typically 400 600 channels per station 1 3 analog 2 3 digital Synchronization volume max 120 1400 byte Switching time adjustable from 0 10 cycles Time precision lt ims Installation Installation medium CD ROM or network Installation tool SolutionCenter Upgrading existing systems possible via software new CF card required License protection Data CF of the master CPUs is integrated dongle System prerequisites Controller equipment Mi CPUs of the MX200 family or better minimum 2 Ethernet interfaces onboard Network 2x Ethernet 100 MBit s or Gbit s managed switch Software MSys MxCCore M BASE V3 80 or higher Limit value subject to CPU type memory available application size number of exchangeable variables network bandwidth available and network and CPU load via non redundant applications No program technical restriction 246 247 Redundancy Master CPU B Slave Station 1 Slave Station 2 Operator Terminal Redundancy Control M NW REDU RT License to operate a network redundancy communication
106. 0 C fanless 15 50 C 0 60 C 30 60 C fanless s20 OO 40 85 C 5 95 without condensation 5 95 with condensation M 262 263 Operator terminals Software Operating system Visualization Dimensions and weight Linux embedded Vis Designer Java Dimensions W x H x D Weight Variants 212 x 156 x 49 mm approx 2 kg OT205 BE1 OT205 V BE1 OT205 V BE2 OT205 M BE1 OT205 V BE1 CC Display 5 7 QVGA 320x240 Touch CPU LX800 500 MHz RAM 512MB DDR CF Card Slot 1xEth 10 100MBit 2xUSB2 0 1xRS232 operating temp 0 C 60 C storage temp 20 C 85 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation Display 5 7 VGA 640x480 Touch CPU LX800 500 MHz RAM 512MB DDR CF Card Slot 1xEth 10 100MBit 2xUSB2 0 1xRS232 operating temp 0 C 60 C storage temp 20 C 85 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation Display 5 7 VGA 640x480 AlphaNumkKB CPU LX800 500 MHz RAM 512MB DDR CF Card Slot 1xEth 10 100MBit 2xUSB2 0 1xRS232 operating temp 0 C 60 C storage temp 20 C 85 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation Display 5 7 VGA 640x480 Touch CPU LX800 500 MHz RAM 512MB DDR CF Card Slot 1xEth 10 100MBit 2xUSB2 0 1x Buzzer 1x potential free relay output 1xRS232 operating temp 15 C 50 C storage temp 20 C 85 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation Display 5 7 VGA
107. 0 0 12 5 15 0 17 5 20 0 22 5 25 0 27 5 ord 32 5 Condition Monitoring Acceleration sensors BAM100 BAM500 The tried and tested acceleration sensors are provided with an extremely robust housing a hermetic sealing and an insulated housing and are thus proven even for demanding ambient conditions Their minimally invasive mounting on the object as well compact dimensions make them suitable for difficult to access measuring points The piezo vibration sensors offer a sensitive response to the smallest accelerations and are connected via the IPC inputs of the AIC212 The BAM100 sensor is suitable for fast rotating machine areas The more sensitive BAM500 sensor is used for slow rotating areas Item Item no BAM100 00020455 00 BAM500 00020456 00 Technical data Sensitivity 100 mV g 500 mV g Output ICP compatible Sensor connection M12 Measuring range 0 5 0 2 Hz 14 kHz Acceleration range VDC gt 22 V 80 g maximum 10 g maximum Amplitude nonlinearity 1 Frequency response 3 dB 3 dB 0 5 Hz 14 kHz 0 2 Hz 14 kHz Resonance frequency 30 kHz Operating voltage 18 30 VDC Operating current 2 10 mA 364 365 Condition Monitoring Technical data Operating mode Operating current Output voltage offset Max saturation degree Sensitivity Signal to noise ratio Carrier to interference ratio Low limit frequency High limit frequency H bridge sensor We developed the u bridge sensor t
108. 0018591 10 MPC240 00016338 40 MPC240 CF512MB 00020547 00 MPC240 CF4GB 00020547 10 MPC240 W 00013127 40 MPC240 W CF512MB 00021018 00 MPC240 W CF4GB 00018372 00 MPC265 00012708 40 MPC265 CF512MB 00018587 00 MPC265 CF4GB 00018587 10 MPC270 00012710 40 MPC270 CF512MB 00018589 00 MPC270 CF4GB 00018589 10 MPC270 00016180 40 MPC270 CF512MB 00020413 00 MPC270 CF4GB 00020413 10 MPC270 W 00013129 40 MPC270 W CF512MB 00023264 00 MPC270 W CF4GB auf Anfrage MPC293 00014274 40 MPC293 CF512MB 00017629 00 MPC293 CF4GB auf Anfrage MPC293 W 00017332 40 MPC293 W CF512MB 00020575 00 Processor modules Processor memory CPU Celeron Pentium III architecture embedded 400 650 700 MHz CF mass storage Without restriction nvRAM O data memory 512 kB SRAM battery backed nvRAM 1 data memory 64 kB nvRAM no battery necessary DRAM working memory 128 MB PC card program memory PCC201 xx with 32 64 MB FLASH Internal FLASH program memory 8 MB 4 MB for system software Interfaces Serial 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 Ethernet 2x 10 100 base TX USB 1x Power supply External power supply module 5 V 15 V via backplane Additional features Watchdog Synchronizing pulse also for SERCOS and CAN Ethernet fieldbus Real time clock with battery Status indication via 3 LEDs CPU ID selectable with rotary hexadecimal switches Ambient conditions Standard Cold weather ColdClimate Operating temperat
109. 00BaseT Connectors 3x RJ45 crossed and uncrossed cables can be used autocross detection Line length max 100 m line Transfer rate to M1 CPU max 2 4 Mbit s user data Transfer rate as switch max 100 Mbit s Line impedance 100 Q Status display LEDs for power collision 4x LinkPuls 3x speed 10 100 Mbit s Ambient conditions Standard EM203 Standard EM213 ColdClimate 3 Operating temperature 0 60 C 30 60 C 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 S 95 5 95 without condensation with condensation with condensation Model variants EM203 Ethernet interface module RJ45 3 Ports Ethi00 EM213 Ethernet interface module RJ45 3 Ports Ethi00 EM213 like EM213 ColdClimate 116 117 Interfaces Q N e ree ries gt jj Q ag gt z o Conse O szwvor Interface modules RS204 x The interface module RS204 is used to connect four asynchronous serial interfaces to the M1 controller e 4 interfaces on one module e Any number of interfaces possible per controller e RS232 RS422 RS485 and TTY can be combined e High speed interfaces with up to 1 5 Mbaud e Auto flow control for automatic handshake e Integrated terminating resistors connect disconnect e Interfaces galvanically isolated from the system Item Item no RS204 00009918 00 RS204 000
110. 016787 00 BS206 S 00016788 00 BS207 S 00016789 00 BS208 S 00016790 00 BS209 S 00016791 00 BS210 S 00016792 00 BS211 S 00016793 00 BS212 S 00016794 00 BS213 S 00016795 00 BS214 S 00016796 00 BS215 S 00016797 00 BS216 S 00016798 00 Protective conductor connection set 00016115 00 Dimensions Number of module slots 3 16 Width 55 mm x number of module slots Depth 23 mm incl connector Height 119 mm without protective conductor connection 137 mm with protective conductor connection Ambient conditions Operating temperature 30 60 C vertical 30 55 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 without condensation Execution variants BS203 S Backplane with 3 module slots Protection Class 1 BS204 S Backplane with 4 module slots Protection Class 1 BS216 S Backplane with 16 module slots Protection Class 1 103 System modules Bus bar Adapters BS200 ET The busbar adapters of the BS200 ET family are used to optimize thermal and robust Controller connection to e g the cabinet back panel Through this appli cation specific coupling the heat can be specifically removed through the rear wall of the cabinet housing in which the cooling of the interior becomes much easier Frequently a maintenance intensive active cooling of the components in the interior can there fore be avoided This adapter also allows for direct mounti
111. 1 00 00009540 00 00009754 00 00012846 00 00009755 10 00009755 00 00012847 00 00012848 00 00013502 00 00013503 00 00010507 00 00009802 00 00009313 00 00015947 00 00016785 00 00009752 00 00015948 00 Module CE CCC UL cUL DNV ABS BV Mee E a E E E a aozsi e e e e ee e Le aroan e ce ce Pe Tle et Pl fT aroaz sf et ce ce Pe fe eS eee aroa oe e fle e amoast es e e ee aos st ee e arzossis e AIC212 Vel se se ie arcaiz e e e e e arozes ee o arozos a o arozie a a a arozie e o Aros Jejejeje arozss e e e fl le Arozss t e e te fl A022 te tt eje aozozst ee e Aozoysr e e e e ozost ce e fl e A020818 ee e Apec200 tt Bema ce Te fl Bema e et fle BEs202 tt jej BES202 N e gegejoj Bes212 e ee fl BES212 N e ee fe BES222 tt jej BES222 N e gegejoj Bsz201 egee Bs202 egege el e Bs203 tt Bs2038 Jejeg ejel e Bs203s te te fl BS204 2 2s ee ES ES xa ze Es a Eo 2 oe ee a a Ea za Ss a gt a a a gt oe a oe Ea ES E Es a e ele e el e Ea ROHS China no RoHS Europe Certification in process RoHS x x x d Standards and approvals DIN LR gt uy Op Item no BV 00016786 00 00009206 00 BS205 00015949 00 00016787 00 00009792 00 BS206 00015950 00 00016788
112. 1 APP2 Data exports ia wl F B Technology Digital I O Analog I O modules The central aspect of Scope 3 is the portable database on the Engineering PC and M1 controller This enables very simple data exchange and collaboration also using copies of a single file if necessary 297 General Testing and diagnostics Recording module Configuration Presentation interface Recording module Stand alone real time recorder on the controller Graphic configuration interface in the SolutionCenter or standalone tool Diagram display with dynamic legend in the SolutionCenter or standalone tool Recordable data sources Data Types Recordable tasks Sampling modes Sampling rate Time base Trigger Data quantities Interface Scaling Auto run Write protection Data buffer Channel values direct MIO SVI variables All analog and digital formats up to 64 bit SVI variables of any number of software modules simultaneously e Continuous e Triggered once e Triggered cyclically e Cyclical min 100 microseconds max 60 minutes e Coupled with hardware interrupts e System tick e Hardware sync signal e Auxiliary clock e Real time clock e Any combination of start and stop triggers e Recording conditions as additional limitation of the recorded data e Edge level and distance triggering e Pre trigger and post trigger of any length max length of recording No technical limitation depend
113. 1 GT1GO0 O0T1312 BE1 CE1G1 O0T1315 BE1 CE1G1 OT1319 BE1 CE1G1 O0T1312 BE1 CO1G7 OT1315 BE1 CO1G7 OT1319 BE1 CO1G7 OT1310 BE1 CC GT1G0 OT1312 BE1 CC GT1G0 Operator Terminal 10 4 VGA 640x480 Resistive Touch AMD G T40E 2x 1 GHz 2 GB DDR3 RAM 1x Ethi0 100 1000 4x USB2 0 CFast Card 4 GB operating temp 0 60 C storage temp 20 80 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation Operator Terminal 12 1 SVGA 800x600 Resistive Touch AMD G T40E 2x 1 GHz 2 GB DDR3 RAM 1x Ethi0 100 1000 4x USB2 0 CFast Card 4 GB operating temp 0 60 C storage temp 20 80 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation Operator Terminal 15 XGA 1024x768 Resistive Touch AMD G T40E 2x 1 GHz 2 GB DDR3 RAM 1x Ethi0 100 1000 4x USB2 0 CFast Card 4 GB operating temp 0 60 C storage temp 20 80 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation Operator Terminal 19 SXGA 1280x1024 Resistive Touch AMD G T40E 2x 1 GHz 2 GB DDR3 RAM 1x Ethi0 100 1000 4x USB2 0 CFast Card 4 GB operating temp 0 60 C storage temp 20 80 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation Operator Terminal 12 1 SVGA 800x600 Resistive Touch Intel Celeron 847E 2x 1 1 GHz 2 GB DDR3 RAM 2x Eth10 100 1000 4x USB2 0 1x RS232 SSD 60 64 GB 2 5 SATA CFast Card Slot operating temp 0 60 C storage temp 20 80 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation Op
114. 10496 00 FS211 N 00010498 00 FS212 N 00010500 00 FASTBUS FASTBUS interface Line length Transmission medium Number of stations Integrated power supply Input voltage Current consumption Nominal power Output current at 5 V Output current at 15 V Output current at 15 V Galvanic isolation from the system Reverse polarity protection Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Model variants FM211 FM212 FS211 N FS212 N 50 150 200 m between the stations Total length max 1000 m Plastic Optical Fiber POF max 50 m Hard Cladded Silica HCS max 150 m HCS sometimes also referred to as Plastic Silica Fiber PCF Special HCS cable 200 m max 16 24 V DC 18 34 V max 1 2 Aat 24 V 17 W 2A 250 mA 200 mA 500 V yes 0 60 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 without condensation FASTBUS master module with 1 FO interface HCS PCF 150m or PMMA 50m FASTBUS master module with 2 FO interfaces HCS PCF 150m or PMMA 50m FASTBUS slave module with 1 FO interface HCS PCF 150m or PMMA 50m integrated power supply 17W FASTBUS slave module with 2 FO interfaces HCS PCF 150m or PMMA 50m integrated power supply 17W 134 135 FASTBUS res FASTBUS modules Fx220 series The FASTBUS modules FM221 FM222 FS221 and FS222 are designed to enable distribution of substations over long distan
115. 16169 00 RS204 R 00009918 01 RS204 T 00009918 20 Interfaces Description RS232 RS422 RS485 ae Transfer rate max 115 2 Kbaud 921 6 Kbaud 921 6 Kbaud 9 6 Kbaud Signal level RS232 RS422 RS485 Terminating resistance ae Yes adjustable via DIP switch Operating mode Full duplex Full duplex Half duplex TX active RX active TX active RX passive TX passive RX active TX passive RX passive External power supply Voltage range 18 34 V DC Current consumption 125 mA bei 24 V DC Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation Model variants RS204 Serial interface 4x RS232 422 485 128 byte FIFO isolated RS204 like RS204 ColdClimate 3 RS204 T Serial interface 3x RS232 422 485 1x TTY 128 byte FIFO insulated RS204 R Serial interface 3x RS232 422 485 1x RS232 128 byte FIFO insolated The following transfer rates bit s can be set via software 110 300 1 2 k 2 4 k 4 8 k 9 6 k 19 2 k 38 4 k 57 6 k 115 2 k 230 4 k 460 8 k 921 6 k 118 System networking Ethernet For the safest connections A secure powerful and robust Ethernet available This means that the states of connection is gaining ever greater the optical components and of the fiber Significance Whether as a simple sw
116. 170 x 160 x 50 mm 170 x 160 x 50 mm approx 1 kg approx 1 kg 4 2 STN Bluemode display 240x64 Pixel 1x RS232 front panel with cross elements operating temp 20 C 60 C storage temperature 30 C 80 C rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation 4 2 STN Bluemode display 240x64 Pixel 1x RS232 front panel with Al phaNum key operating temp 20 C 60 C storage temperature 30 C 80 C rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation 4 2 STN Bluemode display 240x64 Pixel 1x RS232 front panel with Al phaNum key operating temp 30 C 60 C storage temperature 40 C 85 C rel humidity operation5 95 with condensation 260 DAT LOL Operator terminals Operator terminal OT200 series The OT200 operator terminal series offers an inexpensive entry into the world of visualization devices Smaller visualization applications in the renewable energies industry and marine areas are the ideal implementation area of the operator terminals The system is connected to the automation via Ethernet in addition the device has two USB2 0 interfaces The system is ideally designed for Java visualizations The operator terminal comes with a color TFT display and dimmable LED backlight in various screen resolutions The operator terminal is operated via a touch screen and or a keyboard integrated in the front panel In the marine version OT205V M the device
117. 17_Pitch_Safety_Run SVIIN_B_H0317_Feedback_Pitch_Safety Run B Gliederung 52 Variablenan Globale Variablen gt amp Lokale Variablen Min Sicherheit Berechtigung Adresse fiw SLC SLC Modul 6 amp Global Variables G SVI Variables E amp MWCTRL amp spiso S amp OVERLOAD blinker1 NORMAL blinker2 NORMAL blinker3 NORMAL Diag_Code NORMAL m W2E_FMES OVERLOADIblinker1 a W2E_FMEA OVERLOAD blinker2 a W2E_FMEA OVERLOAD blinker3 af W2E_FMEA Diag_Code Programming in accordance with PLCopen Safety The safety application is programmed in a free graphic function plan editor Safety Editor in accordance with EN61131 3 The module set includes a library of safety modules that have been strictly implemented tested and certified in accordance with the PLCopen safety standard For the logic additionally required standard modules such as timers arithmetic and logical operations are available The application can be organized in multiple separated functional units and sub programs in order to structure the program Unsafe input and output signals from the control system can be added to the safety project via a browser The execution sequence of the modules is presented graphically and can be corrected by the user Redundant hardware inputs are summarized via equivalence or antivalence blocks and subsequently presented as a safe Signal in the prog
118. 2 The digital output modules DO216 DO232 D0232 and DO232 48 are suitable for connect ing up to 16 or 32 digital signal receivers relays contactors signal lamps valves etc to the M1 controller e Digital output modules with 16 or 32 outputs e Outputs 24 V DC DO216 DO232 D0232 e Outputs 48 V DC D0232 48 e 16 outputs with 2 5 A or 32 outputs with 1 A O 5A e Outputs parallel connectable e Monitoring of short circuit wire break and overload e Compact design e Status display for each channel via LED Item Item no DO216 00009004 00 DO232 00009003 00 DO232 00016414 00 DO232 48 00012176 00 Digital input output modules Description Groups with different power 2 1 8 9 16 2 1 16 17232 2 1 16 17 32 supplies Switching delay resistive load 0 gt 1 Normally 80 us Normally 80 us Normally 25 us 1 gt 0 Normally 250 us Normally 250 us Normally 25 us Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation Execution variants DO216 Digital output module 16x 2 5A 24V DC outputs 2 groups isolated DO232 Digital output module 32x 1A 24V DC outputs 2 groups isolated D0232 Like DO232 ColdClimate DO232 48 Digital output module 32x 0 5A 48V DC outputs 2 grou
119. 2 0 1x RS232 e Standard operating temperature 0 60 C fanless e Enhanced temperature range ColdClimate 30 60 C e Operating systems Linux Embedded Windows Embedded Standard 7 Item Item no OT1310 BE1 GT1G0 2G 4G0 LX 00022647 00 OT1312 BE1 GT1G0 2G 4G0 LX 00022646 00 OT1315 BE1 GT1G0 2G 4G0 LX 00022645 00 OT1319 BE1 GT1G0 2G 4G0 LX 00022644 00 OT1310 BE1 GT1G0 2G 4G0 WES7E 00023273 00 OT1312 BE1 GT1G0 2G 4G0 WES7E 00022882 00 OT1315 BE1 GT1G0 2G 4G0 WES7E 00023275 00 OT1319 BE1 GT1G0 2G 4G0 WES7E 00023276 00 OT1312 BE1 CE1G1 2G SSD64 WES7P 00023501 00 OT1315 BE1 CE1G1 2G SSD64 WES7P 00023502 00 OT1319 BE1 CE1G1 2G SSD64 WES7P 00024295 00 OT1312 BE1 CO1G7 4G SSD64 WES7P 00024293 00 OT1315 BE1 CO1G7 4G SSD64 WES7P 00024294 00 OT1319 BE1 CO1G7 4G SSD64 WES7P 00023870 00 CC ColdClimate other models on request 264 265 Operator terminals Display Diagonal 10 4 VGA I2 SVGA 15 XGA 19 SXGA 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1280x1024 Display type Color TFT Half brightness min 50 000 h Processor RAM Processor AMD G T40E 2x 1 GHz RAM 2 GB MERECIK gre Le SSD CFast card gt 4 GB Control display elements Touch screen type analog resistive membrane front System LEDs Power Diag Act Interfaces Ethernet 10 100 1000 1x MBit USB 2 0 4x Power supply 24 V DC 18 V 36 V galvanically isolated Certifications
120. 24 Display type color TFT Display brightness 300 cd m Half brightness min 50 000 h Control display elements Touch screen type analog resistive Front keyboard Number of optional max 128 2 fold programmable keys System LEDs Power DIAG Interfaces 2x USB rear 1x CAN rear Power supply 24 VDC 18 V 36 V Operating temperature 0 C 50 C fan free 0 C 45 C fan free Certifications CE UL CUL Housing aluminum Degree of protection front IP65 Degree of protection rear IP20 282 283 Headless IPCs and remote displays Cabinet PC IPM1i400 expansion units The IPM1400 cabinet PC while inconspicuous is the powerful and reliable brain of the well designed Dx900 series terminals The configuration varies depending on the application and most I Os as well as additional cards are individually arranged e Powerful and scalable cabinet PC based on Celeron M and Core Duo processors e Individual configuration of the PC using Item Item No IPM1400 CM1G1 A on request IPM1400 CD1G6 X on request IPM1400 CD1G6 AX on request CM sais processor Celeron M ULV 423 1 06GHz CD aa processor Core Duo L2400 2x 1 66 GHz Interfaces DD900 DF900 RGB DVI USB devices Ext hard disk Modem Printer DSA optional COM1 2 USB hub max 100 m Keyboard M USB1 4 ouse IPM1400A IPM1400R IMP1400RA Web cam AC97 RAID sl slot PS 2 RAID ig n i Ethernet 1 2 Slot sys
121. 4 00016141 00 DIO232 00013034 00 DIO232 00019502 00 Digital input output modules Inputs Input voltage range H 15 34 V DC Input voltage range L 0 5VDC Input delay normally 600 us 0 365 ms Internal resistance 6 8 kOhm Status indication LED Green Outputs Output voltage range 18 34 V DC Status indication LED green witching frequenc lee shaved ane External power supply Reverse polarity protection Yes Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate 3 Operating temperature 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without 5 95 with condensation condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation Execution variants DIO216 Digital input output module 16x DIO 24V 1A 600us filter 1 group 3 wire system 1 interrupt channel 50us delay isolated DIO216 4 Digital input output module 16x DIO 24V 1A 600us filter 4 groups 3 wire system 1 interrupt channel 50us delay isolated DIO216 4 Like DIO216 4 ColdClimate DIO232 Digital input output module 16x DI 40us 365ms filter configurable 16x DIO 24V 0 5A 2 groups 8 interrupt channel 35us delay isolated DIO232 Like DIO232 ColdClimate 32 Digital input output modules Digital input output modules Doa A em 1 S gp g r 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 a 65 69 73 77 DIO248 264 280 14 18 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74
122. 5952 00 BS209 00015953 00 BS210 00015954 00 BS211 00015955 00 BS212 00015956 00 BS213 00015957 00 BS214 00015958 00 BS215 00018623 00 BS216 00018624 00 Number of module slots Width Depth Height Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Execution variants BS203 BS204 BS216 3 16 55 mm x number of module slots 23 mm incl connector 119 mm ColdClimate 30 60 C vertical 30 55 C 5 95 with condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation Backplane with 3 module slots ColdClimate 2 Backplane with 4 module slots ColdClimate Backplane with 16 module slots ColdClimate 3 102 System modules Backplanes BS200 S series The backplanes of the series BS200 S for protec tion class 1 interconnect the M1 controller hardware modules such as power supplies CPU modules and input output modules mechanically and electrically They are the backbone of the controller e 3 16 module slots e Seamless connection possible e Stabile mechanics compact design e Vibration proof fixing of modules e Can be snapped on EN 60715 DIN rail e For protection class 1 e Grounding tab item no 00016115 00 for protective conductor connection necessary for use of voltages other than SELV Item Item no BS203 S 00016785 00 BS204 S 00016786 00 BS205 S 00
123. 6 modules enable the measuring or output of all standard analog signals The AIO208 offers 8 channels and the AIO216 16 channels compactly in a single module The standard signal types for current 0 20 mA and 4 20 mA and voltage ranges 10 V 10 mV allow the connection of a wide range of sensors and actuators A minimum 14 bit resolution makes it possible to also measure signals that do not fully utilize the measuring range e g 0 5 V with a sufficiently high resolution Temperatures are playing an important role in an increasing number of processes These modules therefore also sup port Pti00 Pt1000 in 2 3 and 4 wire measuring circuits as well as all standard thermocouples For each channel a second channel with unused Signal types can be used in addition to the primary configured signal type For example a current output can be assigned to a voltage input so that up to twice the number of channels per module are provided This enables one module to cover virtually all analog signal measuring tasks instead of having to use many different modules for each signal type A cost effective solution that simplifies logistics and servicing Different modes can be combined and set simply using a configuration wizard in the Solution Center engineering tool Item Item no e 16 channels AIO216 8 channels AIO208 AIO208 00020628 00 e Analog inputs and outputs AIO208 00020632 00 e Modes that can be selected per
124. 640x480 Resistive Touch AMD G T40E 2x 1 GHz 2 GB DDR3 RAM 1x Ethi0 100 1000 4x USB2 0 CFast Card Slot operating temp 30 60 C storage temp 30 80 C rel humidity 5 95 with condensation Operator Terminal 12 1 SVGA 800x600 Resistive Touch AMD G T40E 2x 1 GHz 2 GB DDR3 RAM 1x Ethi0 100 1000 4x USB2 0 CFast Card Slot operating temp 30 60 C storage temp 30 80 C rel humidity 5 95 with condensation 268 evice Manager Fle Edt Window Heb D CiC Developer IT Oewce Manager Te MMS Designer eg 0 E Monto Ts Koguga j Device bersicht Station 1 NT255 MX213 N D1232 DO _ S1202 A10288 2 Vasiablenisten amp S Veriablenansiche Cy FTP amp Device Shell Namenstiter a c omppunanut maz Jl Lokate Daten ooo co aAa DemoVis 9 et nf KOHTponbHbIN ynkn cbugepa Ly DTie Ypoeenb SHAN 10 TAHOBKA SHAYE r z T R H py 2007 02 02 07 4802 la Fe 4 pPOBEHb AKT Hg r ai SAMAS A HOBI 3arphme CM20 Robust Spacious In conformance with standards Industrial PCs Robust industrial PCs are used in the automation sector for controlling machines networking plant components as well as for data acquisition and image processing Bachmann electronic s passively cooled IPC1400 panel PCs offer the ideal industrial PC for every task The remote displays of the Dx900 series allow visualization to be implemented up to 100 m aw
125. 66 167 169 172 175 178 182 183 191 195 199 203 207 Security Communication and information security Safety technology Safety modules amp Safety Developer Safety processor module SLC284 Safety input module SDI208 Safety output modules SDO204 Safety Developer Engineering tool Redundancy Hot standby redundancy Warm standby redundancy Network redundancy HMI devices Operator terminals Operator terminal OT100 series Operator terminal OT200 series Operator terminal OT1300 series Industrial PC Industrial PC IPC1400 series Headless IPCs and remote displays Remote displays DD900 series Remote displays DF900 series Cabinet PC IPM1400 Engineering software Project engineering made easy SolutionCenter M Base Configuration Device Manager Test and diagnostics Scope 3 Programming M PLC programming interface C C Developer Model based design Simulation M Target for Simulink 214 216 224 227 230 232 235 240 243 247 251 256 239 261 264 270 272 279 281 283 288 291 293 295 302 305 308 Visualization SCADA atvise scada M1 webMI pro Vis Designer M JVIS M JSYS tool library Motion Control Control M SMC Software Motion Control M SHAFT Shaft controller M CNC Three dimensional motions Drive Middleware M TEMP Temperature controller Condition Monitoring Vibration sensor input module AIC212 Q Guard System variants
126. 66 MHz 133 MHz 200 MHz Pentium equivalent CF mass storage Without restriction nvRAM data memory 512 kB DRAM working memory 256 MB PC card program memory pe PCC201 xx with 16 32 64 MB FLASH FLASH program memory 16 MB internal Interfaces Serial 1x RS232 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 Ethernet 1x 10 100 base Tx 2x 10 100 base Tx USB 1x USB 2 0 CAN 1x 10 k 1 Mbit s Power supply for I O Supply voltage 24 VDC 18 34 V Nominal power 17 W for I O Module 5 V 2000 mA 15 V 250 mA 15 V 200 mA Additional features Watchdog Synchronizing pulse also for Ethernet and fieldbuses SERCOS and CAN Real time clock with battery Status indication via 3 LEDs CPU ID selectable with rotary hexadecimal switches Operating system VxWorks with Bachmann system extensions on internal FLASH Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 30 60 C fanless Rel humidity operation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 without condensation 5 95 with condensation not included in delivery depending on the configuration a part of the program memory is reserved for the system software 14 15 Processor modules Execution variants MX220 MX220 MX213 MX213 MX207 CPU module LX700 433MHz 256MB DRAM 512kB nvRAM 16MB file flash 2x Eth100 1x CAN CANopen 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 1x USB2
127. 870 5 Server RT License to operate the IEC 60870 5 server on one controller CPU Provides communication over the ethernet or serial interfaces with standards compliant clients using the IEC60875 5 101 103 and 104 protocol in accordance with the compatibility documentation IEC60870 5 Server DVD Software and documentation for the IEC60870 5 server Provides access to process data according to the standards IEC 60870 5 101 and 103 104 Without a valid Runtime License the IEC60870 5 server runs only temporarily for 2h in demo mode 212 Seeeccesese Hott tt Seeeecces aft 44 Sb Seeceeose SOSCoseeseccceeses a s HH Know how protection Manipulation protection Cryptographic functions Security log Monitoring of variables Access control Communication security SSL TLS Simple Efficient Secure Security Security Modern machines and production plants are deeply integrated in IT environ ments whether this is in corporate networks or in public communication networks for example for remote maintenance This results in information security requirements that often present plant builders and operators with new challenges Faced with the constantly increasing pressure from international competi tion machine and plant builders are increasingly concentrating their unique selling points in the software The build quality of different vendors is simi lar and thus also the
128. A Counter modules CNT204 x Features Number of counter inputs 4 for single channel pulse encoders zero initiators triggers Number of incremental encoders 2 input channels HTL and or RS422 Encoder power supply direct from the module via the connectors Inputs can be synchronized Encoder interface modules ISI222 x Features Input channels for incremental or SSI encoder 2 Output channels analog 2 10 V DC Input channels digital 4 reference trigger Encoder power supply directly from the module via the connectors Monitoring of all external supply voltages Max input frequency 1 MHz 8 MHz Pulse width modulation module PWM202 Features Pulse width modulated output channels 2 18 48 V DC external supply TTL Integrated current control Output current to2A Resolution 10 16 bit Monitoring of the load current Monitoring of all external supply voltages AcR222_ GG Axis controller module vA Q A ACR222 2 Features Interfaces for stepping motor output stages up to 150 kHz 2 Interfaces for incremental encoders to 1 MHz 2 Encoder power supply direct from the module via the connectors Monitoring of all external supply voltages Linear or sine shaped acceleration profiles External set or integrated profiles 67 Function modules NTO GB Counter modules CNT204 x The counter module CNT204 x contains four co
129. ANSI 81 U O Accuracy 0 01 Hz Delay 0 to 65535 ms Protection elements f lt Underfrequency inner band f lt lt Underfrequency middle band f lt lt lt Underfrequency outer band f gt Overfrequency inner band f gt gt Overfrequency middle band f gt gt gt Overfrequency outer band Q U Description Voltage dependent directional reactive power protection Used to support the voltage during grid faults Trips if all three evaluated voltages are below a certain limit e g 0 85 U 4 and inductive reactive power is drawn from the power supply grid Rate of change of frequency ROCOF ANSI 81 R Description To calculate the frequency change over time the last 10 50 Hz or 12 60 Hz frequency samples are linearly interpolated Vector jump ANSI 78 Description Monitoring of sudden phase shifts for detection of sudden load changes or islanding Overcurrent ANSI 50TD Accuracy 0 1 full scale Resolution 0 1 of Ikated Delay 0 to 65535 ms Protection elements I gt Overcurrent warning i gt Overcurrent error Time dependent undervoltage monitoring FRT Fault Ride Through Description Time dependent undervoltage monitoring is triggered if one of the three evaluated voltages falls below a curve U t configured via inter polation points Up to 10 time voltage pairs are available to calculate a grid code dependent limit curve Voltage asymmetry ANSI 47 Description EN 50160 Asymmetry is defined as the rat
130. C MC MH families or better I O peripheral Use of special hardware Topology Networking Protocol basis Communication protocol Media redundancy Switches Topologies Ring redundancy Dimension CPUs spatially separable Time synchronization Number of I O stations Smart substations Parallel data traffic via MX CPU all from M1 standard module portfolio no straight software solution and standard Ethernet Ethernet IEEE 802 3q Ethertype 0x892D bluecom with redundancy enhancement 100 IEEE 802 3q compatible yes 2 channel galvanically separated Ethernet networks industrial standard managed switch or unmanaged switch with appropriate configuration Star bus ring mesh possible via parallel application of MRP STP and RSTP in compliance with IEEE 802 3 max 2000 m per network section with fiber optic connection via FCS214 module yes see Dimension integrated in network protocol more than 100 yes I O stations can execute local applications for emergency operation load separation or local logging yes possible Ethernet based protocols and services e g HTTP FTP video stream Modbus OPC MMS 252 253 Redundancy Interfaces I O peripheral Redundancy network Field buses SCADA control station amp PDA IT protocols Configuration Programming Configuration Remote configuration Network configuration Programming Editor Diagnostics Monitoring Redundancy status Error status
131. C Enterprise Server Runtime license 00015632 63 199 Communication Control room networking e OPC conformant data server manufacturer neutral interface Specifications OPC Data Access 1 0 2 04 2 05 and 3 0 e Connection to M1 or CT via Ethernet Secure SSL connection to the controllers No restriction of the connected M1 systems No restriction of data quantity items Multi processor support depending on operating system Powerful configuration tool Flat and hierarchical browsing e Simulation for clients configuration tool Integrated test client configuration tool Operation under Microsoft Windows 7 Vista XP 2000 Server 2003 and Server 2008 PC1 Windows PC2 Windows r Z OPC Server M1 OPC Enterprise Server 4 Meer eee eee eee we wee ewe wm wm wm we me me we wm wm wm wm wm ewe wm Me eM Me He HK Ethernet VHD VHD SVI SVI SVI VHD SVI Mi Controller 1 Mi Controller 2 Mi Controller 3 Mi Controller n However there is restriction due to computer performance network capacity and communication load on the M1 system The actual achievable throughput depends on the application case 200 201 Communication Control room networking Server Protocol for client application Supported specifications Data exchange direction Supported data types Data type mapping Number of variables items Time stamp on the server Time stamp from controller Quality attribute on the s
132. CC200 Adapter for PCC Card 106 107 Storage media CF200 1512 MB O 4GB Compact Flash memory CF200 xx Given the high availability demands placed on automation systems program and data memory must be selected with particu lar care The Compact Flash memory cards CF200 xx are therefore especially selected industrial types that can cope with the re quirements of harsh daily working routines Use of the CF200 xx both in CPUs of the M1 family and in CT and WT devices is strongly recommended due to the extreme environ mental conditions the large number of sup ported write cycles and the many years of lasting experience with suppliers Item Item no e Compact Flash type I according to Compact Flash specification e Memory capacity 512 MB 2 4 GB CF200 512 00012759 00 CF200 4GB 00013556 00 CF200 8GB 00014321 00 e Fast data transfer Technical data Memory type Memory capacity Data transfer rate Operating voltage Read write cycles MTBF at 25 C Data retention Data reliability Vibration Shock Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Execution variants CF200 512 CF200 4GB CF200 8GB e Write protection via operating software e Extended temperature range e Long service life MTTF Compact Flash type I 512 MB 4 GB 8 GB Up to 8 MB s 3 3 V 5 V automatic adaptation 2 000 000 gt 4 000 000 h dependi
133. Conventional and user defined temperature units are possible Detection of sensor break Detection of defective power switches Current measurement function PLC function library e Maximum of 9 controller systems each with up to 127 controllers Controller sample time 20 ms to 30 min Pulse width modulation periods from 20 ms to 30 min e Temperature resolution 1 100 C Control Possible functions e Heating controller e Cooling controller e Three state controllers combined heating and cooling section Process monitoring functions e Tolerance band monitoring e Increase monitoring e Heating power monitoring e Heating current monitoring Actual value acquisition via e AIO288 Pt100 sensor e TCO2xx C thermal element e DA3284 C Pti00 Pt1000 e PTAI216 Pt100 sensor e SVI interface external Manipulated variable to e AIO288 AO204 analog value 0 10 V e TCO2xx C DO2xx DIO2xx DIO2xx C DA3284 C digital output with pulse width modulation SVI interface e External e g for a different task 352 CMS Condition Monitoring System Planning Detecting Preventing CMS Condition Monitoring System Condition Monitoring The annual revenue of a production plant is significantly determined by its reliability Particularly for difficult to reach plants and plants that can only be reached under specific conditions such as offshore wind power plans focused plann
134. D Chat Java Script client sided Latest browser compatibility list can be accessed at www atvise com Multitouch support depends on specific device functionality operating system and web browser 320 atvise scada Configuration engineering Data model editor Prozess image editor fully graphical Programming editor Page editor Engineering model Graphical objects Object library Picture library Graphic format support Animations Advanced graphics Server interface Online engineering Remote engineering Multi engineering Variations Import export Installation Clients Server Configured installation Licensing License protection yes integrated in atvise builder yes integrated in atvise builder yes integrated Java Script Editor in atvise builder yes integrated HTML Source Editor in atvise builder not required for engineering type Class instantiated objects inheritance of properties graphical objects face plates may be a property of a data object primitives line polygon shape any rectangle ellipse etc widgets label text field table trend etc yes comprehensive catalogue of predefined standard objects in pure vector graphics adjustable extensible contains beyond others bar graphs gauges tanks engines etc yes optional SVG and others compliant to W3C text value boundary color background color text color visibility op
135. DIO248 00019116 00 DIO264 00019115 00 DIO280 00019114 00 DIO280 00019119 00 Digital input output modules Inputs Quantity 16 32 32 48 Input voltage range H 15 34 V DC Input voltage range L 0 5 VDC Input delay normally Standard 600 us Settable 10 us 270 ms Internal resistance 8 kOhm Status indication LED Green Interrupt inputs 8 configurable as counter inputs or interrupt inputs Counter Quantity up to 4 Resolution 32 Bit Operating mode event counter incremental encoder gate measurement cycle time or frequency measurement Encoder types incremental encoder with A and B channel and one channel pulse encoder Input signal A B Initator interrupt inputs configurable Signal evaluation 1 2 4 fold edge evaluation or pulse direction mode Max input frequency dual channel A B 20 kHz Outputs Quantity 16 32 32 48 Output voltage range 18 34 V DC Output current per channel max 0 5A Status indication LED Green Switching frequenc max denen aati Inductive breaking capacity 1 15 H PWM Quantity Like outputs Pulse duty ratio resolution 0 100 13 Bit Frequency 1 Hz 1 kHz Holding time valve mode 0 2s configurable Start Stopp By dedicated output Internal power supply Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Internal power supply BS2xx Internal current consumption 180 mA at 5 V 34 35 Digital input output modules External power sup
136. Diagnostic user interface API Statistic user interface API Network monitor Network analysis Performance data Master cycle time I O cycle time I O frame works Installation Installation medium Installation tool Upgrading existing systems License protection System prerequisites Automation equipment Network Software M1 standard module portfolio bluecom network variables Gateway function for CAN Profibus DP Profinet Modbus EtherCAT via application possible Standard protocols IEC61850 IEC61400 25 IEC60870 5 104 OPC DA Modbus TCP UDP Application development communication library M1Com and MiCom NET see M1 software FTP HTTP SNTP SMTP and security versions SolutionCenter Support via wizards yes Ethernet LAN Internet SolutionCenter Support via wizards M PLC IEC 61131 3 IL LD FBD ST AS SFC CoDeSys yes yes yes integrated yes integrated SolutionCenter yes by Wireshark plug in Wireshark data are generated automatically on the controller 1 1000 ms Minimum 200 us for non redundant applications 1 ms 1000 ms for redundant applications more than 100 stations Number of channels unrestricted typically 400 600 channels per station 1 3 analog 2 3 digital CD ROM or network SolutionCenter possible via software new CF card required Data CF of the master CPUs is integrated dongle Mi CPUs of the MX200 family or better minimum 2 E
137. E Features 12 analog inputs PLC independent CMS Installation in existing control cabinet Acceleration sensors BAM100 BAM500 Features Robust design Connection via ICP inputs of the AIC212 Hermetically sealed Corrosion resistant Insulated housing u bridge Sensor Features IEPE standard Operating current 4 10 mA Surge protection Imax 16 mA Output voltage offset 11 0 5V Max saturation degree 8V SVM300 series Structural Vibration Monitor Features Measurement in 2 axes Measurement range 2g Resolution 20 305 mg Internal memory lt 150 days Protection class IP67 356 Condition Monitoring CHEN ee 3 oI F a BA g i EHET EHIN T 7 GND Vibration sensor input module AIC212 The M1 automation system s AIC212 module offers up to nine vibration measuring inputs for high resolution signal correlated monitoring of different measuring points Three signal inputs with a standard signal level of 10 V anda position transducer input provide consistent acquisition of other relevant variables and the angle or position relation of the mechanics Thanks to the embedding in the M1 system analyses can also directly consider any other Signals or variables of the entire controller composite e g current performance operating condition doubling the sensor system The AIC212 module has its own integrated working me
138. IEC61850 standard Via this interface parameters can be assigned for the devices and the devices can be diagnosed and actual values can be picked up through polling or received per report Previously this interface has been primarily served by SCADA and control room systems Through the Bachmann MMS client the control system is capable of directly using the IEC61580 interface of such peripheral devices The MMS client behaves on the controller in a manner similar to a fieldbus driver It supplies actual values and reports of the peripheral devices directly into the application software Inversely switch commands setpoints and parameters for the peripheral device can be set directly from the application program e Pure software solution special additional hardware is unnecessary e It is started as a stand alone service directly from the application software e Common operation with other protocols on the same Ethernet port and in the same network e Configuration via SolutionCenter no external tools are required e Operates devices in accordance with IEC61850 and or IEC61400 25 in the same network e Operating interface for sequential programs IEC61131 3 C C via SMI for temporal decoupling e Library for PLC programming in accordance with IEC61131 3 e Header file for C C programming e Disclosed interface for tools and visualizations e Report data is available via logical I O modules for application programs and tools e Commissioni
139. LED 5 kHz 32 bit programmable error pulse 1 no 36 kHz 32 bit A A B B N N phase error 1 2 4 edge signals amp pulse direction mode for external sensors 24 V 5 V short circuit proof 500 V 20 kKHz 48 kHz 10 kHz 24 kHz 5 kKHz 12 kHz 2 5 kHz 6 kHz M Condition Monitoring Operating conditions Power supply 24 V 18 V 34 V with reverse polarity protection Power consumption module approx 9 5 W without encoder supply Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation 5 95 with condensation Model variants AIC212 Analog measuring module for Condition Monitoring 9x Input ICP 3x Input 10V 18bit 0 1 gt 95dB dynamic range 20us sample time 1x INC HTL 36kHz A A B N 128MB measured data storage AIC212 like AIC212 ColdClimate 360 Condition Monitoring Q Guard System variants With the GL tested and certified machine diagnostic system Condition Monitoring System CMS 92 Guard an intelligent monitoring solution without mechanical moving components hard disks fans is available for use under harsh ambient conditions The hardware and software architecture has been based on a modular concept Thus analog and digital inputs and outputs can be flexibly configured Q2 Guard in particular h
140. Limiting of the number of clients IP address specification for client integration with M1 Access Control Logging of connections and write accesses A 210 211 Communication Control room networking Configuration Configuration interface Data configuration mapping Exchange with other manufac turers Diagnostics Monitor for information objects Connection statistics Status variables Debugging Logbook Write accesses Installation Delivery form Installation Licensing License protection System prerequisites controller Device System version SolutionCenter IEC60870 5 101 System prerequisites configuration Integrated in Bachmann SolutionCenter Via configuration interface with variable browser and consistency check open configuration format ASCII for automated creation Import and export of CSV format Bachmann SolutionCenter shows all information objects with the last transmitted value and time stamp Visible in the monitor and diagnostics variables Yes server publishes essential operating characteristics and diagnostic information also as SVI variables visible for all applications and via module Scope loggable over time Yes runtime shiftable levels of information output Yes essential operational information is displayed in the central logbook Yes logging in the M1 security log Separately installable product service delivery on CD ROM or as downlo
141. MOTOR 7 SPEED SENSOR TEMPERATURE SENSORS tlt oll FASTBUS modules Fx210 series Features Fast fail safe distribution via fibre optic cables up to 200 m Master modules with 1 or 2 FO interfaces Slave modules with 1 or 2 FO interfaces Up to 15 remote substations cascadable Group isolation 500 V FASTBUS modules Fx220 series Features Distances to 2000 m via multimode cable Master modules with 1 or 2 FO interfaces Slave modules with integrated power supply Up to 15 remote substations cascadable Connection technology via robust Harting PushPull connector or LC patch cable j N QJ ef dJ A E g g FO Fo da aD FASTBUS C sg E il ba oh BAI DE Ut us sen za oy B FASTBUS modules Fx210 series The FASTBUS modules FM211 FM212 FS211 and FS212 are designed to enable distribution of substations over long distances with a very low signal delay The power supply integrated in the FASTBUS slave modules FS211 N and FS212 N can supply the I O modules of a substation e FASTBUS master modules with 1 or 2 FO interfaces e FASTBUS slave modules with 1 or 2 FO interfaces e FASTBUS slave modules with integrated power supply e Up to 15 distributed substations e Distances to 50 m for POF cable 150 m for HCS cables or 200 m for special HCS cables between 2 stations e Minimal signal delay Item Item no FM211 00010495 00 FM212 000
142. Middleware takes over the translation from the logical drive with a manufacturer independent standardized drive profile on the respective physical drive The Drive Middleware interface permits selection of a drive that is perfectly matched to the respective requirements In this regard the fieldbus technology CANopen EtherCAT SERCOS PROFINET etc or the product line of the drive manufacturer are irrelevant Thanks to fieldbus independence with concurrent standardization of the fieldbus profiles the finished Motion Control applications can be implemented in the shortest time possible and the training maintenance costs of the various drive worlds are significantly reduced At Bachmann electronic perfect solutions for every request are just part of the standard bachmann 3 40 341 Control Professional motion guidance for individual requirements With expert know how gained through palette of freely usable components years of experience in the area of control extends from simple motion control and system technology Bachmann of multiple axes to CNC and shaft electronic is indisputably one of the controllers to special modules for leading providers of special solutions demanding temperature applications in the industry This knowledge and the associated technology does not necessarily have to be worked out by each company itself Customers and partners of Bachmann electronic can rely on proven and highly optimized software c
143. N library for control cabinet construction f Good automation components no longer suffice for successful machine building and plant engineering projects Efficient development and project planning is becoming ever more important Bachmann electronic meets the requirements and supports its customers with two additional components in the integrated engineering process EPLAN The device data necessary for electrical design of the Bachmann automation components is provided as a library in the ePLAN data portal Macros for circuit diagram and control cabinet layout function templates for intelligent configuration of controllers item data for the spare parts catalog The data that is created and certified with ePLAN can be loaded directly into the ECAD project and immediately used for the design a significant contribution in time savings as well as for uniform structuring of the project With the new eCAD import functionality in the SolutionCenter the time of automation projects can be significantly reduced While one team plans parts lists circuit diagrams and control cabinet layouts another team can create the required software in parallel Through the use of symbolic variables in the software to this point in the project knowledge of the structure of the hardware is not required Only through automatic import of the ECAD data into the SolutionCenter will a link be established between symbolic variables and the hardware used
144. PP for access via MIO or process image Configuration data format mconfig ini ASCII System prerequisites Supported devices all controller CPUs Substation operation via RS204 at reduced data rate overall performance depends on overall application 174 175 MODBUS TCP UDP RTU A Software Software SVI interface Symbolic_Var_1 Task 1 SVI interface Task 2 SVI interface arial Symbolic_Var_IlI Symbolic_Var_X SVI interface I 6 Symbolic_Var_1 system Symbolic_Var_2 Virtual Modbus data tables Modbus slave The Modbus slave can be installed as a software module on every controller CPU Controlled through a mapping table it reads variables of the system and makes them available on Modbus registers where they can be read by every standard conformant Modbus master Write accesses of the master are appropriately forwarded by the Modbus slave to the mapped variables In this manner process variables of the user software direct I O signals as well as system variables such as time of the controller can be transparently presented for the external Modbus master All Ethernet ports for Modbus TCP and UDP as well as all serial interfaces for Modbus TCP are available These can also be distributed spatially to substations of the control system e Supported protocols Modbus TCP UDP RTU e Use of the onboard interfaces of the CPUs e Possibility of spatial distribution of the interfaces via FASTBUS
145. S202 Ethernet Remote Station 2x Eth100 1x RS232 1x USB2 0 inegrated power supply 17W ColdClimate depending on the configuration a part of the program memory is reserved for the system software 124 Ethernet niche Epeadaim A n FCS214 6 Ga Ath Sen AL tvs Media convertor unmanaged switch FCS214 series The FCS214 x combines media convertor and gigabit switch in a single module With a fiber optic connection and four RJ45 ports it is optimally suited for data transmission over long distances Selected diagnostic capabilities for the fiber optic link and the Ethernet data traffic can be directly integrated into existing PLC applications The flexible connector concept allows easy connection via a patch cable or an industrial grade push pull plug connection via an adapter e 4x RJ45 1x FO connection Up to 1 Gbit s throughput e Unmanaged easy commissioning e Reliable hardware e Connection via Harting PushPull connector or LC patch cable e Integrated FO and Ethernet diagnostis Item Item no FCS214 F 00017192 10 FCS214 G 00017192 00 FCS214 F 00019104 10 FCS214 G 00019104 00 Screwable adapter for using PushPull connector Item Item no Adapter 00016682 00 Ports RJ45 Fiber optic cable Diagnostic possibilities Fiber optic cable received light output Ethernet throughput Ethernet quality of communication Ethernet mirror port Ambient condition
146. Windows 2000 recommended gt 1 GB RAM at least 1x Ethernet 802 3 gt 300 MB free 1024 x 768 or better only for configuration keyboard 2 button mouse only for configuration Windows 7 Windows Vista Windows XP Windows 2000 Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 Text editor or MS Excel recommended for external configuration families ME MX MPC MPE as well as CT WT200 CT WT300 achievable performance is type dependent MSys V2 11 or higher for full function scope 202 203 Communication Control room networking Software Item MMS server RT MMS server DVD E MMS server Manufacturing Message Specification Server The MMS server equips the M1 controller with the capability of communicating in accordance with the standards IEC 61400 25 or IEC 61850 These are two communication standards that have been created to correspond to the needs of the energy industry and the grid operators The standardization makes it possible to seamlessly integrate an ever increasing number of heterogeneous plants such as wind turbines or CHPs in a control room or in a mixed network Software The standards IEC61400 25 and IEC61850 extend far beyond pure data communication They also define the data modeling and thus offer an object oriented view of the system Objects such as generator circuit breaker transformer rotor etc are defined For each of these objects the additional characteristics their d
147. Windows and communicates with the M1 automation systems via Ethernet Any standard conformant OPC clients will then either be operated on the PC of the server or in the network and permit data exchange in both directions Software The integrated configuration tool supports the selective disclosure of any variables from the control system under a freely selectable item name for the clients Configurations can either be created directly in the graphic interface or transferred from other tools via the import export function Convenient copy functions accelerate the configuration or management even for large installations with many connected controllers The integrated simulation enables communication tests with client applications even without e a connected M1 systems Inversely a test client that FOUNDATION FOUNDATION is likewise integrated in the OPC Configurator configuration tool allows checking of the data exchange with underlying controllers without a completely set up OPC client application The Bachmann M1 OPC enterprise server has been specially developed for large installations with a variety of automation devices i e for large data volumes In addition to the possibility of handling multiple network connections simultaneously here the parallelization of queries and the multi processor support have a particular effect y ae S Com pie Item Item no OPC Enterprise Server Installation DVD 00015632 xx OP
148. aces this progression in relation to other pro cess variables Scope 3 is an indispensable tool for optimization of a controller setting for troubleshoot ing in a sequential program or for ongoing verifica tion of the manufacturing process on the machine It permits specific and stand alone recording archiving of the relevant data in a database and subsequent Item Item no SCOPE 3 Pro RT Software package to install on Windows PCs and M1 control 00024212 63 lers for the diagnostics of signal waveforms IO and process variables Stand alone task for recording and archiving of records on the controller trigger and pretrigger multiple re cordings Comprehensive graphical representation chart and evaluation functions data export on the PC SolutionCenter integration License bound to target device SCOPE 3 DVD Installation medium for Scope 3 DVD Software module for 00024212 00 the M1 controller and Scope 3 tool for displaying recordings and data analysis A Scope software module without a valid runtime license can be used for up to two hours for recor dings After that the recording is stopped but it is possible to restart after a period of 10 minutes Without a runtime license archiving functions on the M1 controller are disabled 295 measurement or evaluation of a great number of values in parallel Different trigger conditions as well as pre trigger and post trigger functionalities enable acquisition of all re
149. actor and offset per signal Yes can be imported from CSV or integrated via application Curves can be flooded against a configurable reference value or against another curve configurable via color and transparency value e Measured curve values or calculated curve values are the basis e The calculation methods are addition subtraction multiplication division integration differentiation Fast Fourier Transformation FFT e Users can add their own calculation methods Yes comparison of recordings from different time ranges as well as different recordings Extendible with regard to specific calculation operations for curves and export functions for individual formats M Testing and diagnostics Data retention Recording configuration Value storage Exchange formats Excel interface System requirements PC software minimum Mi software module Design variants SCOPE 3 Pro RT SCOPE 3 DVD Can be exported imported as a file On the controller or PC A database for configuration and data can be exported imported CSV export Processor 2 GHz working memory 1024 MB RAM hard disk drive with 250 MB of free storage space screen resolution 1024x768 pixels Microsoft Windows XP or higher M1 controller system except for ME2xx with M Base 3 75 or higher Software package to install on Windows PCs and M1 controllers for the diagnostics of signal waveforms IO and process variables Stand alone task for recording and arch
150. ad Via SolutionCenter Subject to individual license per CPU regardless of number of servers client connections or points of information Hardware dependent license file All Mi CPU families MH200 MC200 MPC200 MX200 except ME203 Msys from version 3 85 Mcore from version 3 80 SolutionCenter from version 1 85 M Base 3 85 see SolutionCenter product data sheets Physical interface Operating mode of the Link Layer Addressing Baud rates Serial ports of the M1 CPU or of RS204 modules in operating modes RS232 RS422 and RS485 Parallel operation of multiple protocols on the same port is not possible Either symmetric or asymmetric Device via address of the connection layer Link Layer and station address Common Address Information object address IOA either structured 28 7 16 or flat 1836816 can be freely assigned in the configuration No restriction through the IEC server M Communication Control room networking IEC60870 5 103 Physical interface Same as for 101 Addressing Device Common station address Information object Via FUN INF or via GIN IEC60870 5 104 Physical interface Ethernet IEEE 802 3 interfaces of the M1 CPUs and EM2131 Parallel operation with other TCP IP based communication on the same inter face is possible Addressing Device Via selection of the Ethernet interface as well as assignment of the IP port default 2404 IOA same as for 101 Variants IEC60
151. afe hardware via Ethernet M1 or serial e Certified redundant program download e Logging of the acceptance state in PDF format e Direct connection to version management e Online monitorning of all I Os also in safe operating mode Safety Developer SolutionCenter Safety Developer NO Dit Safety Bun Datei Bearbeiten Source Navigieren Suchen Projekt Ausf hren Design Fenster Hilfe DUHU O Qa i wi D Be Gor o sats FEY C C Developer F Debuggen lA Safety Developer B9 Device Manager AJ M 3VIS Designer SAND Fbc a E oa GlobalVariables vc ofa HO441_Blade_n_Tripped fbd HW Config he Ra NO14 _Vibration fbd PE NO313_Overspeed fbd 3 NO317_Grid_Cut_out_inverter fbd ofa NO317_Pitch_Safety_Run Fbd Ra NO317_Relay_Yaw_Motors fbd RA NO318_Emergency_Stop fbd 28 NO63_Transformer fbd RE N1041_Cable_Overtwist fbd Pa N123_Fire_Detection fbd Activate A Settings sds amp blinker Foc diagnosis fbc _N0317_Feedback Pitch Safety Run Time_100ms False SVIOUT_B_H0317_Reset_safety_system A Safety Navigator 38 No3 3_Overspeed sg NO14_Vibration N0317_Grid_Cut_out_inverter 3 NO317_Pitch_Safety_Run x as a 3 amo 0 g YB Wind safety S_b_N0318_Emergency_stop hpt Output 3AND fbc S b N0313 Overspeed Input 2 diagnosis il 4AND fbc Overspeed Diag Diag_Code SVIIN_B_H0317_Pitch_Safety_Run _H0317_Pitch Safety Run SVIIN_DW_H03
152. affic via the same interface Diagnostics and safety Log book support yes with adjustable debug level Online diagnostics yes Online connection statistics yes Access limitation yes configurable list of allowed IP addresses Implementation Form of delivery Software module modus m Connection to process data SVI variables flags and I O signals Configuration data format mconfig ini ASCII System prerequisites Supported devices all controller CPUs Substation operation via RS204 at reduced data rate overall performance depends on overall application 176 177 Telecontrol field level Standard communication in energy plants substation automation Facilities for energy generation transmission and distribution require a particularly high level of availability and are therefore critical infrastructures Communication systems for control facilities and substation automation have therefore become established that are specially adapted to the additional requirements involved A high level of Standardization as well as a particularly robust design are essential for worldwide use in networks covering several regions MMS client IEC61850 IEC61400 25 Features Communication in accordance with standards IEC61400 25 or IEC61850 Pure software solution special additional hardware is unnecessary Shared operation with other protocols on the same Ethernet interface Enables access from outside to va
153. age temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 without condensation Execution variants NT250 48 Power supply 42W 55W 48V 5V 6A 15V 0 5A VP200 System modules EN bechmann Distribution module VP200 x we 1 The distribution module VP200 x is used as back plane to distribute the supply voltage to sensors switches etc e Distributor module for backplanes e 2 potentials up to 24 V with 23 pins each e 12 A per pin e Can be snapped on backplanes as stand alone module or can be integrated on an M1 backplane Item Item no VP200 00009496 00 VP200 S 00009498 00 Distribution modules Quantity of potentials Quantity of pins Current voltage Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Execution variants VP200 VP200 S 2 23 per common potential Max 12 A per pin 18 34 V DC 30 60 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 without condensation Supply voltage distribution module Supply voltage distribution module potential rails with mounting plate 98 99 System modules Dummy module LM201 The dummy module LM201 is used as fill in for later extensions and does not contain any elec tronic components Used to protect the backplane e Placeholder for one module slot e No electronics e Used to protect the backplane Item Item no LM201 00009494 00 Execution va
154. ain topology Each substation can in turn handle up to 15 M1 standard modules The wiring using RJ45 connectors is one advantage of this new technology Thus wiring is significantly facilitated A special protocol is not required to use the I Os with the bus expansion The user can access these modules directly As if they were local The bus expansion module BES21x N with integrated 24 V power supply provides power for the substation If more than six substations are required BES222 x can be used which enables a special signal conditioning for up to 15 substations e Bus expansion master module with 1 interface e Bus expansion slave module with 2 interfaces e Bus expansion slave module optionally with integrated power supply e Up to 6 or 15 local substations e Minimal signal delay e Distances of up to 3 m between 2 stations e Integrated watchdog on slave modules Item Item no BEM211 00012846 00 BES212 00012847 00 BES212 N 00012848 00 BES222 00013502 00 BES222 N 00013503 00 Bus expansion Bus expansion interface Line length Transmission medium Max number of stations Integrated power supply optional 3m CAT7 special cable 6 BES212 x or 15 BES222 x Voltage range Current consumption Nominal power Output current at 5 V Output current at 15 V Output current at 15 V Reverse polarity protection Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperatu
155. al controllers Shared Device Moreover the PROFINET device offers also access to process variables of its local application programs Thus it is not only possible to create I O Slaves but also devices with local intelligence I Device An I Device works directly on its I O Signals and synchronizes itself with a superior controller e Transmission of I O channel values from and to the controller e I Device Transmission of process variables SVI for coupling between CPUs intelligent device e Shared Device Modules of a device can be assigned to several controllers e Automatic handling of transmission errors different switch on sequences and network failures e Extensive diagnostics e Parallel operation with other Ethernet traffic in the same network e Cycle times gt 1 ms e Adjustable reduction ratio for individual process values that should be transmitted less frequently e g for analog inputs ue Uk _ gt x ko ae D i SP tae 2S FIP G raiteen E maa IE peir ET bepreeteree irge li 166 167 PROFINET C Software Software PROFINET configurator The grapical configurator for PROFINET networks is part of the Device Manager in the SolutionCenter It enables the design of the network topology including all switches and cables The devices are managed via the standardized GSDML files in the PROFINET catalog On the devices modules can be assigned to
156. al power supply Supply voltage 18 34 V DC Current consumption without I O normally 105 110 120 mA at 24 V DC Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 without condensation Model variants TCO208 C CAN slave temperature input digital output module 8x thermocou ple type J K 12x digital Out 24V 0 5A CAN CANopen 2x DSUB 9 In Out up to 1Mbit s isolated TCO216 C CAN slave temperature input digital output module 16x thermo couple type J K 24x digital Out 24V 0 5A CAN CANopen 2x DSUB 9 In Out up to 1Mbit s isolated Dit iii a Ce ew ee Wiese Software Software 3 SOC Demoper GB Getay J ity Ocom sien Jii n me fgata 144 MOIN Mosat 3154 e e Pe CA 1190073 ai ST dp CAN Mewes 98 a2 Omegi Pennor 909 Cossesom Diy Ommy OCF Fr DUMIL Wyes NS ADS at givi abt A O tt fem te 2500 Simpa i x jiane d tencineme E FI T vaidina conte Oeste repet Anen y L300 Sawee Ippa Dor Teer Imge Arnon hor Otimi ope vaan Drs yw A DO asom PAI Camata SOO While Letirrrnstivet Ja DI raa es kal Tasma 8 om ial a a a CANopen CANopen configurator The Bachmann SolutionCenter supports the commissioning and diagnostics of CAN and CANopen networks with integrated tools With a few mouse clicks a network can be configured from standard EDS f
157. al repeater required e Two internally connected CAN interfaces for loop through of the cable e Galvanic isolation between CAN interfaces and control electronics e Node address can be set via rotary switch e 2 serial interfaces COM 1 2 e External 24 V power supply CS200 N Item Item no CS200 00013178 00 CS200 N 00013179 00 Node ID 1 254 selectable via rotary switch Protocol CANopen to CiA DS 301 V3 0 Device profile in accordance with CiA DS 401 for I O in accordance with CiA DS 402 for ACR Firmware reloadable FLASH technology Number of I O modules 15 per station 30 using bus extension modules BES BEM or FASTBUS Current consumption 600 mA 5 V 15 mA 15 V 40 mA 15 V Serial interfaces COM1 RS232 COM2 RS232 422 485 M CAN interface CANopen Transfer rate Bus length Connection Pin assignment Signal level Terminating resistance Galvanic isolation Interfaces to the system 10 k 1 Mbaud max 5000 m 2x 9 pin D Sub female connectors in accordance with CiA DS 102 4 in accordance with CiA DS 102 4 123 ohm external 500 V CANopen features in compliance with CiA Product Guide CANopen master CANopen slave Extended boot up Minimum boot up COB ID distribution Node ID distribution No of TxPDOs RxPDOs PDO modes Variable PDO mapping Emergency message Life guarding No of SDOs Device profile N x N yY per SDO no DBT N no LMT 128 128 sync async RTR
158. ality Consequently employees at all levels of an enterprise must be offered advanced training on a regular basis We are pleased to support you in this regard with our extensive Bachmann training offering Our offering Our training offering extends from proven standard training courses to training courses that are individually tailored to your requirements Our procedure Our modularly structured training concept makes it possible to put together a training program that meets the needs of your company Your result Qualified employees and documentation that meets the requirements of your training program We would be pleased to create a training program for your company Contact us training bachmann info Note Additional information on this topic i is provided in our training catalog bachmann training lt 400 Imprint Copyright 2014 by Bachmann electronic GmbH Bachmann electronic GmbH Kreuzackerweg 33 6800 Feldkirch Austria P 43 0 55 22 34 97 0 info bachmann info www bachmann info Publisher Bachmann electronic GmbH Feldkirch Product overviews operating manuals manuals and software are protected by copyright Copying duplication translation or conversion to any electronic medium or machine readable form in whole or in part is prohibited All other rights to the software are specified in the license provisions Citation of products that do not come from Bachmann electronic GmbH is for infor
159. also applied Bachmann sees it as its task to promote the total application and dissemination of security functions even when no comprehensive security concepts exist and the staff are still not security ex perts Simple activation and operation of the exten sive protective measures ensures that the dangers of careless operation and simple attacks are already minimized even at this early stage The central part is composed of four predefined security levels that can be selected in the security configurator Behind this are templates which set the settings within the controller so that certain logs and functions are activated or even forbidden depending on the level Basic protection is gainable in three steps Safeguarding the system and network e setting the security level e deactivating unnecessary services e activating logging Limiting access e defining group rights e creating users e setting file rights Securing user programs e Implementing applications while taking general security aspects into account Recommended procedure for safeguarding the control Security ere Monitor FTP S Variablenansicht Ei Device Shell Fj Fehler Eigenschaften Access Right Tool Login time 2013 07 12 10 30 56 2013 07 12 10 17 07 2013 07 12 10 27 52 Uptime access Last access Group Level Priority Client 0 Day s 00 00 04 2013 07 12 10 31 00 0 0 0 10 204 0 32 0 Day s 00 13 50 2013 07 12 10 30 58 2
160. and data rate orange Monitor in SolutionCenter value view of state information Logbook entries Information host via debug level selectable Configuration SolutionCenter setting of object directories via UFB channel configurator System requirements M Base V3 80 or higher Processor module recommended MX207 or higher Electrical data Number EtherCAT Ports 2 In out Supply internal via bus rail BS2xx Current consumption internal 270 mA Galvanic isolation from the 500 V system Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 without condensation 5 95 with condensation Model variants ECS200 EtherCAT slave module 2x Ethi00 In Out operation only with CPU module ECS200 like ECS200 ColdClimate 2 158 159 EtherCAT Software Software Bj Shromtecees Derce Manager Taa por Window Wip rre ki E DOC Dorey Oog i Safty Desticpes IES Dence Messze fai Vo Deigner P Siton Oitmaa EJA E ii D Beal Mane B My templites B SL Decocese 10208 50 6 D Oriat Dece a Cre Vorate Kant NE FTP E acisbees View Sylan VO EtherCAT Prefitus Sere CAN Potini Meme Finer Srvoeee gt fther al Devices Pj Becton germer Cmt Owe Samaun Si FW sco Sorrow Poapeny Vave ProdetCede 237073 Eoen Mumi 65558 Verable Bar
161. ansfer rates 2 4 8 16 Mbaud e Cycle times 62 5 us 65 ms e Multiple masters can be synchronized Item no SEM201 00011756 00 Description Channels drives Modules per controller Transfer rate Cycle times Synchronization Certified by Galvanic isolation from system fiber optic ring with max 32 drives 2 kB x 32 DPRAM max 12 2 4 8 16 Mbaud 62 5 us 65 ms multiple masters can be synchronized SI Sercos International formerly IGS yes via fiber optic cable Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage 0 60 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 without condensation Model variants SEM201 Sercos master module 2 4 8 16MBaud SERCOS II FO interface 2x FSMA In Out 182 bluecom The real time communication solution for large projects Renewable energy sources like solar and wind time connection to every separate power station power stations exist in ranges and dimensions Diagnostic and remote maintenance tasks e g state that vary considerably Beginning with separate of the art condition monitoring analyses should be installations at a distance of a few hundred meters possible parallel to time sensitive communications up to hundreds of participants spread across several square kilometers the installations have bluecom provides reliable real time communication to maintain contact among thems
162. as a WTE Interface Library Comfortable interface for communication between user program and WTE software module especially for setting resetting events retrieving current state of events resetting counters triggering snapshots and start stop wind rose and power curve recordings WTE Library Functions and function blocks for statistical data processing energy and state counters creation and administration of specific log files File functions General features Fast and resource saving access to storage media Automatic creation of a series of files with a configurable maximum size for each file Filename contains date and time of last entry which makes sorting in chronological order easy Each file contains an optional header with selectable information e g turbine name software version etc The oldest file can optionally be deleted automatically Files can optionally be zipped automatically on closing Supported file formats CSV with header information and column captions Binary with header information Ring file for temporary storage of values System requirements Engineering PC Bachmann SolutionCenter needs to be installed required version M Base 3 80 or better Controller software M Base 3 80 or better Controller hardware controller CPU of series MX200 MPC200 MC200 and MH200 Delivery variants WTE SDK DVD for installation Software development Kit contains configurator runtime components libraries an
163. as extensive self test possibilities that enable a detailed function check of the CMS Script oriented software enables easy adaptation to different monitoring tasks with due consideration of the special requirements imposed on technical plant management The following characteristics of this CMS must be particularly highlighted e Modularity e Future compatibility inclusion many additional measured values is possible e Extensive temperature range e Robust relative to environmental influences e Watchdog monitoring e Client based WebLog Expert software for remote diagnostics TopBox integrated solution Item Item no Q Guard Stand alone solution 00022367 00 M AFN JE Q Guard PSSS TopBox integrated solution 00022370 00 n Q Guard Fully integrated solution 00022373 10 Fully integrated solution 361 Condition Monitoring Analog measurement channels Number of channels Sampling rate Measuring range Error detection Sensor supply IEPE External operating voltage Power supply Multi voltage power supply Interference immunity ESD Electromagnetic field Burst Surge Conducted HF DIPS line voltage fluctuations CPU unit Interfaces Communication 12 analog inputs 9 inputs with IEPE interface for piezo vibration sensors and 3x 10 V inputs up to 50 kHz all channels including position detection encoder signal scanned synchronously IEPE standard
164. ata Standard compliant implementation of IEC60870 5 101 103 104 Server Service software solution that can be subsequently installed No changes to the application logic required Fully configurable no application specific processing via PLC libraries required Configurator for commissioning and diagnostic monitor in the SolutionCenter Import export in CSV format for exchange with other manufacturers Reducing the amount of data via configurable threshold filters Number and IP addresses of authorized clients can be limited Logging of write accesses in the security log of the controller Communication Control room networking General product features Supported protocols Type Parallel operation Message types ASDUs Data mapping Data type mapping Query groups Source time stamping Quality labeling Designation of the transmission cause COT Cyclic transmission Background scan Update rates Threshold filters Connection monitoring Access control and logging IEC60870 5 101 IEC60870 5 103 IEC60870 5 104 as slave server Licensable service for Bachmann M1 controls software only solution subsequently installable with configuration interface Requires a valid license file for operation Multiple independent server instances on one controller Comprehensive implementation of the essential application data service units for example single point information single command double point i
165. ation 5 95 with condensation Model variants DPM200 Profibus master slave module 12Mbit s Profibus VO isolated DPM200 like DPM200 ColdClimate Software Software Ph Sree cee Senet Ui ttle DEM O O beet it aaa ee hrs siii el er O lt gt E O a i a Pe E r a B aSa J Bh cht tree j a nasa j pa j a teos A byes ogee fom tm few te hae Mew Leng i herdin EA b Bhaal a teen em fee i hwag s ND Tow Pete P MN A IA rye resni 3s ial ni gt s t Ln Bie cree eee m h Re Lae as b Byte 4 Meda A F dain Yer 0d CREE LA Pad A th 03 Wer eae a E Cint Naot D o ar A tonnatine seart PS Pa vri Vao ILD p ann ma wn ers OW eb a errs Orie Secs W Sew T Oi ewe Sheers Bae BUNADA Faaa Er IR waansin W Ordesa 5 foto Chg Pil au core remme ee heme D anme yond tome eer wees Sener DA Torba Ay a 4 z nj am U iaioa ia aoiw Ela aww A lwr tes Clie ite Ay 6 aa PROFIBUS PROFIBUS configurator The Device Manager contains a complete configuration tool for creation of PROFIBUS configurations for master and slave applications of the M1 system Devices from any manufacturer can be added to the catalog via their standardized device description file in GSD format and integrated in the configuration The PROFIBUS configurator enables creation of networks with an M1 controller as master station and multiple slave stations Likewise M1 DP slave stations can either be configured tog
166. ation up to an ambient temperature of 60 C State of the art system architecture designed for seamless networking ca pability enables the M1 to be integrated easily in the area of the control ler and system peripherals Real time Ethernet enables real time controller networking and the support of all currently available fieldbus systems en ables external components to be connected via standard interfaces bachmann a Processor modules Maximum performance and unrivalled robustness The processor modules of the M1 automa tion system stand out on account of their optimum performance and unrivalled ro bustness Integrated into Bachmann CPU boards and I O systems industrial Penti um processors in an embedded design en Sure absolute deterministic real time be havior Even the most rigorous demands in terms of flexible data exchange and networking can be met without costly additional mod ules M1 processor modules offer the full range of interfaces already on board lt This offers the automation engineer to tal freedom and ensures cost efficient and compact design Ample power reserves for networking and communication intensive applications are provided as basic fea tures The mass storage of the device is also fully scalable Processor modules ME203 series MEZO3 EN Keir Manika Features Intel 80386 EX 33 MHz As Programmable Automation Controllers PAC M1 CPUs combine flexibility open standards and the p
167. ations also prove themselves outside intuitive reusable models of the multidomain of simple analytical systems Outstanding physical system For mathematical modeling graphic depiction possibilities such as curves MATLAB and Simulink also offer a range of and surface plots and even animated 3D CAD capabilities Established service companies models optimize the work sequence offer additional expertise in all domains 5 Operation 3 Generation and 4 Test and download optimization 1 Modeling 2 Simulation gt 42 5 il gt A he aa moar anes j ommands Parameters lt Process Se E BE _ Ss 309 Model based design Simulation 3 Generation and download 5 Operation In this step the process model is first separated As soon as a Satisfactory result is achieved the from the actual control or regulation part Then project management PC can be separated from the a mouse click triggers automatic code generation controller which continues to run autonomously and preparation of the application for the real in real time All interfaces to parallel running time system This can be loaded directly from applications on the same or other controllers the Simulink interface into the controller remain in place The published process variables can be depi
168. atures e Configurable and parameter assignable software module e All options can be configured via software number of axes axis type I Os etc e Fast commissioning via graphic presentation of all datasets e High product quality through high repeatability e Short set up times through omission of mechanical switch cams e Simplified mechanics through independent drives e Software module can be instanced 346 Control M CNC Three dimensional motions M CNC is a software module for path control of three dimensional motions with three axes in Cartesian arrangement Motions are specified in accordance with DIN 66025 Software Path motion for Cartesian 3 axis system Profile specification in accordance with DIN 66025 program structure of numerically controlled axes Configuration and diagnostics via Device Manager Commissioning interface CNC monitor e Library for IEC 61131 3 PLC programs SolutionCenter Device Manager 0 x File Edit Window Help Fy W Device Manager Devies Ji Lokale Daten a D ira M1_Controller_1 10 10 93 57 H System I sw Module Station 1 Station 1 of mm o off 17250 Slot 1 Modul 1 fi mxzo0 c slot 3 Modul 3 fi 01232 Slot 4 Modul 4 fi 00232 slot 5 Modul 5 o f 151202 Slot 6 Modul 6 fh atozee Slot 7 Modul 7 E cm202 slot 8 Modul 8 Device bersicht MBase Y3
169. awn negative Measurement interval Calculation over one period 50 Hz 20 ms 60 Hz 16 67 ms Type of memory Nonvolatile on the module Memory cycle 1 sec Electrical safety Product standard IEC EN 61131 2 Generic standard IEC EN 60664 1 Pollution degree 2 Overvoltage category 3 Test surge voltage 4 kV Protection class 2 Approvals certificates General CE CCC UL on request Ambient conditions Operating temperature 30 to 60 C Rel air humidity operation 5 to 95 no condensation Storage temperature 40 to 85 C Rel air humidity storage 5 to 95 no condensation Maximum operating height 2 000 m above sea level operation up to 4 500 m on request Power supply Via backplane 5 V lt 130 mA 15 V lt 45 mA System requirements Hardware All M1 CPU families apart from ME203 SK1 backplane not required Software M Base 3 91 SolutionCenter 1 91 or higher recommended if the release driver is installed manually also executable from the system software of the CPU M Base 3 90 Models GM260 Grid measurement module 3x In 480V 6x In 1A U I P Q f measurement 4Q energy metering 92 System modules Systematic perfection The Mi automation system is based on an ingenious and field tested modular con cept Precisely matched to the respective requirements automation engineers can assemble the technically and economically optimized configuration from a broad selec tion o
170. ay from the central computer unit IPM1400 The front panels of the operator units are made from aluminum and their function color and design can be adapted to customer requirements The operating elements required can be implemented as real machine pushbuttons with a foil keyboard or as touch screens Whether complete standard system or customer specific solution Bachmann electronic always delivers 100 quality precisely like the HMI devices all Bachman industrial PCs are subjected to a 48 hour run in test in the climate chamber in which the specified operating temperatures are run through multiple times Naturally compliance with the applicable industrial product standards as well as the legally prescribed standards is ensured bachmann 270 Industrial PC Customized PC based visualization devices compact or modular The display diagonals operating elements and design of the modular IPC1400 series devices can be adapted to the customer s needs and offers scalable processing performance It can be factory fitted with a number of different interfaces or retrofitted quickly in the field Maximum flexibility for applications requiring a spatial separation between the controller and the display operator unit is offered by the combination of IPM1400 with digital serial remote installation DSA and the remote display of the Dx900 series The Dx900 s display diagonals operating elements and design can be adapted to individual req
171. ber prior to delivery and the specified operating temperature range is run through several times With M1 webMI pro Bachmann is offering a state of the art visualization solution that supplements the HMIs All compatible HMIs come as standard with the necessary interfaces and software components bachmann a 256 Operator terminals The optimal operator terminal for every application With the series OT100 OT200 and OT1300 operator terminals Bachmann electronic offers operator terminals in different performance classes The devices of the Essential class OT100 are display devices that are primarily designed for simple text based presentation in conjunction with a powerful M1 CPU With the devices of the Intermediate class OT200 the user i e i mo Laad we wo gets a self contained i e full fledged 5 7 terminal based on PC technology with embedded Linux as the operating system The brand new Advanced class OT1300 series with the Intel s latest processors and integrated solid state disk SSD or alternatively with AMD G T40E Dualcore processor is the ideal application for requirements where high performance capability paired with Operator terminal OT100 series Display 4 2 STN Bluemode Processor 72 MHz 32 bit RAM 64 kB internal Interfaces RS232 422 Project planning Vis Designer PLC blocks Operator terminal OT200 series Display 5 7 QVGA 5 7
172. between groups Internal power supply Current consumption internal External power supply Reverse polarity protection Input voltage Current consumption Connection technology Connection technology Standards Machine safety Approved for Product standard Additional features Status display via LEDs Ambient conditions Operating temperature Relative humidity operation Storage temperature Relative humidity storage Model variants 16 digital inputs can be used redundantly in pairs PL e SIL3 Cat 4 15 34V DC 34 5 VDC 300 us 1 ms with deactivated test clocking type 1 3 5 mA at 24 V DC green internal function monitoring external test clocking optional 500 V 500 V Backplanes BS2xx 5 V 600 mA via backplane yes 24 V DC 18 34 V normally 65 mA at 24 VDC 2 current consumption of the encoders and sensors screw or spring terminal writable and codable plug IEC61508 Functional safety draft of complex E E PE safety components ISO13849 Safety of Machinery IEC62061 Functional safety machine related E E PE systems IEC61511 Functional safety equipment and process industry EN954 IEC 61131 2 UL508 Standard 20 60 C fanless 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 without condensation ColdClimate 3 30 60 C fanless 5 95 with condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation SD1208 SDI208 Safety digital input modu
173. bit s 1x 10 k 1 MBaud 5 V 15 V via backplane Own supply and 17 W for I Os modules 5 V 2 A 15 V 250 mA 15 V 200 mA supply voltage 24 V DC 18 34 V Supply to the system 500 V CPU ID selectable with rotary hexadecimal switches Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Execution variants ME203 EN ME203 EN ME203 CN ME203 CNW ME203 CN Standard Cold Weather W 30 60 C fanless 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation ColdClimate 5 95 with condensation 5 95 without condensation CPU module 386EX 33MHz 8MB DRAM 512kB SRAM 8MB file flash 1x Eth100 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 integrated power supply 17W PCC slot Like ME203 EN ColdClimate CPU module 386EX 33MHz 8MB DRAM 512kB SRAM 8MB file flash 1x CAN CANopen 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 integrated power supply 17W PCC slot CPU module 386EX 33MHz 8MB DRAM 512kB SRAM 8MB file flash 1x CAN CANopen 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 integrated power supply 17W PCC slot Cold Weather W Like ME203 CN ColdClimate 34 TCP IP protocol can also be run via CAN not included in delivery depending on the configuration a part of the program memory is reserved for the system software 12 Processor modules RUN MEMO JO COM 1 g A Aol SOM Or
174. ble on EN 50022 backplanes Item Item no DIO16 C 00010285 00 DIO16 C 00017453 00 DIO32 C 00010129 00 DIO48 C 00010526 00 DIO264 C 00009205 00 CANopen Inputs Quantity max 16 max 48 max 64 Input delay lt 3 5 ms lt 3 5 ms lt 3 5 ms Internal resistance 6 kQ 6 kQ 6 kQ Status display green LED green LED green LED Outputs Quantity max 16 max 32 max 32 Supply voltage 18 34 V DC 18 34 V DC 18 34 V DC Isolated output blocks 1 16 i 16 17 32 1216 17 32 Nominal output current Output current sum block max 12 A max 12 A max 12 A Switching frequency max 500 Hz max 500 Hz max 500 Hz Short circuit proof es yes yes Status display green LED green LED green LED green LED CAN interface Transfer rate Kbaud 10 1000 10 1000 10 1000 Connection 2x 9 pin D Sub 2x 9 pin D Sub 2x 9 pin D Sub Module ID 254 1 254 254 Galvanic isolation 500 V 500 V 500 V gt lt m gt gt Terminating resistance 123 Q external 123 Q external 123 Q external External power supply Voltage range 18 34 V DC Current consumption normally 100 mA at 24 V DC without I O Reverse polarity protection yes CAN protocols CAL CANopen DS 301 communication profile DS 401 device profile Status LEDs RUN guarding INIT ERROR Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 30 60 C Rel humidity operat
175. ble system for every industry Machines and plants usually work as a composite and are coupled to a central data acquisition system a control room or a PDA MES system Regardless of whether this involves aggregates of a wind park or production machines of a manufacturing shop Bachmann OPC UA Server Features Windows PC Operation on the controller without additional electronic has a suitable communication system for every industry in its product line A powerful laboratory certified OPC server is available in two variants as well as an MMS server tailored to the energy industry for communication in accordance with IEC61850 and IEC61400 25 variables OPC UA data access DA for accessing process Read and write access to process variables can be controlled via user groups Login can be requested by configuration Signing by TLS certificate can be requested by configuration Communication encryption can be requested by TLS up to 256 bits Mi OPC standard server Features OPC Data Access 1 0 2 04 2 05 3 0 Connection to Mi or CT via Ethernet Mi OPC enterprise server Features OPC Data Access 1 0 2 04 2 05 3 0 Secure SSL connection to the controllers Connection to Mi or CT via Ethernet Up to 5 automation devices per server Secure SSL connection to the controllers Up to 10 000 information points No limitation of connected M1 systems
176. break detection for the inputs e Monitoring of the external power supply Item Item no PTAI216 00010708 00 PTAI216 00017456 00 Analog input output modules Voltage inputs Quantity Input type Input voltage Input impedance Input filter Digital resolution Allowed common mode voltage Cross talk attenuation Sample time Current inputs Max 4 Single ended or differential 1 Vor 10V gt 33 kQ 170 Hz low pass ist order 14 bit Max 1 V gt 60 dB 2 5 ms Quantity Input current Input impedance Digital resolution Max input current Error at operating temperature Sample time Pt100 Pt1000 inputs Quantity Input type Temperature range Constant current via sensor Digital resolution Value of the LSB Averaging External power supply Galvanic isolation from system Voltage range Current consumption internal Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Execution variants PTAI216 PTAI216 Max 4 0 20 mA 243 Q 14 bit 35 mA destruction limit 30 60 C gt 0 3 2 5 ms 12 2 wire technology 100 300 C Pt100 3 mA Pt1000 0 3 mA 12 bit 0 1 K Over 16 values per 480 ms 500 V 18 34 V DC Normally 70 mA at 24 V DC Standard ColdClimate 30 60 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation 5 95 with condensatio
177. ce to the diagnostic system and enables worldwide access to the status data of the monitored plants Alarm messages are signaled to the users via a status window Simultaneously a trend analysis of the state of the machine can be executed via the integrated database The WebLog Expert software solution that can be implemented universally is the foundation for the worldwide telediagnostics and early error detection for distributed machines and plants Communication and analyses are based on progressive web based and database based technologies Through its scalability and modularity WebLog Expert permits secure adaptation and fast configuration for solving all tasks extending to demanding tasks in the condition monitoring area in various industries particularly wind energy biogas shipping industry etc Thus WebLog Expert lt is the basis for use of many Condition Monitoring systems that can be installed immediately in the original equipment with the M1 controller by the OEM on the same bus system or that are available for retrofitting of machines and plants e Password protected access e On the start page all current error messages are displayed e Visualization of the detailed diagnostic results for each measurement point e Expert tools for fault diagnosis Trend toemaeg Cteewed beemwabesceemes an l tect Dec 2013 Jan 2014 Feb 2014 Mar 2014 Nov 2013 Oct 2013 Envelope Spectrum 2 5 5 0 7 5 1
178. ces of targeted destructive access to a machine controller or an unintentional operating error are the same standstill or even de struction of a machine or plant and thus production stoppage loss of reputation and money Therefore the main objective is to ensure robustness against disturbances Protection of data and communica tion as well as the logging of access are preventive measures which make unauthorized access more difficult and bring irregularities to light Targeted access Exposed machines and plants are not subject to the same perimeter protection as enclosed industrial plants Hence wind power plants or biogas plants are relatively easy to access and the response times in the event of a detected break in are high High risk in production plants mainly emanates from legitimized persons Service staff from the external service provider or a dismissed employee who in frustration succumbs to the temptation of a targeted act of damage to property are two classi cal examples The targets here are switches routers and control lers with free ports These can be used for incon spicuous disruption or for targeted interception of communications Ethernet SolutionCenter Engineering Ko Device Viewer System security measures SCADA l Server Client User applications Cii OLS Security PE library a Web browser gt ga Si HMI SCADA A MES System
179. ces with a very low signal delay The power supply integrated in the FASTBUS slave modules FS221 N and FS222 N can supply the I O modules of a substation The flexible connector concept allows easy connection via a patch cable or an industrial grade push pull plug connection via an adapter e FASTBUS master modules with 1 or 2 FO interfaces e FASTBUS slave modules with integrated power supply e Up to 15 distributed substations e Connection technology via robust Harting PushPull connector or LC patch cable e Distances to 2000 m via multimode cable e Minimal signal delay e ColdClimate models 2 Item Item no FM221 00016747 10 FM221 00018091 10 FM222 00016747 00 FS221 N 00016749 10 FS221 N 00018092 10 FS222 N 00016749 00 Screwable adapter for using PushPull connector Item Item no Adapter 00016682 00 FASTBUS FASTBUS interface Line length Transmission medium Number of stations Link budget Diagnostic possibilities Fiber optic cable received light output Integrated power supply Input voltage Nominal power Output current at 5 V Output current at 15 V Output current at 15 V Ambient conditions 2000 m between the stations Total length max 2300 m Multimode fiber 50 125 um and 62 5 125 um max 2000 m FOC connector type LC FOC guide wavelength 1310 nm max 16 max 10 per line gt 8 dB 3 dB Reserve HW three color status LED SW 0 100 24 V
180. ckle specific market and customer requirements with passion and com mitment every day Our broad and modular product range meets really every customer requi rement We provide you with a homogeneous and holistic system solution that also ensures a high level of availability and is future proof We offer you everything from a single source and at the highest quality Our automation systems stand out on account of their extraordinary robustness high perfor mance and open interfaces The latest and most innovative platform for your sector specific requirements bachmann 368 369 Sector specific solutions WTE Windturbine Essentials Software Software WTE Windturbine Essentials Wind Turbine Essentials WTE The WTE software package is tailored to the requirements of manufacturers and control system developers of wind turbines and helps to considerably reduce the time required for developing and commissioning the controller software and the visualization Bachmann s Wind Turbine Essentials cover many standard tasks required for the automation of wind turbines The configurator of the WTE toolset is integrated into the Engineering Suite SolutionCenter and enables the structured configuration of the event system user roles and access rights data sampling with long term recording and statistical processing A visualization for developers and customers is created in parallel with the data config
181. cols IEC61850 IEC61400 25 IEC60870 5 104 OPC DA Modbus TCP UDP Application development communication library M1Com and MiCom NET see M1 software FTP HTTP SNTP SMTP and security versions SolutionCenter Support via wizards yes Ethernet LAN Internet SolutionCenter Support via wizards M PLC IEC 61131 3 IL LD FBD ST AS SFC CoDeSys Automatic yes manual to integrate by user to integrate by user yes non redundant non synchronized applications can run parallel to redundancy applications SolutionCenter yes restricted to network redundancy yes yes integrated yes integrated SolutionCenter yes by Wireshark plug in Wireshark data are generated automati cally on the controller 1 1000 ms Minimum 200 us for non redundant applications 1 ms 1000 ms for redundant applications more than 100 stations Number of channels unrestricted typically 400 600 chan nels per station 1 3 analog 2 3 digital adjustable from O 10 cycles M Limit value subject to CPU type memory available application size number of exchangeable variables network bandwidth available and network and CPU load via non redundant applications No program technical restriction Redundancy Installation Installation medium CD ROM or network Installation tool SolutionCenter Upgrading existing systems possible via software new CF card required License protection Data CF
182. copper optical fiber Integration of configuration monitoring and programming in the engineering tool SolutionCenter Redundancy networking on Ethernet basis full support of TCP IP based parallel communication Networking topology freely selectable star bus ring and combinations easily adaptable to existing network Master CPUs all processor modules from the MPC MC MH series Retrofitable and upgradable without CPU exchange application of standard components Support of standard applications in addition to redundancy applications even with diverse cycle times Standard operating range of 30 C 60 C with short term Temperature peaks of 40 C 70 C with condensation present when using cold climate modules tested with CPUs of the MPC series limit value subject to CPU type memory available application size number of exchangeable variables network bandwidth available network and CPU load via non redundant applications 241 Master CPU B Slave Station 1 Slave Station 2 Operator Terminal Slave Station 1 Slave Station 2 Operator Terminal Slave Station 1 Slave Station 2 Operator Terminal Redundancy Hot standby redundancy Features Two master CPUs Automatic matching of the master CPUs Bumpless switchover Chronological synchronization of all stations Configuration and monitoring in the SolutionCenter Expanded diagnostic and programming int
183. cted through the general engineering tool SolutionCenter or in visualizations 4 Test and optimization The generated real time program now runs in the controller But it can exchange data directly with the Simulink interface on the PC through the communication interfaces integrated during code generation Then in the so called external mode the actual process values variables channel values are available directly online in Simulink At the same time variable values or internal parameters of the Simulink blocks can also be changed from there in the real time program In this mode the Simulink model created by the developer is only the graphic front end for visualization of process values and stipulation of parameters Using the real process environment the discovered solution can be verified and further optimized If necessary users can switch to a prior process step and make changes there iterative improvement passa ya lola File Edit View Simulation Format Tools Help Ol ee S tSeleo t a g fn Enteral SVI Parameter Setpoint_Scope Setpoint Sa PP AGE ele ontrol 181202 AO Card 6 Channel 3 M S Fave Voltage Output CEON OG Sn Oh on Ti External Mode Display and change online data directly from real time systems in Simulink Mo 04 02 2043 Stiekstolfotreckh 90 bar Filtzet 31 ms Kotbengesotiw 1 2 mis info berne wupee efan
184. cted with the utmost care The PCC201 CF200 as well as the latest CFA200 families are special ly selected industrial types that meet the special requirements imposed by the harsh everyday conditions PCC201 MEMO gt min Requirements MCore Ver 2 048 _ 8MB C 16 MB C 32 MB Features PC cards PCC201 xx Memory capacity 32 64 MB Due to the extended ambient conditions the high number of supported write cycles and the exchange of experience with suppliers these memory cards are strongly recommended for use both in the controller system as well as in the operating and monitoring devices and in industrial PCs Access width 16 bits Woe u am Designed as 5 V card Program voltage of 12 Vpp Write protection via operating software Features CFast type I CFast Memory CFA200 xx Memory capacity 4 8 GB Fast data transfer with SATA Write protection via operating software Extended temperature range Long service life MTTF HAN 0512 MB C 4GB Compact Flash Memory CF200 xx Features Compact Flash type I according to Compact Flash specification Memory capacity 512 MB 4 GB 8 GB Fast data transfer with ATA Write protection via operating software Extended temperature range Long service life MTTF Bachmann System Maintenance Stick Features USB stick with backup and re store program For operator terminals a
185. cy shut off is activated in the event of communication lost e g cable break or failure in the supply voltage 500 V 500 V Backplanes BS2xx 5 V 250 mA via backplane yes 24 V DC 18 34 V 18 34 V DC normally 70 mA at 24 VDC current consumption of the encoders screw or spring terminal writable and codable plug IEC61508 Functional safety draft of complex E E PE safety components ISO13849 Safety of Machinery IEC62061 Functional safety machine related E E PE systems IEC61511 Functional safety equipment and process industry EN954 IEC 61131 2 UL508 Safety modules Additional features Status display via LEDs Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 20 60 C fanless 30 60 C fanless Relative humidity operation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C 40 85 C Relative humidity storage 5 95 with condensation Elevation limit 2000 m above sea level use 3000 m above sea level storage amp transport Model variants SDO204 Safety digital output module SIL3 PLe 4x DO 24V 2A SIL2 PLd 8x DO SDO204 like SDO204 ColdClimate 2 Derating of 40 C ambient temperature I A 9 8 0 T PC 234 UJ Ul Safety Developer er Software Software gt bachmann D SolutionCenter lt 4 e Integrated in the SolutionCenter all in one engi
186. d on the latest embedded ATOM technology consequently they are ideally suited for the most demanding regulating tasks process control signal processing and complex communication protocols Through the use of state of the art technology in a robust design a compact powerhouse with a long service life and a broad temperature range 30 to 60 C is available The supplemental integrated autonomous process image controller significantly offloads the processor and the I O bus This enables a new dimension in data transmission speed to the inputs and outputs for the fastest possible process cycles Fast single accesses in the us range for precise control and regulating tasks are also available For efficient networking and state of the art fieldbuses two independent Gigabit Ethernet interfaces including IEEE 1588 hardware support are available An internal CFast card enables fastest access speeds via the modern SATA Serial Advanced Technology Attachment Non volatile memory of 512 kB is available as a drive and securely stores machine data for longer than 10 years without an external energy supply or battery al Be E eee e 2 serial interfaces e USB 2 0 host interface e USB device service interface e 2 Ethernet interfaces 10 100 1000 Mbit s with IEEE 1588 e Process image controller e 1 GB DRAM DDR2 e Data memory 512 kB non volatile e Internal mass storage CFast card e internal 64 MB program memory
187. d visualization WTE Admin Tool DVD for installation Tool to create manufacturer specific passwords with limited validity period Matches the login checker included in WTE WTE Company Licence License to use the WTE development tools in the whole company WTE Runtime Licence License to use the WTE software module on controller 374 Sector specific solutions Software Software Wind Power Scada WPS Based on atvise scada Bachmann s Wind Power Scada software WPS provides a SCADA system specifically designed for the wind power sector WPS makes it possible to obtain both a comprehensive and a detailed view of the entire wind farm and any individual turbine at the same time State of the art technologies Just like atvise scada WPS uses pure web techno logy to provide the user with a completely seamless system on all levels Thanks to this technology the visualization can be operated on any PC tablet or Smartphone The use of scalable vector graphics SVG enables the creation of a highly ergonomic solution for any device level control center wind farm individual plant Communication standards WPS implements communication standards such as OPC UA Unified Architecture and IEC61400 25 The OPC UA interface ergonomically integrates live process data and alarms and can be used for historization Process variables are standardized thanks to the use of data structures compliant with IEC 61400 25 Scalability
188. dia PC cards PCC201 xx Compact Flash memory CF200 xx CFast memory CFA200 xx Bachmann System Maintenance Stick BSM 25 27 29 33 95 97 98 100 101 102 103 104 106 107 108 109 Networking Interfaces Industrial Ethernet master EM2x3 Interface modules RS204 Ethernet Industrial Ethernet Switch SWI205 Ethernet Remote Station ERS202 Media convertor unmanaged switch FCS214 x Bus expansion Bus expansion modules BEx200 series FASTBUS FASTBUS module Fx210 series FASTBUS module Fx220 series CANopen CANopen master module CM202 CANopen slave modules CS200 x Digital input output modules DIOxxx C Analog and digital input output module DA3284 C Temperature I O modules TCO2xx C CANopen configurator DeviceNet DeviceNet master DNM201 EtherCAT EtherCAT master ECS200 EtherCAT Slave Module EtherCAT configurator PROFIBUS PROFIBUS DP master module DPM200 PROFIBUS configurator PROFINET PROFINET IO RT PROFINET configurator M BUS MBUS201 master MODBUS TCP UDP RTU Modbus master Modbus slave Telecontrol field level MMS client IEC61850 IEC61400 25 SERCOS SERCOS master module SEM201 bluecom Communication control room networking OPC UA Server M1 OPC standard server M1 OPC enterprise server MMS server IEC61850 IEC61400 25 IEC60870 5 Server Slave 112 115 117 121 123 125 129 133 135 141 143 145 147 150 152 153 156 157 159 162 164 1
189. directly via their own view All configuration methods can be selected via masks Errors in the configu ration are validated immediately A recording configuration can be delivered to a controller via a single action Data on an M1 can be saved on the PC by drag and drop Presentation analysis system Presentation forms Time formats Number of value axes Number of curves Axis reference Auto scaling Fixed scaling Scale arrangement Measurement cursors Measurement cursor functions Stacked Plot Array of curves Grid Presentation options Raw value transformation Reference curves Highlighting ranges Curve calculation Possibilities for making comparisons Interfaces Value over time x t value over value x y Milliseconds ms or date time formats freely configurable User defined User defined selective showing hiding for maintaining clarity Each curve can be allocated to any axis Yes linear or logarithmic scaling possible Yes adjustable Yes adjustable 2 can be offset separately and together Value display in legend time display differential display Yes a separate diagram per signal selective full screen mode per curve Up to 10 older recordings can additionally be displayed faded into the back ground for comparison Yes configurable Curve axis grid colors all line thicknesses orientation axis label axis arrangement left right flooded curves on reference value or other curves F
190. e Item Item No DD915 on request DD919 on request Headless IPCs and remote displays Display Diagonal resolution 19 SXGA 1280x1024 Display type color TFT Display brightness 300 cd m2 Half brightness min 50 000 h Control display elements Touch screen type analog resistive Front keyboard Number of optional max 128 2 fold programmable keys Interfaces 1x USB rear CAN rear Power supply 24 V DC 18 V 36 V Operating temperature 0 C 40 C fan free Certifications CE UL CUL Housing aluminum Degree of protection front IP65 Degree of protection rear IP54 280 Headless IPCs and remote displays Remote displays DF900 series The remote display DF900 is an industrial terminal in flat design Design and control elements of the front panel can be adapted to the customer s requirements The integrated USB interface enables a wide range of peripherals to be connected directly on the termi nal CAN enables operating elements on the remote display to be connected directly with the controller hardware without requiring any additional wiring e Remote installation between control panel and IPM up to 100 m e Mounting in the cabinet e Transfer of video USB and CAN signals via one cable e Slimline remote terminal Perit ll NN Item Item No DF915 on request DF919 on request 281 Headless IPCs and remote displays Display Diagonal resolution 19 SXGA 1280x10
191. e Signal rated voltages Output current max Output current overload Status display LED 2 changeover contacts 230 V AC 48 V DC 24 V DC not mixed Nominal 0 5 A at 24 VDC DC 13 Nominal 0 5 A at 24 VDC resistive load Nominal 1 A at 230 VAC AC 15 Nominal 2 A at 230 VAC resistive load 4 A Green GSP274 limit value monitoring Over Under s Mains Viz Va Var Vine Vane Van FELETETTTEETYE CoP 2Ne Y3 INe 2 Q 4 hay ltz la Neutral Point r 1 TCM Grid measurement module THD H2 H50 m GSP274 r Figure 1 Available protection elements acc to ANSI IEEE Std C37 2 2008 overview Undervoltage overvoltage ANSI 27 59 Phase to phase or phase to neutral Undervoltage warning Undervoltage error Overvoltage warning Accuracy 0 1 full scale Resolution 0 1 Yo Wiens Delay O to 65535 ms Evaluated potentials Protection elements U lt U lt lt U gt U gt gt Underfrequency overfrequency ANSI 81 U O Overvoltage error 0 01 Hz O to 65535 ms f lt f lt lt f lt lt lt f gt f gt gt f gt gt gt Accuracy Delay Protection elements Underfrequency inner band Underfrequency middle band Underfrequency outer band Overfrequency inner band Overfrequency middle band Overfrequency outer band 80 Grid measurement module Q U Description Voltage dependent directional reactive power protectio
192. e controller The information objects that the server arenes offers in the control and monitoring direction are IEC 60870 5 101 103 Serial RS232 422 485 IEC 60870 5 104 Ethernet SolutionCenter Process created and linked to the controller s existing process variables via the configuration Different data models can be created for different masters The login of masters can be restrict ed by specifying a permitted IP address and the number of simultaneous connections can also be limited Write accesses can be cap Item IEC60870 5 Server RT IEC60870 5 Server DVD 207 tured in the security log of the controller Item no License to operate the IEC 60870 5 server on one controller 00022127 63 CPU Provides communication over the ethernet or serial interfaces with standards compliant clients using the IEC60875 5 101 103 and 104 protocol in accordance with the compatibility documentation Software and documentation for the IEC60870 5 server 00022127 xx Provides access to process data according to the standards IEC 60870 5 101 and 103 104 Without a valid Runtime License the IEC60870 5 server runs only temporarily for 2h in demo mode Communication Control room networking To save bandwidth a threshold filter can Modulkonfiguration Informationsobjelte Hilfetext a 10A Name T Vari Hinzuf g
193. e or as combined master slave which in a multi master network offers variables for another master The process data is available to the application program as logical I O module and thus can be reached via the process image or via the function interface e Up to 3 DPM200 modules per M1 controller e Transfer rate 9 6 Kbaud to 12 Mbaud e 8 kByte shared memory for process data image e Consistency lock for data blocks is configurable e Two internal bridged connections for loop through of the cable e Galvanic isolation between fieldbus and controller Item Item no DPM200 00010555 00 DPM200 00018032 00 163 PROFIBUS are PROFIBUS DP master Large process image 8 Kb x 16 DPM Firmware update via SolutionCenter is possible Max number of masters 3 per M1 controller Max number of slaves 32 without repeater 125 with repeater PROFIBUS Standard VO Data length in the DPM 732 bytes per slave Current consumption 400 mA 5 V DC Interface Transfer rate 9 6 k 12 Mbaud Connection 2x 9 pin D Sub female connectors Pin assignment in accordance with EN 50170 Signal level in accordance with RS485 standard Galvanic isolation 500 V Interfaces to the system Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 30 60 C 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condens
194. e SYNC mechanism of the CPU E Note There are processor modules l with integrated CAN interface see the processor modules section 140 CANopen c UL us usro zare gt imp conteo NG CANopen CANopen master module CM202 The CAN master module CM202 can operate either one or two separated networks Both connections can be configured independently as NMT master or slave In an M1 controller up to four CANopen master modules CM202 can be operated e Up to 4 CANopen master modules per M1 controller e 2 independent CAN buses per CANopen master module e Can be used as NMT master or slave e Transfer rate 10 Kbaud to 1 Mbaud e Bus length to 5000 m signal repeater required e Galvanic isolation e Short circuit proof Item Item no CM202 00009698 00 CM202 00016404 00 CANopen CANopen master Max number of masters Number of CAN buses Max number of nodes Protocol Device profile Firmware Current consumption CAN interface 4 per M1 controller 2 per module 64 per CAN bus CANopen to CiA DS 301 in accordance with CiA DS 405 reloadable FLASH technology 320 mA 5 V DC Transfer rate Bus length Connection Pin assignment Signal level Galvanic isolation interfaces to the system 10 k 1 Mbaud max 5000 m 2x 9 pin D Sub female connectors in accordance with CiA DS 102 4 in accordance with CiA DS 102 4 500 V CANopen features in compliance with CiA Product Guide CANopen mas
195. e cables of other manufacturers observe any changes to the specifications such as attenuation or minimum bending radius Fibers with a core diameter of 50 um or 62 5 um can be used The outer diameter of the FO cable depends on the connector used 136 LC connector Fieldbuses CANopen Proven millions of times over The Controller Area Network CAN in the CANopen specification has now developed to become the leading fieldbus system for industrial automation Proven millions of times over and perfectly mature it offers the ideal basis for safe easy and yet flexible networking tasks By using only one fieldbus the compact CAN I O Possible topology CANopen modules from Bachmann electronic facilitate the homogeneous design of an automation system with high efficiency and packing density Galvanic separation from the main station the scalable range and the extremely low cost wiring make the modules particularly attractive for the users M1 CONTROLLER WITH CAN MASTER CAN SLAVE ZEA MX2xx WITH INTEGRATED CAN INTERFACE CAN SLAVE mM CAN SLAVE WITH CS200 HEAD i i CAN SLAVE max f CAN master CM202 Features Up to 4 CM202 modules per M1 controller 2 independent CAN buses per CANopen master module Can be used either as NMT master or NMT slave Transfer rate 10 kbit s to 1 Mbit s So SEE CANopen motel CAN slave CS200 x Features Head module for CANopen
196. e of different mass storage technologies e Scalable industrial PC based on a Celeron M or Core Duo processor e Maximum reliability and maintenance friendly e Modular slot system e Customer specific configuration and front panel design e Compact unit or computer with remote display up to 100 m Item Item no IPC1410 CM 00016898 00 IPC1410 CD 00016902 00 IPC1412 CM 00016899 00 IPC1412 CD 00016903 00 IPC1415 CM 00016900 00 IPC1415 CD 00016904 00 IPC1419 CD 00016905 00 CM processor Celeron M ULV 423 1 06GHz CD processor Core Duo L2400 2x 1 66 GHz 272 273 Industrial PC ee Display Diagonal resolution 12 1 SVGA 800x600 Display type color TFT Display brightness 350 cd m2 Half brightness min 50 000 h Processor RAM Processor Celeron M ULV 423 1 06 GHz Core Duo L2400 2x 1 66 GHz RAM 1 GB 2 GB Mass storage CF card type I II 4 GB 8 GB Control display elements Touch screen type analog resistive Front keyboard Number on request max 128 2 fold programmable of keys System LEDs Power Diag HDD Interfaces Network 2x Ethernet 10 100 MBit USB 3x USB 2 0 1x powered USB 2 0 Serial 2x RS232 422 also configurable as full RS232 Mouse keyboard 1x combined PS 2 connection Audio AC97 1x Line In 1x Line Out 1x MIC External monitor 1x RGB ix DVI Expansion modules 2 5 hard disk slot optional gt 160 GB or RAID1 80 GB 24 7 other on request Slots m
197. e wm a E noe pa MS F SEP eer za tagenstin ne Oupa ec d 7 il r F Oinas laaa ooe teto ve EA gt 2078 Tomrefer For Lipset kia vat s je a Item Item no M Target for Simulink One time License M Target for Simulink Annual Maintenance 00015577 60 00015577 70 M Target for Simulink Fast development of controllers and sequence controllers The MATLAB program package and the associated toolbox Simulink from Mathworks Inc are considered to be the worldwide standard in the area of modeling dynamic systems in technologically demanding processes With the complete integration of the M1 controller as target system a convenient and efficient implementation of the MATLAB functions is enabled on an M1 control system The user can concentrate exclusively on working in the familiar graphic Simulink programming environment where he can model the system in its entirety and simulate the effect of changes even before transfer to an M1 control system The code for the M1 target system is generated automatically in the background and requires no knowledge of a programming language This complete integration enables efficient programming and commissioning of the M1 control system e Faster implementation of controllers through shorter controller design phases e Shorter commissioning processes through reliable automatic code generation e Higher level of agreement betwe
198. elves and with technology for the highest performance requirements a monitoring and control center Operators are specifically optimized for renewable energy systems placing ever higher demands on the controllability rapid exchange of information Top reliability of such virtual power stations In order to be easy maintenance and diagnosability as well as able to react positively to errors like LVRT and adaptability to existing networks have been achieved FRT there has to be a swift and reliable real As a software only solution absent with special bluecom energy park virtual power station networking model Park control center control station Mi controller Monitoring and maintenance from any connection point possible with standard 183 requirements for CPU and compatible to a broad spectrum of network hardware applications in user defined topologies can be put into effect having up to 500 participants and saves resources Library functions for cyclic and acyclic communication in IEC 61131 3 C and C make for the greatest easy development The configuration monitoring and diagnostic analysis are executed via the SolutionCenter Softwere Thanks to its compatibility with Ethernet standard IEEE 802 3 bluecom provides a sustainable solution for the networking tasks of modern power stations bluecom at once predefines the optimization of performance with lower CPU and network load for master master commun
199. em no OT115 R BE1 00014569 00 OT115 R BE2 00014570 00 OT115 R BE2Z CC 00017593 00 CC ColdClimate variant Operator terminals Display Diagonal resolution Display brightness Backlight Processor RAM 4 2 STN Bluemode 240 x 64 pixels 450 cd m LED dimmable via keyboard PLC program Processor RAM Front keyboard Softkeys Enter Cursor keys Multi click keyboard Exit Shift Keyboard entry Backspace Display elements Interface RS232 422 switchable Power supply Certifications Ambient conditions Operating temperature Storage temperature Rel humidity storage operation Certifications Degree of protection Front Rear Software Visualization Dimensions and weights Dimensions W x H x D Weight Variants OT115 R BE1 OT115 R BE2 OT115 R BE2 CC Control display elements 72 MHz 32 bit 64 kB internal 5x 5x 1x 1x 4x 4x alphanumeric 1x 1x 1x lock unlock 1x 1x red LED 2x yellow LEDs 1x 24 V DC 18 V 36 V 10 ms buffering CE UL GL pending ABS BV DNV LR Standard ColdClimate 30 80 C 40 85 C 5 95 5 95 In the case of OTs for marine applications the supply voltage is galvanically isolated without condensation with condensation CE UL GL pending ABS BV DNV LR IP65 IP20 project planning Vis Designer programming Java C PLC environment 170 x 128 x 50 mm approx 1 kg
200. ement system for each user via Access result of a faulty network switch overloads connected Control This limits any possibilities of manipu network clients in the same way as a targeted denial lation centrally according to the least privilege of service attack principle and independent security logging allows changes to be allocated to individual users Ope Unlike other security measures the added value of rating errors can thus be detected and warranty revealing defects can only be achieved if appropriate cases processed speedily protective measures directly affect the controller 218 219 Security Safety and Security Functional safety requires a high degree of security measures to prevent operating errors Unnoticed changes to the safety programming as well as dan gerous interferences during safe operation must be prevented and logged Safety Control of Bachmann already warns about any malicious manipulated code on the configuration computer and protects against inadvertent changes by means of functions for pinning software versions A separate login system on each safety controller allows individually restrictable access The continual logging is tamper proof and imple mented redundantly so that even in the case of partial destruction of the module it will be possible to reproduce the chain of events up to the failure with a high degree of probability Simply secure Security measures are only effective if they are
201. en f gen be enabled Values that are outside of d 0 0 1 MeasurementsValid E GMF Heston leasurementValues mi actorCurre esswert verk rzte Gleitkommiazahl mi fined Min Max limits are marked as invalid a i i 004 BR Informationsobjekt hinzuf gen J eportieren and will only be transferred again when they oe e retu rn to the valid ra nge No implementa FF Bitte geben sie die Werte fiir das neue Informationsobjekt an E L schen 1 1 i 0 0 8 F tion by the user is necessary for this FE TR 0 0 10 Joa F 0 0 11 f MF Engineering 0 0 12 Variablenadresse i For the generation of externally visible informa tion objects a convenient tool is available in fae van the SolutionCenter that supports the user with dialogs and wizards and validates the entries ee n M Sie ha a j Variable Wert immediately Thus inconsistent or incorrect il a GMP104_ i r amp EnergyCounters configurations can be avoided The link to the as ee es process data takes place by selecting the corre gt FrequencylinnerLimitGet gt amp FrequencylnnerLimitSet sponding SVI variables from a variable browser gt FrequencyMiddlel imitGet To exchange the configuration with other manu ese hen Aerie facturers import and export in a generic CSV format is available A monitor in the Solution Center shows the current configuration of information objects used in the server and the value most recent
202. en machine model and controller model Existing MATLAB Simulink subsystems can be reused in new simulations of the controller programs The integration of Bachmann ready to use software modules facilitates development of complex customer specific software The unique and direct interplay between process model controller model and support a more stable modeling of the overall process Transfer to the M1 controller is executed automatically from the MATLAB Simulink environment parameter variations in the model are implemented online in the M1 target system target Sequential programs can be implemented through the optional Stateflow and Coder toolboxes 308 Model based design Simulation Development Process 1 Modeling 2 Simulation Both plant physical system and control systems are The resulting complete model is now simulated modeled in Simulink Using application specific offline on the computer Comprehensive test tools reduces the time spent developing the series of all possible operating conditions or system This is achieved by enabling the developer error situations are played through Iterative to use modeling languages native to the domain model adjustments and new simulations of interest Domain specific products for physical follow seamlessly The high quality process modeling such as SimElectronics SimHydraulics solver for numeric calculation of differential SimMechanics make it easier to create equ
203. ent on the free resources on the M1 controller C library for using the data recorder in an application e Executing commands Start Stop etc e Changing the recording configuration Several recordings executable in parallel with different sampling rates and different priorities Yes automatic start after reboot possible Yes definable warning text on changes Configurable ring buffer for loss free transfer of data from the controller to the PC Data archiving on controller System Archiving interval Configurable limits Caching of the data base Embedded database optionally activatable database file can be copied freely to different controllers or PCs and used Freely configurable in seconds fast recorded data is buffered and stored in the database in the archiving interval e Length in seconds e Number of recorded points e Number of recordings Cache size in the working memory freely configurable Interface C library for using the database in an application e Addition of reference channels or entire recordings e Export of data or hot backup Functions are only available in the Professional Version d 298 Testing and diagnostics Management Configuration Project Management Management of recordings Configuration of recordings Delivery of configuration Backup of data Configurations can be created flexibly in workspace and managed there in projects Recordings installed on the M1 can be managed
204. ependent Drive Descriptions i Z Drive Middleware CANopen EtherCAT sercos the automation bus l on request Drives 350 Ww Ul H Control Software Software M TEMP Temperature controller M TEMP is a software module of the M1 controller for monitoring and regulating temperature dependent processes To achieve an optimal adaptation to the controlled system all control parameters can also be changed during operation e Temperature control software for universal implementation e Modes Actuator or controller e Automatic parameter assignment learn function e Integrated adaptive setpoint filtering e Temperature range 200 C to 1400 C Visualization Application PLC C Features Fast commissioning via graphic user interface User defined changing between actuator and controller operation Heating and cooling path control with one controller is possible Setpoint change during operation is possible setpoint function Suppression of vibrations in the event of major setpoint changes through adaptive setpoint filtering Change of all control parameters is possible during operation Possibility of autonomous determination of the control parameters Precise determination of the target temperature and process monitoring functions e Versatile possibilities for data input and output e Automatic generation of a cleaning pulse for analog cooling controllers e
205. er measurement with common voltage input 90 91 Grid measurement module Current voltage measurement Measuring method True RMS incl harmonics Measurement interval 50 Hz 20 ms 60 Hz 16 67 ms Voltage measurement Number 3 Maximum rated voltage Ui rms 480 VAC ULn ams 277 VAC Voltage measuring range Unt rms 69 3 625 VAC Urn ams 36 361 VAC Accuracy 0 3 Continuous overload UL rms 675 VAC ULn ams 390 VAC Short term overload 1ox1 s interval 10s UL gms 1039 VAC ULy ams 600 VAC Input impedance gt 2 MQ Current measurement Number 6 Accuracy 0 5 Current transformer rated current 1A Current measuring range 0 01 1 2 AAC 1 2 AAC 3 AAC Continuous overload Short term overload 5x1 s interval 300 s Frequency measurement Rated frequency 50 60 Hz Reference range 45 to 65 Hz Accuracy 0 02 Hz Measurement interval Between two zero crossings 50 Hz 20 ms 60 Hz 16 67 ms Power measurement active reactive and apparent power Measured values P Q S per phase and as total Accuracy 0 8 Calculation method DIN 40110 2 Measurement interval Calculation over one period 50 Hz 20 ms 60 Hz 16 67 ms Accuracy values as a percentage of the nominal value at 25 C Grid measurement module Energy Number of energy counters 2 Accuracy 0 8 Resolution 1 Wh Active energy Supplied positive drawn negative Reactive energy Supplied positive dr
206. er modules C C Simulink SMI SVI e Between any modules on different controllers SMI e Interface to visualization SCADA BDE e Standard protocols OPC DA IEC 61850 IEC61400 Modbus e Libraries for integration into separate software for C C C NET Java e Support of battery buffered data RETAIN flag SW module 2 IEC61131 Online functions e Online change exchange of blocks in running operation also for multitasking projects e Monitoring of all project variables e Writing and forcing of variables e Single cycle single step and break points e Sequence control program lines that have been run through will be displayed e Recording and graphic presentation of project variables trace SW module 3 IEC6I131 re Bad cued bem u Unie Vee Mri z Han SGC ela als SD fak saniya Sats a Task ccofiquracice 4 O stm i Tataliitates Poete W 2G rsi Hs esim BG seater messi Bims ath B B reota Ties bee beeen sys E gye Boe a poenheeirg vsw oter pouty 255 f ESG ER SYSTEM gt a 7c FR Aiai ooy piri m A a 1 BE AOTEA i rterveding mel TEs heel ie A ia I PTF prrctronieation Lp ae to every Miche P r bs me pa antw fred LS eG EATALY m T heme nechog Teteg Wmit Pte fez Bric pra pvesn EA getcinme 7910771 frantiae Set 119 OR Pontisse Act 717 firotrun 9960 CycieTine_Max 5492 Boop itertssae lt Top BIC Secliae 9
207. er offers a func tion interface via which any Modbus requests can be sent to the slaves The error messages of the Modbus system Modbus exceptions are passed through to the application software All Ethernet ports for Modbus TCP and UDP as well as all serial interfaces for Modbus TCP are available These can also be distributed spa tially to substations of the control system e Supported protocols Modbus TCP Modbus UDP and Modbus RTU e Use of the onboard interfaces of the CPUs e Possibility of spatial distribution of the interfaces via FAST substations and EM203 or RS204 module e Mapping of the contents of the Modbus Primary Tables to virtual channel values e Multiple networks parallel also for different modes e Gateway functionality also to other bus systems e Investment protection thanks to extremely wide distribution e Compatibility and openness e Easy handling B F N MODBUS TCP UDP RTU A network Modbus coRE n Modb UFB module 1 odbus Slave master UFB module n Channel 1 Channel 2 lt gt Channel 3 Channel 4 Channel 5 Channel 6 Channel 7 Channel 8 Modbus TCP master L CS Com Cot oC OO O a on E G S Q o RS232 S G g a OA a a eaa E Modbus Network 3 Modbus Network 2 Station 1 Station 1 Modbus slave Modbus slave Ethernet 10 100 Mbit s Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 Station Station n Modbus slave Modbus slave Modbus slave Modbus slave Modb
208. erability size x y position x y rotation flashing arbitrary shapes and clippings bevel simple and complex gradient shading transparency semi transparency alpha blending rotation shading transformation adaption of existing SVG graphics OPC UA Ethernet Internet yes project changes during runtime operation yes remote access possible yes several engineering users work on one project Engineering system atvice builder can offer a configured feature set to users different groups qualification levels in engineering XML and CSV no installation required pure web technology installation by Internet network or CD ROM yes project specific adjustments via XML CCD Concurrent Data Points simultanously displayed data items on all connected clients hardware dependent software key server sided M atvise scada DIRT RORE Process data monitor yes Process data statistics yes Systemlog yes Online help system yes System requirements server Device minimum PC or server with at least 500 MHz Intel Pentium oder equivalent 512 MB RAM project dependent network LAN input devices 128 MB available disk space Recommended PC or server with 1 6 GHz Intel Pentium or equiva lent 2 GB RAM project dependent network LAN input device display 1280x1024 512 MB available disk space Operating system Windows XP SP3 Windows 7 32 Windows 7 64 Windows Server 2008 Operating elements
209. erating elements IP54 at the rear The DF900 devices are and design of the 900 series can also be designed with a mounting depth less than adapted to individual requirements 60 millimeters for control cabinet mount ing Aluminum frontpanels with a decora The control panels of the 900 series are tive film and an all round seal also ensure available in two variants to meet different protection to IP65 front mounting requirements the DD9OO series comes with a modern aluminum housing with protection to IP65 at the front and Cabinet PC IPMi400 Processor Celeron M processor ULV 423 1 06 GHz Core Duo processor L2400 2x 1 66 GHz RAM 1 GB 2GB Operating system Windows XP Embedded Slot system PCI HDD Interfaces Ethernet USB PS 2 RS232 CF slot on request 279 Headless IPCs and remote displays Remote displays DD900 series The DD900 remote display is an industrial control panel in a modern aluminum housing The design and operating elements can be adapted to the customer s requirements The integrated USB interface enables a wide range of peripherals to be connected directly on the termi nal CAN enables operating elements on the remote display to be connected directly with the controller hardware without requiring any additional wiring e Remote installation between control panel and IPM up to 100 m e Mounting on support arm e Transfer of video USB and CAN signals via one cabl
210. erator Terminal 15 XGA 1024x768 Resistive Touch Intel Celeron 847E 2x 1 1 GHz 2 GB DDR3 RAM 2x Eth10 100 1000 4x USB2 0 1x RS232 SSD 60 64 GB 2 5 SATA CFast Card Slot operating temp 0 60 C storage temp 20 80 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation Operator Terminal 19 SXGA 1280x1024 Resistive Touch Intel Celeron 847E 2x 1 1 GHz 2 GB DDR3 RAM 2x Eth10 100 1000 4x USB2 0 1x RS232 SSD 60 64 GB 2 5 SATA CFast Card Slot operating temp 0 60 C storage temp 20 80 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation Operator Terminal 12 1 SVGA 800x600 Resistive Touch Intel Core i7 2x 1 7 GHz 4 GB DDR3 RAM 2x Eth10 100 1000 4x USB2 0 1x RS232 SSD 60 64 GB 2 5 SATA CFast Card Slot operating temp 0 60 C storage temp 20 80 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation Operator Terminal 15 XGA 1024x768 Resistive Touch Intel Core i7 2x 1 7 GHz 2 GB DDR3 RAM 2x Eth10 100 1000 4x USB2 0 1x RS232 SSD 60 64 GB 2 5 SATA CFast Card Slot operating temp 0 60 C torage temp 20 80 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation Operator Terminal 19 SXGA 1280x1024 Resistive Touch Intel Core i7 2x 1 7 GHz 2 GB DDR3 RAM 2x Eth10 100 1000 4x USB2 0 1x RS232 SSD 60 64 GB 2 5 SATA CFast Card Slot operating temp 0 60 C storage temp 20 80 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation Operator Terminal 10 4 VGA
211. erfaces for monitoring and analysis of redundancy status Network redundancy included Freely adjustable switchover time automatic switchover in case of error Warm standby redundancy Features Two master CPUs Diagnostic interface for monitoring and analyzing the redundancy status Slaves decide from which CPU the data packet is applied voter Switching time configurable Matching of the master CPUs not integrated Network redundancy Features One master CPU Redundant communication cyclic and non cyclic communication Easy configuration in development environment integrated diagnostics status quality Programming interface libraries and system variables for easy creation of applications Slaves work as smart substations Network switchover in the same PLC cycle 242 243 Redundancy hull H pe Master CPU A Slave Station 1 Slave Station 2 Operator Terminal Redundancy Control M HS REDU RT License to operate a hot standby redundancy on two controller 00019829 63 Hot standby redundancy Mission critical systems applications in harsh environments and facilities where even short outages e g owing to cost restraints are not tolerated are hot standby redundancy s main fields of activity In addition control engineering applications with their requirement of smooth switchover i e no deviation between values when
212. erformance of the PC IT world with the industrial robustness of classical PLC The comprehensive scope of Bachmann electronic software enables it to be used as a PLC motion controller or communica tion and data centre Consistent compatibility of the PACs application software protects the user s investments for future expansions Integrated power supply 17 W 24 V SRAM 512 kB battery backed DRAM 8 MB i FLASH 8 MB file flash 2 MB boot flash O Q l cx gt gt 2 EE i 2 1x Ethernet 10 100 Mbit s or 1x CAN CANopen 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 Slots PCC201 xx Processor modules On Processor modules MX200 series g Features CPU x86 66 MHz CPU 133 MHz CPU 200 MHz Pentium class Integrated power supply 17 W 24 V nvRAM 512 kB DRAM 256 MB FLASH 16 MB internal 2x Ethernet 10 100 Mbit s 1x CAN CANopen 1x USB 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 Slots PCC201 xx CF200 xx Processor modules MPC200 series Features CPU 400 650 700 933 MHz Pentium class SRAM to 512 kB battery backed DRAM 64 or 128 MB FLASH 8 MB internal nvRAM O 64 kB no battery necessary 1x USB 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 2x Ethernet 10 100 Mbit s Slots PCC201 xx CF200 xx AEE Jo AE Jo Processor modules MC200 series Features CPU 600 MHz ATOM E620 1 6 GHz ATOM E680 DRAM 1 GB DDR2
213. erver Quality attribute from controller Display of connection loss Server type Operation without GUI Flat browsing Hierarchical browsing Refresh rates Multi processor support Simulation mode Interfaces to the controller Physical interface to the M1 Basis protocols Protocol Multiple connections per controller Simultaneous queries Number of connected controllers Access protection Supported security levels Encryption Configuration Graphic interface Browsing of controllers Browsing of controller variables SVI OPC data access V1 0 2 04 2 05a 3 0 bidirectional basis types UINT1 UINT8 SINT8 UINT16 SINT16 UINT32 SINT32 REAL32 BOOL8 CHAR8 CHAR16 MIXED REAL64 UINT64 SINT64 block types all basis types basis type BLK e g CHAR8 BLK STRING SVI on OPC automatic user defined yes yes per group one time item possible yes yes per group one quality item possible yes affected items show quality BAD OUT_PROCESS or SERVICE configurable yes yes yes dynamically adjustable per group from 50 ms yes yes Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 Mbit s full duplex TCP IP UDP IP QSOAP SMI VHD yes yes user defined yes configurable 0 to 4 SSL configurable yes OPC configurator yes yes Refresh rates depend on the data volume and the computer performance Free controller performance and network topology network load NO program technical restr
214. esh rates Multi processor support Interfaces to the controller Physical interface to the M1 Basis protocols Protocol Multiple connections per controller Simultaneous queries Number of connected controllers Access protection Supported security levels Encryption Configuration Graphic interface Browsing of controllers Browsing of controller variables SVI Import export Templates Clones with enumeration Restricted access Item names Item access rights Integrated test client Configurations can be saved Access protection on configuration Diagnostics Error logging Debug mode Diagnosis on items Statistics on items yes affected items show quality BAD OUT_PROCESS yes yes yes dynamically adjustable per group from 50 ms yes Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 Mbit s full duplex TCP IP UDP IP QSOAP SMI VHD yes yes 5 maximum yes configurable O to 4 SSL configurable yes OPC configurator yes yes yes CSV yes yes yes only on configured items OPC side can be freely configured renaming lt OPC side can be freely restricted yes yes yes different user levels yes log file yes several can be set yes static items yes static items Refresh rates depend on the data volume and the computer performance Free controller performance and network topology network load Communication Control room networking Installation Installation medium Installat
215. esignations the data types and the associated services are specified The MMS server from Bachmann electronic depicts the variables that are available from the plant control programs e g PLC in the SVI Standard Variable Interface on an IEC conformant communication The user of the MMS server determines the standardized ICD file ICD Intelligent Electronic Device Capability Description what information of the plant is represented and is therefore visible to the client e g the control station This enables individual adaptation to different plants or modular expansion stages Item no License to operate the MMS Server on one controller CPU Allows 00014547 63 communication over the ethernet interface with standards compliant client software using the IEC61850 or IEC61400 25 protocol in accordance with the documentation Software and documentation for the MMS Server Provides com 00014547 xx munication over the ethernet interface according to the standards IEC61850 or IEC61400 25 Without a valid Runtime License the MMS Server runs only temporarily for 2h in demo mode Communication Control room networking Features e It is started as a stand alone software module e No special hardware required pure software solution for all M1 CPU types except ME203 e Configuration of the variable set via standardized ICD file XML format e Mapping of the SVI variables to IEC variables in a readable ASCII file that ca
216. ess connection OPC UA Online Engineering multi user Built in alarm system History database editor and therefore are completely customizable Online offline trending by the user The user can also create own objects e Online language font switching and apply the pre configured dynamizations to e User management and access security these elements The designed user interfaces are e Java script server and client sided immediately and without any modification applicable e OPC UA Data Access and Alarm Conditions on all target systems regardless of screen resolution interface to superior level systems operating system or Web browser Refresh rates and response surpass all previous experience with Web applications and even conventional supervisory control systems SCADA Functions atvise scada in general supports all typical SCADA functionalities in regards to alarming historisation trending user management and multi language For specific requirements an additional high performance client and server side Java Script option is available within a built in script editor This system has been specifically designed for professional automation and control systems and due Windpark Outside temperature Dann 1 Coo o M Current browser compatibility list can be called up at www atvise com atvise scada E E Client Client Client Client Ethernet Internet atvise scada Server Engineering T
217. etc with pulse width modulated signals e 2 pulse width modulated output channels e 2 shielded DSub connectors for output channels e Status indication LED green per output e Choice of high power or TTL output level e Monitoring of the load current e Monitoring of the external supply voltage e Monitoring of the internal temperature Item Item no PWM202 00011056 00 Outputs Quantity State indicating LEDs Output voltage Output current Frequency Duty cycle Resolution channel 1 Resolution channel 2 Galvanic isolation from system Load resistor External power supply Voltage range Power consumption Reverse polarity protection Monitoring External power supply Overvoltage Undervoltage Overcurrent channel Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Execution variants PWM202 2 RDY yellow OUT 1 OUT 2 green 18 48 V Uexternai Or TTL level O0 2Aatf lt 40 kHz and Uut lt 48 V Ta 60 C Channel 1 3 Hz 40 kHz adjustable Channel 2 155 Hz 40 kHz adjustable 0 100 individually adjustable for each channel 16 bit edge aligned or center aligned 10 bit edge aligned 500 V Normally 20 Q 18 48 V DC Max 10 W load Yes Yes power fail signal interrupt Yes Yes Yes 30 60 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation Pulse width modulation
218. ether with an M1 master or a pure slave configuration can be created for an M1 In this regard the slaves can be additional M1 controllers or also standard conformant slave devices from other manufacturers For an M1 controller a pure slave configuration can also be created For this station a GSD file can be exported that facilitates integration in a different configuration tool On the master and slave station the configurator automatically generates logical I O modules for access to the process data that permit an immediate diagnosis and signal test via the Device Manager and enable easy integration into the process image Bit coded values can in this manner be conveniently split into the individual DI or DO signals and given symbolic channel names without the necessity of masking out the bits in the application program e Graphic network configuration e Catalog for managing device descriptions files in GSD format e Generates complete network configurations for applications with M1 as master e Generates reduced configuration for applications with M1 as slave if a master from a different manufacturer is used e Exports GSD files for configured M1 slaves for use in other tools e Flexible creation of access channels that organize the byte stream of the PROFIBUS in handy process values 164 165 Fieldbuses PROFINET More flexibility a more efficient network The Ethernet based fieldbus system in parallel for other
219. f IO stations slaves to connect redundantly over the network Two network redundancy licenses are necessary for warm standby operation for each master cpu one license Redundancy Master CPU A Master CPU B Master CPU A Master CPU B Slave Station 1 Slave Station 2 Slave Station 1 Slave Station 2 Fig 1 Switchover of the active CPU within a PLC cycle e g cycle time 1 ms switchover lt 1 ms Rationale Characteristic Warm standby redundancy with decentral I O 1002 voting integrated yes no automatic synchronization and self monitoring High availability system type CPU redundancy Network redundancy included I O redundancy possible Sensor redundancy possible Switchover not bumpless Continuous dual channel ability yes Communication redundancy yes Processing units recommendation Master M1 standard CPUs of the MPC MC MH families or better I O peripheral Use of special hardware Topology Networking Protocol basis Communication protocol Media redundancy Switches Topologies Ring redundancy Dimension CPUs spatially separable Time synchronization Number of I O stations Smart substations Parallel data traffic Slave Mi standard CPUs of the MX MPC MC MH families or better via MX CPU all from M1 standard module portfolio no straight software solution and standard Ethernet Ethernet IEEE 802 3q Ethertype 0x892D bluecom with redundancy enhancement 100 IEEE 802 3q compat
220. f modules i Power supply module NT255 Power supply of modules via backplane Features Supply voltage 18 34 V DC Monitoring of supply voltage Power fail signal for processor module Galvanic isolation Output power 45 W 55 W Buffer time 18 ms Distribution modules VP200 x Distributor module for backplanes Features 2 potentials up to 24 V or 48 V with 23 pins each 12 A per pin ICI E KE Extremely space saving standardized module sizes robust and absolutely maintenance free mechanical design as well as immunity to ex ternal influences particularly characterize the Mi system concept from Bachmann electron ics ne Gy sf Power supply module i NT250 48 Features Power supply of modules via backplane Supply voltage 38 58 V DC Monitoring of supply voltage Power fail signal for processor module Galvanic isolation Output power 45 W Buffer time 10 ms Dummy module LM201 Features Placeholder for one module slot as a reserve for future extension No electronics Used to protect the backplane Backplane BS2xx 1 16 module slots Backplanes BS2xx 1 16 module slots Seamless connection possible Vibration proof fixing of modules Snappable on backplane Stabile mechanical design Backplanes BS2xx S 1 16 module slots Seamless connecti
221. faces e CIA405 Functions for access to CAN e DN_PLC Functions for access to device net e PB_PLC Functions for access to Profibus e USS PLC Functions for communication with Micromaster frequency converters Extensions relative to CoDeSys e Grouping possibility for I O modules in the process image controller configuration runtime optimized process image only channels being used are processed e CAN objects with symbolic names in the process image e Addressing for inputs outputs undelayed access that bypasses the process image e Adjustment of the interval time and watchdog time in the controller configuration Multiple concurrently running PLC projects on one CPU with different priorities interval times Actual operating system tasks within the PLC projects e GD flag range for shared data from multiple projects on one CPU e RD flag range for remnant battery buffered data Optionally the normal flag range MX MR can also be placed in the battery buffered memory area Interface in the runtime system for libraries Initialization C deinitialization version check memory management management of background tasks provision for online change Programming Support for exception handling in the runtime system Display of the status in error handling ERROR in the interface e Implementation of the I O modules of the process image in the runtime system Optimized for performance flexibility and combinability shared
222. fi oM207_caratais ryan Nane inss cxa E at0282 Carataie par eh gy laro2e2 CardIdi VAR 5 Karteris NS G C netze trix paa Of can ers evar Bh Alle Poon tvAR Rider bomen Maidi f CAN Nets VAR Elle PDOs VAR Underz_e votubi AT 8100 0 2 2 gt DWORO i Nl_Fosition_velue AT 4ID0 0 2 2 DMORD El Profitus terze FIX Profibus eta VAR rBetawert Diagnose Deven FTX Sieve 2 VAR Heeworta FIX r leal Programming M PLC Programming interface PLC programming interface according to IEC 61131 3 M PLC is a complete development environment for programming the M1 controller in accordance with IEC 61131 3 The M PLC puts a simple approach to the powerful IEC language at the disposal of the PLC programmer Use of the edit and debugging functions is based on the proven development program environments of advanced programming languages e Easy entry into IEC 61131 3 e All languages defined in IEC standard 61131 3 are Supported instruction list structured text ladder diagram function block diagram continuous function chart sequential function chart e Editor and debugging functions e Provided libraries with pre finished and tested functions Programming e Editors for programming in all IEC 61131 3 languages IL Instruction List ST Structured Text LD Ladder Diagram FBD Function Block Diagram SFC Sequential Function Chart CFC Continuous Function Chart e Syntax highlighting f
223. fluss S see yj DEMG_PLC fbPID_Controller P_out Durchfluss pa 5 F i Down 3 vi Obere Grenze Durchfluss E resteren v Untere Grenze Durchfluss lad PumplProcess 3 ot 0 nOD S aes i Scope Navigator Merron 4 W Analysis gt ad FastFourierTransformation gt E Motion a a Recording 102014 a 2014 04 03 10 48 29 al 2014 04 03 10 49 01 i 2014 04 03 10 49 33 4 Machine ATFKOL gt lad FrequenceFiltering 4 a Recording_102014 a 2014 04 03 10 44 29 47 2014 04 03 10 45 01 gl 2014 04 03 10 45 33 4 2014 04 03 10 46 05 4 E Service gt i ATFK20140101 gt ia ATFK20140102 gt wh ReferenceCurves 4 amp Testing la CurvesCompare a ad Pump1Process a 2014 04 03 08 46 23 gh 2014 04 03 11 06 28 sare 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 al 2014 04 03 11 07 37 t IR Devices 8 moo 2 Recorder Ch Channels B Legend z a W Machine 1 10 204 80 22 gt kad CurvesCompare INACTIVE 4 ad Pump1Process INACTIVE MAIN_APP fbPID_Controller D_out MAIN_APP fbPID_Controller P_out MAIN_APP gxState_8000ms MAIN_APP gxState_2000ms gt lah ReferenceCurves ACTIVE 30 000 36 000 40 000 46 000 60 000 Calculate Curve Remove Calculated Curve 296 Testing and diagnostics Engineering PC Configuration Data exports TCP UDP QSOAP SSL Mi controller woman re Cuni wenn ra Data Management recorder APP modules l APP
224. for emergency operation load separation or local logging yes possible Ethernet based protocols and services e g HTTP FTP video stream Modbus OPC MMS M1 standard module portfolio bluecom network variables Gateway function for CAN Profibus DP Profinet Modbus EtherCAT via application possible Standard protocols IEC61850 IEC61400 25 IEC60870 5 104 OPC DA Modbus TCP UDP Application development communication library M1Com and MiCom NET see M1 software FTP HTTP SNTP SMTP and security versions SolutionCenter Support via wizards yes Ethernet LAN Internet SolutionCenter Support via wizards M PLC IEC 61131 3 IL LD FBD ST AS SFC Redundancy Configuration Programming Editor CoDeSys Redundancy download Automatic Redundancy debugging yes Redundancy synchronization automatic process variables system software Manual switchover yes Switchover triggering by user Failover automatic via software Multitasking yes one redundant task permissible per PLC application total up to three independent redundancy tasks Mixed operation yes non redundant non synchronized applications can run parallel to redundancy applications Diagnostics Monitoring I O live display SolutionCenter Redundancy status yes Error status yes Diagnostic user interface API yes integrated Statistic user interface API yes integrated Network monitor SolutionCenter Network analysis
225. ft can be changed in running operation Independent master operation or can be synchronized as slave Convenient axis commissioning via monitor Drive Middleware Features Uniform fieldbus independent programming of motion applications in accordance with IEC 61800 7 ae Full integration in the Bachmann as pa alll SolutionCenter Easy addition of new supplemental drives Position control speed control and torque control are integrated Easy management of the drive parameters M TEMP Temperature controller Features Temperature control software for universal implementation Modes Actuator or controller 2 3 point Automatic parameter assignment learn function Heating power monitoring Sensor failure detection For heating sections cooling sections and combined sections Control 342 343 Control Software Software a a iae I aS a Adressen Far Ocaiodhop Wert E SMET Achie 1 AW_A Wet SMCI Achse ZAW A JH M SMC Software Motion Control Software module for regulating the speed and or position of motion axes Based on a simple configuration a wide variety of options or modes of regulation can be selected e Configuration as speed controller position controller or underlying speed controller cascade control e Combined actuator controller operation e Master slave operation for parallel guided mo
226. ge for one SCADA Server for Windows web licening limited to a maximum of 50 concurrent visualised datapoints atvise scada software package for one SCADA Server for Windows web licening limited to a maximum of 150 concurrent visualised datapoints atvise scada software package for one SCADA Server for Windows web licening limited to a maximum of 1500 concurrent visualised datapoints atvise scada software package for one SCADA Server for Windows web licening limited to a maximum of 10000 concurrent visualised datapoints atvise scada software package for one SCADA Server for Windows web licening more then 10000 concurrent visualised datapoints offers serversided scripting in JavaScript on the atvise scada server requires atvise scada grants access for an additional operating station independent of the actual status of the CCD count requires atvise scada standard or higher advanced symbol and objects library with more than 4 000 high quality vector graphic elements per engineering workstation CCD Concurrent Connected Datapoints over http E g 50 CCD one opened webbrowser displaying 50 datapoints or two opened webbrowser displaying 25 datapoints each etc Licenses standard and higher include 1 fixed client Hfi eee heh heed hed 7 iii see samsat sone poau haass sane rs er eet weet nee L inal tF 1000 iji Hi ji cree I i 35 08 15 14 31
227. ge screen e Trend presentation e Mature window technology frames dialogs e Input aids Cursor linking tab order soft keyboard number pad e Extensive cross references search function The Vis Designer supports the most important control elements and image formats it is fully graphic and allows the use of different fonts The user of the visualization application can switchover between any number of languages online In addition to numerous animation types pre finished and easy to configure commands can be stored for user inputs E Main Thruster Engine Control Engine 2 100 2500 0 ey 2000 3000 100 1500 3500 120 500 4500 i A 1000 4000 2 40 40 20 80 60 60 80 80 80 0 100 100 100 5000 fs 0 60 2 200 A E yAxis 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 FA Vis Designer Napametppy KoHTponnepa 100 00 j E w Ea ran lt 6 aig Plajei a esla D ten emia Soest ecto bee hee l 332 333 Vis Designer Features development environment Project management Project data storage Image creation Presentation Color depth designer Window technology Page display Navigation Zoom in the editor Project planning aids Undo Redo Cross reference function Search function Graphic objects Animations Reuse object orientation User interaction Commands Number formatting Va
228. gin rw amp fbPID_Controller a fbPID_Controller D_Term rw rw rw rw 0 01 3 5 850 1370 eo w so O Management of file and variable rights 1 Individual files and variables or entire folders are selectable for the rights management using a browser 2 These are presented in a clear tree structure 3 Finely grained read and write permissions can be assigned user related directly in the list using the Inline Editing function 4 Additionally variables can be limited in the value range a fbPID_Controller LTerm a fbPID_Controller P_Term GMP60870 Installer Opera Viewer Minimum Value Maximum Value w r r r r Defects and operating errors Bachmann provides its controllers with functions Targeted security management only helps in the case for limiting the bandwidth of the ethernet ports in of undesirable and potentially destructive access In order to increase the robustness against intentio advertent changes to machine parameters failures of nal and unintentional network disturbances Real network components or misconfigurations of the ma time processes are not disturbed by overloading of chine network are far more frequent particularly in the network interface the protected environment of production plants but pose the same security threats in terms of symptoms It is advisable to set up a user and access and effects For example a broadcast storm as a manag
229. grouping of values in tables for numerical display of monitor values parameters event logs and access logs Variable values are selected and grouped then descriptive texts formats and physical units are assigned The visualization displays the values according to the selected language and the access right of the current user Both values of the WTE software module and values of any other process variable on the controller can be selected visualization optimized for HMI panels with touch screen under Windows or Linux Definition of descriptive texts for events parameters and monitor values directly in the WTE configurator Export and import of languages to CSV format for external translation Filter for missing translations is available A Visualization Sector specific solutions Character set Text representation of numerical values Brand labeling Event system all international character sets are supported e g for Asian Cyrillic or Arabic languages status information is commonly stored as numerical values For these values it is possible to configure descriptive texts for different languages icons and images can be replaced by manufacturer specific images Event parameters Setting and resetting events Max number of events Trends and snapshots Events are operational states which are derived from sensor data from programmed reactions and from operator input The complete list of all events that mig
230. gt wozo ersam Lit fit ttt fs 00017332 40 mpc293 w e oe oe le le le le Ll woorosrsoo ersam Tt Lit Lt te te e fe 00014445 00 mx207 e ele fle le le fle ll 00018594 x0 Mmx213 ce le fle ce le Tle le le 00018597 x0 Mx213 e oe e ee Pe e 00018593 x0 mx220 e e e et le le el 00019210 00 mx220 e ele et le le le le 00017689 x0 mx220 ss ee et le te e 00012754 00 nT250 48 e Tl fl le Ll 00013251 00 nT25s st le lt ce t he 00016158 00 nT2ss ce e le le le le le l gt oo012081 10 _ Pcc201 8 e e e e et le fle tl RoHS China no ROHS Europe dA Certification in process 385 Standards and approvals Item no Module 00012081 20 PCC201 16 00012081 30 PCC201 32 00012081 40 PCC201 64 00010708 00 PTAI216 00017456 00 PTAI216 00011056 00 PWM202 00021235 00 RS204 00021674 00 RS204 00009542 00 00014544 00 00017459 00 00014545 00 00017462 00 00011756 00 00014273 00 00017465 00 00012672 00 00010851 00 00010850 00 00008673 00 TCO216 C e e ejeje 00014008 00 T1214 et 00014008 20 T1214 2 e egege 1 00009496 00 vP200 e Jegeg o J 00009498 00 vp200 5 e ededed i I x x x eleleletjel e t e e e je le ljel el e e e l e le e e e e e Alalglelelgisiglgigig SOlol Slololzlsleligigis NINININININM Ol LOI IMINie ololol vj ol lalolgig ARRE
231. h redundant 32 bit microcontrollers e Several SDO208 units per controller possible e All safety I O states can be used by M1 controller e Safety programming via SolutionCenter e Galvanic isolation between the groups e Galvanic isolation from the system e Operating state display SAFE e Status display for each channel via LED Item Item no SDO204 00014545 00 SDO204 00017462 00 232 Safety modules Digital outputs Quantity Output voltage range Output current per channel Total current per group max Delay 0 to 1 Delay 1 to 0 Output groups Status display LED Switching frequency max ohmic load Error monitoring Time delayed emergency shut off Internal power supply Galvanic isolation from the system Galvanic isolation between groups Internal power supply Current consumption internal External power supply Reverse polarity protection Input voltage Voltage range Current consumption Connection technology Connection technology Standards Machine safety Approved for Product standard 8 digital outputs can be used redundantly in pairs PL e SIL3 Cat 4 18 34 V DC 2 A nominal 8 A derating from 40 C ambient temperature max 35 us at full load max 155 us at full load 2 electronic fuse green 500 Hz short circuit overload inadequate or excess voltage of the power supply each output individual from 0 1800 s configurable resolution 100 ms Emergen
232. has an internal signal encoder as well as a floating relay output e Extremely compact and powerful e Fanless operation up to 60 C e Visualization with Bachmann Vis Designer e 5 7 color TFT monitor with QVGA or VGA resolution e Optionally with keyboard integrated in the front panel e Marine approval and marine typical special functions Item Item no OT205 BE1 00018216 00 OT205 V BE1 00018218 00 OT205 V BE2 00018221 00 OT205 M BE1 00018217 00 OT205 V BE1 CC 00018219 00 V VGA resolution M maritime variant CC ColdClimate variant Display Diagonal resolution Display type Display brightness Half brightness Processor RAM Processor RAM Mass storage CF card Control display elements Touch screen type Front keyboard Softkeys Enter Cursor keys Multi click keyboard Exit Shift System LED Status LED Interfaces Ethernet 10 100 USB 2 0 RS232 Buzzer Floating relay output Power supply Certifications Ambient conditions Operator terminals 320 x 240 640 x 480 Color TFT 700 cd m min 50 000 h AMD Geode LX800 500 MHz 512 MB UDMA 2 GB analog resistive 11x 1x 4x alpha numeric x 2 X I optional 5x Run Init Error 1x x lt 24 V DC 18 V 36 V CE UL CSA CUL CCC GL ABS BV DNV LR Operating temperature Storage temperature Rel humidity storage operation Standard MEAS Standard ColdClimate 0 6
233. he quick digital 24V output can be selected as Push Pull High Side or Low Side The output can be controlled as simple output or as PWM Up to two signal types can be used simultaneously per channel Analog sensors can be supplied via the digital output short circuit proof and monitored actuator signals read back and digital Signals monitored analog Thus this is a single universal module for countless applications instead of different modules for each signal type A cost effective solution that simplifies logistics and service Various modes can be combined and set easily via a configuration wizard in the SolutionCenter engineering tool e Resolution Input 16 bit with filter output 14 bit e Filter adjustable from 4 kHz to 0 5 Hz per channel e Digital status display for analog channels e Digital inputs in accordance with IEC 61131 Type 1 2 3 e Digital outputs up to 10 kHz e All outputs overload short circuit and external voltage proof e Measuring range monitoring freely adjustable 105 e Error message on overload and overtemperature and undervoltage of the supply e Galvanic isolation from the system 500 V e Condensation proof ColdClimate design 2 40 Analog input output modules Inputs Outputs Quantity Modes per channel Out Analog inputs in general Digital resolution Measuring range Measuring range monitoring Allowed common mode voltage Refresh cycle time Cut off frequency 3 dB Filte
234. ht occur is the central part of the turbine control program Necessary reactions to events like stopping the turbine yawing operations etc are assigned to events For each event a set of the following additional parameters can be configured arbitrary number and type of user defined event reactions Typical are brake yaw and alarm level Creation of follow up events on repeated occurrence of another event within a defined period e g frequent exceeding of a temperature limit Descriptive name of event in different languages for display in the visualiza tion classification in Info Warning Error Possibility to deactivate an event e g during service procedures Required user access right for deactivating time delay after power up e g to wait for the completion of an average calculation time delay between setting an event and calling the reaction required user right for resetting events error acknowledgement automatically by variable value automatically via handler block with hysteresis via set and reset functions of WTE libraries via reset command of the visu depends on access right only limited by memory and CPU load Trends Snapshots continuous long term recording of values for archiving reasons e g for recording of the turbine s production data continuous short term recording of some selected variable values until a trigger condition occurs Then the last few minutes are stored otherwise the
235. iables and functions from the code Debug agent integrated in the M1 operating system MSys no additional settings are necessary Installation and start of the created software module from the development environment Coupling of the debugger to the running software modules Generation and integration of libraries All important compiler settings are accessible via dialogs vxWorks h taskLib h semLib h sysLib h inetLib h string h stdio h mtypes h msys_e h tmio h mio_e h res_e h svi_eh log_e h prof_e h My_Project_e h My_Project_int h MY_PROJECT_CARDNB MY_PROJECT_CARDNB MY_PROJECT_USEDI MY_PROJECT_INTCHAF MY_PROJECT_DELAY Y 306 307 Model based design Simulation Proven security for the future M Target for Simulink enables rapid implementation of algorithms developed in MATLAB Simulink on the M1 automation system Processes are presented in the simulation environment of MATLAB and suitable control and regulation strategies are developed for this The overall system can be varied as often as desired in the computer simulation before trials are executed on real prototypes of machines and plants Automatic code generation enables transfer of the developed algorithms to the controller and automatically establishes the connection to the input output modules used Model based design Simulation SIMULINK Enabled Software MathWorks Partner Software e mt Ge 5
236. ible yes 2 channel galvanically separated Ethernet networks industrial standard managed switch or unmanaged switch with appropriate configuration Star bus ring mesh possible via parallel application of MRP STP and RSTP in compliance with IEEE 802 3 max 2000 m per network section with fiber optic connection via FCS214 module yes see Dimension integrated in network protocol more than 100 yes for example I O stations can execute local applications for emergency operation or load separation or local logging yes possible Ethernet based protocols and services e g HTTP FTP M video stream Modbus OPC MMS 248 249 Redundancy Interfaces I O peripheral Redundancy network Field buses SCADA control station amp PDA IT protocols Configuration Programming Configuration Remote configuration Network configuration Programming Editor Redundancy download Redundancy debugging Redundancy synchronization Manual switchover Multitasking Mixed operation Diagnostics Monitoring I O live display Redundancy status Error status Diagnostic user interface API Statistic user interface API Network monitor Network analysis Performance data Master cycle time I O cycle time I O frame works Switching time M1 standard module portfolio bluecom network variables Gateway function for CAN Profibus DP Profinet Modbus EtherCAT via application possible Standard proto
237. ibrary offers a wide range of ready to use components specifically designed for the wind sector The fully object oriented imple mentation of these components allows an efficient operation reproduction adaptation Connection to external systems The standard OPC UA interface makes it possible to integrate external controller systems based on the IEC61400 25 data model directly into the WPS system Sector specific solutions 376 Sector specific solutions Third party systems that do not support these standards can be integrated using a gateway Bachmann controller that provides the basis for the WPS functions The standard communication protocols of the M1 Profinet Profibus CANBus are available to provi de a basis for taking the process data from the wind turbine Customized proprietary solutions can also be implemented on the gateway controller in order to fully utilize WPS e Sector specific SCADA system e Use of standard OPC UA and IEC61400 25 communication protocols e High scalability Process connection Communication Live process data on all visualization levels Automatic adaption of the graphic solution for PC tablet or smartphone All visualizations are available on a wide range of state of the art hardware such as smartphone tablet or PC Standard user management for SCADA and turbine Online offline trending Online language selection Alarm and data history Protocols Physical interface
238. ical node Data Data set Reporting Control 205 Description Services IEC 61850 Represents the visible outwards appearance of a device All other functional groups are part of the server Service for connection with a client Allows restricted access to informa tion and functions of the server Represents a group of functions GetLogical with each function defined as DeviceDirectory logical node ServerDirectory Represents a certain function LogicalNode e g the overvoltage protection Directory GetAllDataValues Allows specification of typified aaa a information such as the position SetDataValues O of a Switen with quality information and timestamp Allows grouping of different data CreateDataset o Deletedataset o Ceara ct sa Describes the conditions for Report Report BRCB reporting based on client defined parameters Reporting can be triggered by Report URCB change of process data e g data GetURCBValues C change or by quality changes SetURCBValues The reports can be sent immedi ately or delayed The reports con tain information on status changes and events data update excepted Describes the service for the con trol of devices or groups for para SelectWithValue meter specification for instance ae a 34 Command Termination IEC 61400 25 O O O JOJ 3 O O 0O O S O O S S X Communication Control room
239. ication at the machine and plant level too bluecom Features Networking of more than 500 subscribers in a free network topology with bidirectional transmission of at least 250 bytes in a real time cycle of 20 ms Continuous additions of stations and entire network segments during real time operation Optimization of speed and bandwidth utilization en sure high data throughput with low CPU and network load Monitoring and analysis of the state of the network and the fastest location of errors possible with no extra effort via integrated diagnostic and monitoring interfaces Standards compliant implementation is the basis for the influence free coexistence of real time communi cation parallel to other Ethernet based protocols and services 184 185 bluecom Se bluecom bluecom defines an open real time transmission protocol optimized for the requirements of diverse Ethernet based network structures that have grown over time Structures such as these can be found in the networking of alternative energy plants for instance the so called virtual power stations Software Software bluecom connects hundreds of network devices deterministically and is not assigned to proprietary extensions of Ethernet standard IEEE 802 3 The user is free to choose the topology the transmission medium and the transmission rate As a result bluecom render the most cost efficient real time networking of new and pre exist
240. ices e g HTTP S FTP S SNTP SMTP video stream Modbus OPC MMS employing appropriate network hardware accuracy achievable subject to CPU type used and master clock used 186 bluecom Configuration Programming Configuration Remote configuration Network configuration Programming Software interfaces Network variables Adding removing slaves Diagnostics Monitoring I O live display I O network variables Channel status Error status Diagnostics Statistics Network monitor Network analysis Bandwidth limitation Jitter monitoring QoS Performance data Number of I O stations Cycle time Transmission frame cyclic Transmission frame acyclic Capacity under test conditions CPU load only Protocol CPU load Protocol GetData SetData Network load SolutionCenter Support via wizards yes Ethernet LAN Internet SolutionCenter Support via wizards IEC 61131 3 C C user interfaces integrated Library functions API for sending and receiving and for monitoring and che cking the full and proper delivery of packets as well as the management of I O stations yes configuration of variables at the endpoints automatically generates bluecom communication channel yes possible hot plug yes SolutionCenter IEC 61131 3 C C yes for every I O channel status value yes for every bluecom channel yes SolutionCenter IEC 61131 3 C C yes SolutionCenter IEC 61131 3
241. iction Limit value depends on performance of the computer the network and the capacity utilization of the controllers Communication Control room networking Configuration Import export Templates Clones with enumeration Restricted access Item names Item access rights Integrated test client Configurations can be saved Access protection on configuration Diagnostics Error logging Debug mode Diagnosis on items Statistics on items Installation Installation medium Installation can be automated silent License basis License protection Configured installation System prerequisites server Computer Processor RAM Network card Hard disk Graphic Input devices Operating system OPC Server Other software System prerequisites M1 Mi automation devices System software yes CSV yes yes yes only on configured items OPC side can be freely configured renaming lt OPC side can be freely restricted yes yes yes different user levels yes log file yes several can be set yes static items yes static items CD ROM or network yes per installation single license obligation hardware dependent software key yes items controller configuration as well as configuration users can be preset IBM compatible PC Intel x86 architecture minimum Intel Pentium 500 MHz or comparable Windows 2000 recommended Intel Core2Duo or Core2Quad with gt 2 GHz minimum 256 MB RAM
242. ights Priority Level Add User 4 32 Engineer amp Albert eccccce 0 Edit User Rights a tle Delete User amp Bernhard 9 eeeceee 0 a Cyril COLTI 0 gt 32 Operator Ox7 FFFFFFEDOFB7FFD 4 33 Viewer Ox7 FFFFFFED3FB7FBD amp Gustav eccccce FFFFEC 0 amp You are changing group rights If you press Finish the rights of all users in that group will be changed write V write V write write V write write E read V read V read V read read Files FTP NFS RFS Console Reboot permit Runtime measurement V Softwaremodule write Date Time set V Webserver login Systemupdate Software Firmwareupdate Filesystem format User Information request Telnet login Validity Period Starting time Ending time Application rights Ox7 FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF Access Control includes a powerful module for user and access control Users and groups can be created by simple Copy amp Paste as well as by integrated inheritance logic thus saving a great deal of time The clear assign ment of system rights allows the specific assignment of rights for each user Security W MyController 10 204 91 2 52 File and Folder Rights File Folder Engin 4 Device a cA APP Installer Opera O evtlog Parameters 4 Sa nvrarmdQ bootlog txt logfile old logfile txt 000000 SVI Rights Variable a S DEMO_PLC En
243. igital input Connection type Connection for analog and Phoenix Contact MINICOMBICON connector RM 3 5 with flange digital I O Connection type Screw clamp spring tension clamp plug codable labeling by channels Operating conditions Supply voltage 18 34 V DC Mounting Mountable on backplane BS2xx Mounting position Horizontal vertical at 20 55 C Horizontal vertical at 30 55 C operating temperature operating temperature Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation Execution variants ISI222 Positioning module 2x In INC SSI 1MHz 32bit RS422 level INC A A B N position gate time period velocity encoder supply 5V 15V 24V 2x Out 10V 14bit 0 025 40us synchronized PreSYNC 4x DI 24V trigger homing ISI1222 Like ISI222 ColdClimate ISI222 8 Positioning module 2x In INC 8MHz 32bit RS422 level INC A A B N position gate time period velocity encoder supply 5V 15V 24V 2x Out 10V 14bit 0 025 40us synchronized PreSYNC 4x DI 24V trigger homing SSI Encoder not supported Function modules Pulse Width Modulation Module PWM202 The pulse width modulation module PWM202 has two power outputs for direct activation of inductive or ohmic loads such as DC motors immersion coils
244. ignificance of a powerful scalable and absolutely reliable networking solution Networking as the backbone of every automation solution has the task of connecting different sub components according to their requirements in terms of signaling In this regard rigorous requirements are imposed on real time capability manipulation security as well as availability To meet these high requirements Bachmann electronic provides an extensive offering of different networking components For example our offering enables a central control room connection adapted to the particular customer requirements via Ethernet or a machine internal flexible connection of the individual machine components on the controller via real time capable fieldbuses You decide which of the networking possibilities established on the market best fits your automation task Bachmann electronic is guaranteed to have a Suitable solution in its product line bachmann a 112 System networking Interfaces Numerous upgrade possibilities The M1 CPU already offers hardware interfaces for Ethernet and serial connections If needed the number of these interfaces can be increased by placement of appropriate hardware modules on the backplane The RS204 module offers additional serial ports with Topology Interface ll SERVICE INSTALLER CMS SYSTEM Modbus RTU 9 pin D Sub connectors In addition the EM203 module extends the system by additional network
245. iles and transferred to the controller Thanks to the easy interface to the application and to the commissioning tools a signal test can be executed immediately e Managing EDS files in the device catalog e Online and offline configuration of networks e Bus scan of online networks for convenient creation of a configuration e Graphic network presentation e Graphic presentation of the PDO mapping e Tabular editor for network parameters e Editors for specific device parameters e Tabular editor for the object directory enables adding changing and deleting of network variables e Fast workflow for the creation of standard configurations The CAN monitor in the SolutionCenter enables more extensive diagnostics It offers dialogs for e Direct SDO access e NMT and LSS commands e PDO triggering e Access to emergency lists 152 Fieldbuses DeviceNet Proven basis new view DeviceNet is based on the same physical layer as CAN however it has an object oriented view of the process data and uses monitored point to point connections The bus system is standardized through the ODVA Open DeviceNet Vendor Association The DeviceNet master module and its software equipment enable operation of the Mi controller as DeviceNet master MS RUN MS ERR and DeviceNet slave as well as simultaneous operation in two networks in combined master slave mode The cyclic data is available to the application program via the process image
246. in 25 samples s Memory Internal memory 2 GB Recording period 150 days at 25 samples s Real time clock RTC Deviation year lt 15 minutes year battery buffered Diagnostics 2 status LEDs Operation fault and communication Connections interfaces Ethernet ETH Power supply PWR 10 100 Mbit s RJ45 socket push pull variant 4 12 V 10 34 V with reverse polarity protection push pull variant 4 Housing power supply IP 67 150 mm x 150 mm x 40 mm Degree of protection Dimensions Environmental condition Operating temperature 40 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation Model SVM300 E Structural vibration monitor with Ethernet connection and two accel eration axes 366 l hit f n Fast Flexible Future proved Sector specific solutions Bachmann offers sophisticated automation solutions to its customers world wide in a wide range of application areas Setting new standards thinking ahead as well as responding quickly and flexibly to new challenges these are the tasks to which we are committed in securing the critical competitive edge for our customers All our activities are focused on the benefit to the customer We deliver tailored solutions and set ourselves the highest stan dards The independence we have in development and production enables us to ta
247. in the area of Bachmann electronic offers a fieldbus mechanical engineering and plant interface module for the backplane that engineering and even today in spite can be used both as master of all Ethernet based fieldbuses it as well as slave The SolutionCenter continues to show increasing quantities contains a complete configurator that A broad palette of peripheral components enables interfaces to the engineering and an active user organization will also tools of other manufacturers through ensure long term availability of the consistent application of standards orm G f PROFIBUS DP master DPM200 Features Fast ASIC technology Transfer rate 9 6 kbit s 12 Mbit s Up to 3 masters per M1 controller Maximum 125 slave stations with repeater SS i E S mom Multiple networks multiple networks per CPU pane eens an Convenient integration of the GSD files ae a PROFIBUS DP class 1 master eae Support of all baud rates 9 6 Kbaud to 12 Mbaud TE defined in the standard se Bee Sat a oe eS Transparent access to IO and process variables wea om 4 owo 4 0 x0 ii iz i i Paral R RRR TETERE i ELE Frippe k Beet oau sesten mam 161 opm200 o c UL us usro zare ED imp comteo GS PROFIBUS PROFIBUS DP master module DPM200 The interface module for Profibus DP Distributed Peripherals can be operated as DP master DP slav
248. ing of maintenance is necessary A Condition Monitoring System CMS integrated in the automation system can provide all information in order to detect failure hazards early on and plan maintenance tasks in good time Thus the costs for spare parts and maintenance can be minimized and downtimes can be significantly reduced Condition Monitoring is based on the continuous or regular acquisition of the machine condition by measuring and analyzing meaningful physical variables e g vibration temperature condition of lubricant etc A CMS that is built with the Bachmann M1 system benefits from its versatile communication and service interfaces and also reduces the training period of the operating and maintenance personnel Secure web technologies also enable defined access to the full system or to individual parts of the plant from the outside Thus data is accessible at all times for operators and maintenance personnel so that optimal process control and power generation are ensured GL Renewables Certification CERTIFICATE NO TC GL 002A 2014 Rev 1 bachmann y 354 355 Condition Monitoring More control fewer outages The operational availability of modern machines and plants requires a comprehensive maintenance and service concept as well as a consistent design Due to the high costs of failure heavy mechanical elements for power transmission power trains gears prime movers and bearings in particular place con
249. ing systems possible e Real time networking of more than 500 sub stations with cycle time of less than 20 ms at 250 bytes of bidirectional data transmission e Compatible with every MX MPC MH and MC series processor module e Ethernet based real time protocol without specific requirements for networking topology e Optimized for speed and bandwidth utilization e Efficiency by design low CPU and networking utilization e Hot plug functionality when removing and adding network stations Item Item no 00019331 61 bluecom CL License to operate the bluecom communication software on any number of Bachmann controller CPUs Redustribution exclusively together with CPU modules bluecom CL AMT One year extension of product support and update delivery for 00019331 71 the bluecom Company License bluecom RT Runtime License to operate the bluecom communication 00019331 63 software on one controller CPU Enables the communication with one or several bluecom compliant devices Extension of product support and update delivery is covered by a valid M Base Annual Maintenance bluecom DL License to develop bluecom compatible products on third party 00020721 64 devices by any number of employees in one location Porting License bluecom DL AMT One year extension of product support and update delivery 00020721 74 for the bluecom Porting License bluecom e Parallel communication via the same interfaces e Multi master functio
250. io of negative sequence components to positive sequence components The reference value is the current basic oscillation component A Grid measurement module Current asymmetry ANSI 46 Description EN 50160 Asymmetry is defined as the ratio of negative sequence components to positive sequence components The reference value is the current basic oscillation component Power quality monitoring PQM Description Monitors voltage and current harmonics up to the 50th harmonic Trips if one of the pre defined limits is exceeded evaluation per phase Total harmonic distortion Total demand distortion Individual amplitudes of voltage harmonics Individual amplitudes of current harmonics Protection elements Time synchronization Basic principle The GMP module is synchronized automatically with the real time clock of the PLC CPU This can be synchronized via the network Physical medium Ethernet CPU Protocols IEEE 1588 PTP Precision Time Protocol SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol Event logging with real time stamp SER sequence of events recorder Description Monitoring events configured alarm protection functions are stored with a precise time reference when they occur Type of memory Nonvolatile on the module Size 1000 entries Real time data recorder digital fault recorder DFR Description A high resolution time sequence recording can be started automati cally when a monitoring function is trigge
251. ion Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D 310 x 234 x 68 mm 341 x 253 x 68 mm Weight approx 2 5 kg approx 3 0 kg ii Customer specific front panel on request ii Windows Embedded Standard 8 on request anor not included 266 267 Operator terminals Display Diagonal 19 SXGA 1280x1024 Display type Farb TFT Half brightness min 50 000 h Processor RAM Processor Celeron 847E 2x 1 1 GHz or Intel Core i7 2x 1 7 GHz RAM 4GB Mass storage SSD gt 64 GB CFast card gt 4 GB ontrol display elements Touch screen type analog resistiv Folienfront System LEDs Power Diag Act Interfaces Ethernet 10 100 1000 MBit 2x USB 2 0 4x RS232 1x Power supply 24 V DC 18 V 36 V galvanically isolated Certifications CE UL CSA CUL CCC Software Operating systems Windows Embedded Standard 7 Visualization atvise scada M1 webMI pro Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 60 C fanless Storage temperature 20 80 C Rel humidity operation storage 5 95 without condensation Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D 341 x 253 x 74 mm 406 x 308 x 81 mm Weight approx 3 5 kg approx 5 0 kg 471 x 375 x 82 mm approx 6 5 kg A i Customer specific front panel on request an Windows Embedded Standard 8 on request E not included Variants Operator terminals OT1310 BE1 GT1GO0 0T1312 BE1 GT1G0 OT1315 BE1 GT1G0 0T1319 BE
252. ion 5 95 without condensation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation Model variants DIO16 C CAN slave digital input output module 16x DIO 24V 1A 1 group CAN CANopen 2x DSUB 9 In Out up to 1Mbit s isolated DIO16 C like DIO16 C ColdClimate DIO32 C CAN Slave Digital IO module 32x DIO 24V 1A 2 groups CAN CANopen 2x DSUB 9 In Out up to 1Mbit s isolated DIO48 C CAN Slave Digital IO module 16x DI 32x DIO 24V 1A 2 groups CAN CANopen 2x DSUB 9 In Out up to 1Mbit s isolated DIO264 C CAN Slave Digital IO module 32x DI 32x DIO 24V 1A 2 groups CAN CANopen 2x DSUB 9 In Out up to 1Mbit s isolated 146 T fi 7 as f a TF A CANopen Analog and digital input output module DA3284 C Noteworthy compactness and a clever mix of possible signal types are offered by the CAN bus compact module DA3284 C As a stand alone fieldbus module CANopen the module offers the complete I O spectrum already integrated for small applications or distributed signal connection points It is the ideal addition to the familiar family of CAN digital modules and is an optimum all in one peripheral for small applications e g such as those based on the control terminals CT300 CT200 from Bachmann electronic The channel specific programmable mode on off or applied standard signal enables the unit to be adapted ideall
253. ion can be automated gt silent lt System prerequisites server Computer Processor RAM Network card Hard disk Graphic Input devices Operating system OPC Server Other software System prerequisites M1 Mi automation devices System software CD ROM or network See standard package M Base and M COM yes IBM compatible PC Intel x86 architecture minimum Intel Pentium 500 MHz or comparable Windows 2000 recommended Intel Core2Duo or Core2Quad with gt 2 GHz minimum 256 MB RAM Windows 2000 recommended gt 1 GB RAM at least 1x Ethernet 802 3 gt 300 MB free 1024 x 768 or better only for configuration keyboard 2 button mouse only for configuration Windows Vista Windows XP Windows 2000 Text editor or MS Excel recommended for external configuration families ME MX MPC MPE as well as CT WT200 CT WT300 achievable performance is type dependent MSys V2 11 or higher for full function scope 198 Communication Control room networking jz Mi OPC enterprise server Openness Productivity and Connectivity Software OPC defines a number of manufacturer neutral software interfaces for automation www opcfoundation org With OPC data access actual states and values online data can be exchanged between controllers and software applications such as visualizations control systems or production data acquisition As a pure software interface OPC runs on a PC or IPC under
254. ion functions harmonic analysis integrated realtime data recorder 16 channels sequence of event log with realtime stamp GMP232 CC Like GMP232 ColdClimate r S Item Item No GM260 00022162 00 Grid measurement module Grid measurement module GM260 The GM260 module enables the safe reliable and fast measuring of all relevant values for three phase electrical networks Two separate three phase branches can be measured if there is a common voltage measuring point The grid variables are calculated online in the module as TrueRMS values including harmonics up to the 40th harmonic This is particularly useful for applications such as for operational measurement on machines or the energy monitoring in plants and buildings As well as functions for determining the active apparent and reactive power for each phase two separate 4 quadrant energy counters are directly integrated in the module The GM260 module is fully integrated in the Bachmann SolutionCenter Both the measured channel values and also the derived values are made available directly in the user interface e Measurement of current voltage frequency power power factor phase angle e Direct connection to input voltages up to 480 VL ams e TrueRMS calculation online e 2 independent 4Q energy counters e Compact design for 2 three phase branches o K Current oO h inputs J Current 7 Q inputs a ee Application example Pow
255. irements Broad spectrum of usable implementation technologies C C MATLAB Simulink on the real time operating system VxWorks Synergy by using fieldbus and service communication Local memory in evaluation CPU CF card PC card 358 359 Condition Monitoring Analog inputs Quantity Measuring range Resolution Dynamic Scan rate Frequency range general Error full scale at 25 C Digital filter Distortion attenuation distortion factor THD N fen m 1kKHz fSample 50kHz bevela ronte 0 dB Level iy rom rube 20 dB Level 40 dB IN_from_FullScale _ Input impedance Current source for ICP interface Cross talk control range Error detection Interference voltage strength Incremental and counter inputs Interface Number of channels Display Counter frequency Measured value resolution Input signals Filter frequency Error detection Evaluation Supply Galvanic isolation from system Frequency bands f sample AC coupled 6 V ICP interface gt 17 bits gt 95 dB 10 V up to 50 kHz per channel adjustable 0 1 Hz 20 kHz 20 1 adjustable depending on sampling frequency lt 78 dB lt 68 dB lt 48 dB 200 kOhm 5 mA channel 8 12V wire break 15 36 V 24 V initiators proximity switch with 10mA sink gt 1 MOhm 2 V incremental either one incremental interface or two counter inputs can be used for proximity switches yes via green
256. isplay LED Switching frequency max ohmic load Error monitoring Time delayed emergency shut off via controller I O bus or serial interface COM 1 minimal 5 ms via SDI208 or SDO204 modules 16 digital inputs can be used redundantly in pairs PL e SIL3 Cat 4 15 34V DC 34 5 VDC 300 us 1 ms with deactivated test clocking type 1 3 5 mA at 24 V DC green internal function monitoring external test clocking optional 8 digital outputs can be used redundantly in pairs PL e SIL3 Cat 4 18 34 V DC 0 5 A nominal 2A max 35 us at full load max 155 us at full load 2 electronic fuse green 500 Hz short circuit overload inadequate or excess voltage of the power supply each output individual from 0 1800 s configurable resolution 100 ms Emergency shut off is activated in the event of communication lost e g cable break or failure in the supply voltage 228 229 Safety modules Internal power supply Galvanic isolation from the 500 V system Galvanic isolation between 500 V groups Internal power supply Backplanes BS2xx Current consumption internal 5 V 600 mA via backplane External power supply Reverse polarity protection yes Input voltage 24 V DC 18 34 V Current consumption normally 95 mA at 24 VDC current consumption of the encoders and sensors Connection technology Connection technology screw or spring terminal writable and codable plug
257. ital output Output type Low Side High Side or Push Pull half bridge Output current channel 0 1 A briefly 0 5 A for lt 10 s Short circuit current channel 800 mA Max switching frequency 10 kHz Broken wire detection Yes Short circuit overload Yes PWM output Output Specification like digital output Frequency range 0 95 Hz 10 kHz Pulse range 100 us 10 us 8 192 ms Frequency resolution 16 bit LSB is 125 ns or 16 us Internal power supply Supply internal Via backplane BS2xx Current consumption internal 80 mA Power supply external Voltage range external 18 34 VDC Current consumption external Typically 200 mA without external load 24 V Galvanic isolation from the 500 V system Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation 5 95 with condensation Design variants GIO212 Universal input output module 12x analog In 10V 20mA Pt TC 16bit analog Out 10V 20mA 14bit digital In DI 5V 24V 125kHz sink source counter digital Out 24V 100mA 10kHz highside lowside pushpull pwm configurable DI AI filter 100us sample and refresh time threshold moni toring isolated GIO212 Like GIO212 ColdClimate 3 Analog input output modules Universal input output module AIO208 216 The AIO208 and AIO21
258. itch optic cable can be constantly monitored like the SWI205 or as a media converter in diagnostic tools as well as in the with switch functionality like the FCS214 controller side software Thus deficient Bachmann electronic offers Ethernet connection quality due to installation networking components in recognized errors or due to aging of the components and proven quality In addition with the can be detected and corrected in a timely FCS additional diagnostic functions are manner even before a failure occurs Topology Ethernet VISUALIZATION om ce OF FO MULTIMODE CABLE LEE INTERNET CONVERTERS Ethernet Industrial Ethernet switch SWI205 Features Cable length to 100 m per line RJ45 connections 5 Status display via LED Transfer rate max 100 Mbit s Line impedance 100 Q QoS IEEE 802 1Q p Ethernet Remote Station ERS202 Features 1 serial interface 2 Ethernet interfaces 10 100 Mbit s with status displays 1 USB interface RAM 256 MB DRAM Data memory 512 kB NVRAM Integrated power supply Media converter unmanaged switch FCS214 Features Implementation copper FO Up to 1 Gbit s throughput Unmanaged easy commissioning Reliable hardware Detailed integrated diagnostic possibilities 120 Ethernet Industrial Ethernet switch SWI205 The module SWI1205 is a powerful and industry compliant Ethernet switch
259. itor for generation process images From the supplied basic elements such as buttons input fields or selection lists the pages are built up and linked with process variables Your own graphics and icons can be easily imported Convenient dialogs guide the user through all important work steps so that no programming skills whatsoever are required for a simple visualization Finished created applications can be executed per mouse click either as a complete application directly on the PC or they can be installed as software modules on the visualization devices of the WT CT OT or IPC series Another possibility is that the application can also be stored as an applet on a web server e g on an M1 controller In this case the visualization application can be loaded and executed from any Java capable visualization device PC IPC OT WT CT The running application is fully network capable and communicates autonomously with the SVI interfaces of all automation devices from Bachmann electronic e Full graphic visualization software for HMI applications operating monitoring e Complete configuration tool with graphic user interface e Platform neutral thanks to Java technology e Visualization can run on e PC IPC e Operator terminals OT WT e Control terminals e Web capable through applets and Java Webstart e Extensive presentation possibilities e Online language switchover e Recipes dataset management e Alarm handling messa
260. iving of records on the controller trigger and pre trigger multiple recordings Comprehensive graphical representation chart and evaluation functions data export on the PC SolutionCenter integration License bound to target device Installation medium for Scope 3 DVD Software module for the M1 controller and Scope 3 tool for displaying recordings and data analysis A Scope soft ware module without a valid runtime license can be used for up to two hours for recordings After that the recording is stopped but it is possible to restart after a period of 10 minutes Without a runtime license archiving functions on the M1 controller are disabled 300 301 Programming Maximum performance for maximum stability Any automation platform is only as Also the model based development via good as the software that is available UML Design coding or integration in for it The stability real time capability the function block editors of MATLAB and performance of the runtime Simulink are unique in the industrial system have the highest priorities environment Comprehensive complete The M1 automation system can be provided libraries simplify the use even of programmed in the respective familiar complex units from automation motion environment of the automation engineer control and information technology web All five languages of IEC 61131 3 are Supported as are C C or Java M PLC programming interface Features Easy en
261. lation of channels Galvanic isolation from system Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Execution variants AO202 Analog output module AO202 The analog output module AO202 offers two high precision 16 bit analog output channels e 2 analog outputs e Output voltage 10 V 10 V e Resolution 16 bit e Outputs can be synchronized e Galvanic isolation of channels e Galvanic isolation from system e Differential connection e Short circuit proof e Monitoring of internal power supply Item Item no A0202 00010692 00 2 10 V output is corrected to 2 mA 16 bit 305 uV gt 120 dB between the channels 2 5 mV 0 0125 12 mV 0 06 10 us per channel 500 V 500 V 30 60 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation Analog output module 2x Out 10V 16bit high precision 0 0125 10us refresh cycle single isolated Analog input output modules A0208 OQ F Analog output module AO208 I The analog output module AO208 I offers eight 13 bit current outputs e 8 analog outputs e Output current 0 20 mA or 4 20 mA e Resolution 13 bit e Apparent ohmic resistance lt 5002 e Galvanic isolation from system e Monitoring of internal voltages e Short circuit proof Item Item no A0O208 I 00011244 00 A0O208 I 00017441 00 Current outputs Q
262. le SIL3 PLe 8x DI 24V SIL2 PLd 16x DI like SDI208 ColdClimate 2 Safety Control Safety modules Safety output modules SDO204 The safety output module SDO204 adds an additional 4 output channels to the safety logic controller SLC284 and a homogeneous overall system is created through the independent and safe inclusion in the M1 controller Through the free choice of the slot either directly beside the safety controller through bus expansion or several hundred meters away through the FASTBUS the safety system can be optimally adapted to the distributed requirements and existing infrastructure of the system The input module SDO204 is approved under the latest safety standard IEC61508 The input module can be easily integrated in the overall safety application comparable with a standard I O module as the proven SolutionCenter development platform offers the easiest configuration most flexible type of programming and a safe simulation via easily combinable PLC Open function modules All variables and states of the SDO204 safety output module are accessible in other machine program languages PLC C C Java however the visualization is also available and makes bothersome parallel wiring unnecessary e 8 digital outputs can be used redundantly in pairs PL e SIL3 Cat 4 e Each output with emergency delay is configurable in the event of communication lost e Safe monitoring of the inputs wit
263. leration Configurable PID controller structure with FeedForward Different methods for implementing master slave applications Support of fieldbus systems CAN SERCOS EtherCAT Easy commissioning through the Windows interface SMC monitor Test function for determination of the section parameters 344 Control LU SHAFT MONITOR Datei Parameter Programme Befehle Analyse Optionen Software Software Konigswelle Override Mehrfach 100 Ist Zyklus Status Dauerhub M SHAFT Shaft controller M SHAFT is a software module that simulates a virtual shaft that turns from 0 to 360 Different axis types can be synchronized on this shaft M SHAFT is ideally suited for machines with a cyclically recurring sequence such as packaging machines processing machines etc e Speed rpm of the shaft can be changed in running operation e Independent master operation or can be synchronized as slave e Up to 32 axes per software module can be synchronized to the shaft e Step up step down ratio for each axis can be freely selected e Axes can be switched on and off in running operation e End position monitor and dead time compensation for digital axes e Offline collision monitoring of the axes e Convenient commissioning tool M SHAFT monitor fi 0 Soll Hubzahl 30 0 14min 31 Ist Hubzahl 30 0 1 min Fi i vii Achse JAktiv REL WEG Linker_Motor
264. les SM ICEsoft Swing RI 0 x File Navigation Options Bookmarks Help e e ex 2lel Location http localhost svi browserf amp Sourcename MIO 4i7 Access rw Datatype SINT32 Arraylength 1 DataLength 4 min 0 max 237 Value 127 RES EHD INFO MIO CAN VHD DBG PLCSRV Trend MOD nr cine s Ai TDi 0 0 1000 0 2000 0 TPL_CTRL 1 0 Se 1 0 USRLEVEL PRX E Datasources E M1_DataSource 10 10 99 40 scot DEMOSRY 0 5 LE M1 10 10 99 42 RES EHD INFO 0 0 0 0 Ml E MIO E MIO Hl MIO14 3 ans HE MOr Mossi E MlOs4si6 S OAT 1 0 1 0 8 MIOS Caia 0 0 s 1 0 s 2 0 s E Mlof4i10 E lOr 1 E M0412 4 gt time Applet lt at bachmann vis test TestSwingBrowser gt started 337 Visualization M JVIS DACC The M JVIS DACC package manages process variables and their values DACC Data Access M JVIS DACC consists of the following components e Process variable management e Recipe management e Unit switchover e Communication interface M JVIS UTIL The M JVIS UTIL package consists of the following components e Language management language switchover e Protocols e Alarm handling e Quality table statistical process control M JVIS GUI The M JVIS GUI contains the graphic components The graphic components are based on AWT M JVIS GUI consists of the following components e XY diag
265. les of the project can be activated depending on the expansion stage signals can be connected to different sources and potentially susceptible equipment thus a project for maximum machine expansion can be created and tested Adaptation to the real degree of expansion is achieved through the bringing together of the desired parts Commissioning of individual machine parts is also possible in this manner Safety Developer Logging The verification obligation is supported in different ways For logging of acceptance a project report can be generated that also presents the entire program code graphically The tamper proof log book of the safety controller logs each safety rele vant change in the system such as the download of a changed program Thus any manipulation can be traced with user name date and time Optionally the safety program can be stored on the safety controller and can be opened and further processed from the controller Additional user specific information such as author version history and additional comments can be stored for each network Hardware configuration In addition to the tools for variable selection programming and logging the safe hardware can also be directly configured in the Safety Developer This includes not only assignment of unique channel names but particularly also allocation of the controller to the project the adding of additional safe I O modules and specification of test inter
266. levant data such as in the case of sporadically occurring errors Calculation of additional curves from the recording values facilitates retrospective analysis A special exchange format enables saving and sending of the recording configuration and entered values in one and the same file Thus for example Scope recordings can be forwarded by email and further processed by the recipient to their full extent zoom measurement with cursors calculated curves etc Scope 3 lt is also the right tool for the long term archiving of measured values directly on the con troller The maximum storage space available is configured and the recording started by means of archiving limits Thus millions of data points can also be archived directly on the controller Backup and export func tions then allow further processing of the collected data e Recording of analog and digital values e Real time acquisition directly on the controller e Long term recordings per database e Large number of signals multiple acquisition tasks possible a cope File Edit Window Help li Pump Process XI Testing and diagnostics High resolution variable sampling priority Versatile trigger possibilities pre triggers and post triggers Graphic evaluation curve display on the PC Measurement of curves Scaling shifting of curves and calculated curves Overlay of reference curves Archiving export on the PC HOT Ei bS 4 C Durch
267. log input module A1204 4 00017447 00 Analog output module A0208 I 00017441 00 Analog input output module AI0288 00016157 00 Temperature recordung module PTAI216 00017456 00 Temperature input module T1214 00018808 00 Measurement module for Condition Mon AIC212 00017444 00 Functional module Item designation Item number Counter modulel CNT204 H 00016407 10 Positioning module ISI1222 00016421 00 Grid measurement module Item designation Item number Grid measurement module GMP232 00019063 00 Interface module Item designation Item number Industrie Ethernet Master EM213 00017470 00 Interface module RS204 00021674 00 389 System networking Item designation Item number ColdClimate Ethernet Remote Station ERS202 00021244 00 Media converter FCS214 F amp 00019104 10 Media converter FCS214 G 00019104 00 FASTBUS module FM221 00018091 10 FASTBUS module FM222 00018091 00 FASTBUS module FM221 Nz 00018092 10 FASTBUS module FM222 Nz 00018092 00 CANopen Master module CM202 00016404 00 PROFIBUS DP Master module DPM200 00018302 00 Decentralized CAN modules Item designation Item number Digital input output module DIO16 C 00017453 00 Analog and digital in output module DA3284 C 00017450 00 Fieldbusses Item designation Item number EtherCAT slave module ECS200 00019206 00 PROFIBUS DP Master module DPM200 00018032 00 Digital input output module DIO16 C 00017453 00 Syste
268. lue ranges Variable definition Local variables Colors visualization Fonts Language switchover editor Number of languages project multiple projects concurrently in access configuration time XML runtime compiled Java code graphic editor and configurators Vis Designer fully graphic trueColor yes Elipse dockable views and perspectives multi document view multiple pages open in parallel project tree and tabs in the main view yes infinite wizards content assistance problems view with quick fix function drag amp drop yes user defined depth yes with list output search tree wild card search and filtering in tables line circle ellipse rectangle button text label input field text field combo box check box radio box image icon scale poin ter instrument table trend value presentation formated number format visibility operability presentation image content image sequence color change fill level position pointer position transparency operating system dependent templates groups of animated graphic objects with the possibility of reuse through referenced variables placeholders Changes to the template will be automatically effective in every instance input mouse click left touch mouse click right selection Hover etc Value write constant toggle value copy from variable increment with step decrement with step Recipe dataset load save
269. ly transmitted to the client PC e Configuring e Parametrizing e Monitoring ahs tsu 60870 60870 60870 Master Master Master station etc Ethernet TCP IP M1 controller Ethernet TCP IP Serial COM ports Monitor direction Control direction SVI Software Module PLC C C Sensor Sensor Actor 208 209 Communication Control room networking Advantage Existing software for sequence control and regula tion does not need to be changed and will not be affected in its run time This therefore enables a more flexible response to end customer require ments without having to change the existing tested software for controlling and regulating of the substation Through realization as a finished server with integrated update and threshold logic tedious replication of the protocol functions via limiting PLC libraries and the associated train ing efforts in the standard is eliminated Thus engineering and testing time can be reduced The integrated diagnostics shorten troubleshooting if there are malfunctions in running operation The diverse communication possibilities via field busses and real time Ethernet the broad range of signal interfaces to grid measure ment as well as powerful mass storage pre destine the M1 system in conjunction with the telecontrol protocols according to IEC60870 5 for use as a control device central control data concentrator datalogger and gateway Technical d
270. m 300 V Galvanic isolation of groups 500M 500 V Inputs Number of inputs 32 32 Isolated input group 4 1 8 9 16 17 24 25 32 2 1 16 17 32 Input voltage 24 V DC 48 V DC Internal resistance lt 4 7 KQ lt 7 5 kQ Low level UU lt 5V 34 V 10 V High level UU gt 15V 30 V 58 V Input delay normally via filter 100 us 3 ms Interrupt inputs Max 2 Max 2 Input delay normally 50 us 20 us Galvanic isolation from system 500 V 500 V Galvanic isolation of groups 500 V 500 V Current consumption via BS2xx 80 mAat5 V 88 mA at5V Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation Execution variants DI212 Digital input module 12x 24V 3ms filter 1 group 2 interrupt channels 50us delay 3 wire system isolated DI216 Digital input module 16x 24V 3ms filter 2 groups 2 interrupt channels 50us delay isolated DI232 Digital input module 32x 24V 3ms filter 2 groups 2 interrupt channels 50us delay isolated DI232 Like DI232 ColdClimate 3 DI232 np1 Digital input module 32x 24V 100us filter sink source 4 groups 2 interrupt channels 50us delay isolated DI232 48 Digital input module 32x 48V 3ms filter 2 groups 2 interrupt channels isolated 26 Digital input output modules Ey Digital output modules DO216 23
271. m cutoff frequency 3 dB with 60 dB decade Adjustable 2 5 kHz 1 2 kHz 640 Hz 320 Hz 160 Hz 80 Hz 40 Hz 20 Hz 10 Hz 5 Hz 2 5 Hz 500 V 500 V Standard ColdClimate 30 60 C 5 95 without 5 95 with condensation condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation Analog input module 8x IN 20 mA 13 16bit 0 1 sample time configurable up to 100us threshold single isolated Like AI208 SI ColdClimate 50 Analog input output modules ARa O Y F Analog input modules a DDD AI204 x The analog input module AI204 x offers two or four high resolution 16 bit analog input channels depending on the model The extraordinarily high accuracy with integrated temperature calibration predestine this unit for demanding measurement applications for industrial processes e 1 2 or 4 analog inputs e Input voltage 10 V 10 V e Resolution 16 bit e Sample time from 20 us e Inputs can be synchronized e Galvanic isolation of channels e Galvanic isolation from system e Temperature calibration e Connection possibility differential e Internal voltage generation is monitored Item Item no AI204 1 00010693 20 AI204 2 00010693 10 AI204 4 00010693 00 AI204 43 00017447 00 Analog input output modules Voltage inputs Quantity 1 2or4 Input voltage 10 V Input impedance gt 33 kQ Digital resolution 16 bit Value of the LSB 305 uV Allowed common mode voltage Ma
272. m modules Item designation Item number Power supply NT255 00016158 00 Backplane BS203 00015947 00 Backplane BS204 00015948 00 Backplane BS205 00015949 00 Backplane BS206 00015950 00 Backplane BS207 00015951 00 Backplane BS208 00015952 00 Backplane BS209 00015953 00 Backplane BS210 00015954 00 Backplane BS211 00015955 00 Backplane BS212 00015956 00 Backplane BS213 00015957 00 Backplane BS214 00015958 00 Backplane BS215 00018623 00 Backplane BS216 00018624 00 OT100 series Operator Terminal OT200 series Operator Terminal Item designation OT115 R BE2 CC Item designation OT205 V BE1 CC Item number 00017593 00 Item number 00018219 00 OT1300 series Item designation Item number Operator Terminal OT1310 BE1 CC GT1G0 on request Operator Terminal OT1312 BE1 CC GT1G0 on request 390 391 CAE CAD data CAE CAD data the convenient solution High quality automation components are good and important however they no longer suffice for successful machine building and process plant engineering projects Development and project planning also play a crucial role for automation Consequently the electrical and mechanical design of control cabinets is increasingly executed with 3D supported programs that can ensure optimal placement of components and cable routing The same applies at Bachmann electronic With eCAD import functionality in the Soluti
273. ma 00019828 63 Warm standby redundancy For applications where reliable recording of critical data has priority warm standby redundancy is the preferred solution Good support when configuring and monitoring the actual CPU redundancies helps during the rapid development of applications for which bumpless switchover is not required Continuous operation during maintenance system updating and application changes is also possible in this version If a master CPU for maintenance work is disconnected from the network real time processing is only affected to a minimum The data transmission continues seamlessly and from the perspective of the receiving stations no packets are lost The matching of process variables in the master CPU has to be resolved on the application level which means extra effort and expense and increased complexity vis a vis hot standby redundancy see Fig 1 Warm standby redundancy provides the qualities of network redundancy and the following advantages as well e CPU redundancy e Switching time freely configurable 0 10 PLC cycles e Selection of the data master integrated in end points voter the fastest switching times possible as a result e Diagnostic interface for monitoring and analyzing the redundancy status in the SolutionCenter e Automatic matching of the master CPUs not integrated switchover not bumpless Item no ster on one controller CPU Allows any number o
274. mat All tasks that belong to the software module are presented For each function that is in the debugger the call up hierarchy is displayed stack trace SolutionCenter C C Developer My_Project_app c File Edit Refactor Navigate Search Project Run Window Help In 5 O JO 9 8i gl o EY gt Debug FB C C Developer MY Device Manager A M JVIS Designer NO To Cic Projects 53 fBeGlslels 591 next channel o g My_Project E BBS Source files Gm deps 594 gt settings _ Le My_Project_app c 39kB 10 01 07 2 592 593 595 Idx 0 596 Toggle digital outputs Value Value _ Le My_Project_main c 32kB 10 01 07 EE Header files w Config files G2 object files BE other files Set output value of the current channel if mio _SetValue DrvId DigOutChan Idx Value log_Err MNY _PROJECT MYAPPMAIN Error in mio SetValue DigOutChan Idx break Idx 11 matches in My_Project E tS my_Project A My_Project_app c 11 matches Writable Smart Insert 592 25 Restart from the first digital output channel Programming Languages ANSI C and C Gnu compiler gcc Automatic adaptation and management of the compiler environment Editor and debugger based on Eclipse CDT Intellisense Automatic supplementation of structure elements Syntax highlighting Folding code ranges e g for complete while loops Jump to the declaration of var
275. mation purposes only and does not constitute misuse of trademarks Bachmann electronic GmbH assumes no guarantee relative to the selection performance or usability of these products All rights reserved Specification subject to change the product s cha racteristics are exclusively governed by the data of the respective user manual Limitation of liability We have checked the content of the document for agreement with the described hardware software Nevertheless the possibility of deviations cannot be excluded we cannot assume any liability for complete agreement The information in this document is checked on a regular basis and necessary corrections will be included in subsequent editions KA SYSTEM 0O6EN 03 2014 www bachmann info
276. module is even more robust against shock and vibrations In spite of the primary design focus on a long ser vice life and robust design the NT255 also offers outstanding technical features up to 80 longer buffer time at short voltage drops and generous power reserves 55 W peak power for temporary overload ensure safety and reliability in every respect e Input voltage range 18 34 V DC e Provides all the necessary CPU voltages as well as supply for modules on backplanes e 45 W output power 55 W peak power e Galvanic isolation input ground e Galvanic isolation input system e Electronic reverse polarity protection e 2 state indicators allow differentiation between supply failures and internal errors e Monitored supply voltage e Monitored output voltages e Power fail signal and state information for CPU module processable from application Item Item no NT255 00013251 00 NT255 00016158 00 Input Voltage range Input voltage peak value Power consumption Reverse polarity protection Starting current limitation Fuse Input voltage monitoring Output System modules 18 34 V DC 40 V att lt 1 s min Max 68 W Electronic Max 8 A after 5 ms SMD wire fuse 7 A at device defect Yes for power fail message Output power Output voltage output current Power fail bypass Monitoring State indication State display Galvanic isolation Ambient conditions Operating temperature
277. modules DIO248 264 280 Features Total channel number 16 32 48 64 80 nom 24 V DC Number configurable inputs outputs 16 Number of inputs 16 32 48 Number of outputs 16 32 48 Configurable interrupt inputs 18 32 8 s 0 Configurable 32 Bit counter OO ee POM output mode Galvanic isolation from system Status display for each channel via LED Digital input output modules es Digital input modules DI212 216 232 The digital input modules DI212 DI216 DI232 DI232 DI232 np1 and DI232 48 are used to connect up to 12 16 or 32 digital sensors to the M1 controller e Digital input modules with 12 16 or 32 inputs e Current sinking logic gt 2 mA acc to EN61132 type 1 e DI212 DI216 DI232 D1232 DI232 np ee Fe PA aa A yE input voltage nom 24 V DC 18 34 V DC 2 w i 36 e DI232 48 input voltage nom 48 V DC 30 58 V DC e Inputs 1 and 2 configurable as interrupt inputs e Galvanic isolation of inputs from the system e Status display for each channel via LED e Sink source inputs DI232 np1 ats TE AJ ae Item Item no DI212 00010281 00 DI216 00009002 00 DI232 00008997 00 DI23 2 00016411 00 DI232 np1 00011516 00 DI232 48 00012162 00 Digital input output modules Inputs Isolated input groups 2 1 16 17 32 Internal resistance Approx 6 kQ Input delay normally via filter 3 ms Galvanic isolation from syste
278. mory to record time series of signal profiles for up to 50 kilo samples second which is far below the controller cycle time The evaluation is carried out in the well established M1 CPU modules in the form of CMS application programs that can operate as required with static processes frequency or location analyses The measuring data is also provided as channel values in the cycle of controller programs as directly recorded online variables Item Item no AIC212 00014151 00 AIC212 00017444 00 Alarm service information or external analysis l l l l l l l l l l l l anaiysis_4 l l l l l l l l l l l l Buffer memory Mitt t Sensor signals History amp reference As an M1 standard module the AIC212 allows implementation of stand alone condition monitoring as well as use in the various remote or distributed configurations of the Bachmann automation system The use of M1 CPUs for evaluation logging and alarming allows such a CMS to benefit from the wide range of communication and service interfaces and also reduces the training requirements for start up and maintenance personnel Instead restricting evaluations through a strictly prescribed frame the AIC212 system concept allows a free design of the Condition Monitoring software for the particular requirements of the respective application Regardless of the implementation C C IEC 61131 or MATLAB Simulink the
279. n 275 Industrial PC 276 Headless IPCs and remote displays Displays with USB and CAN connectivity The Dx900 display series from Bachmann of video USB and CAN signals from the cen electronic enables the spatial separation tral unit to the Dx900 series display USB ter between the display and operator unit and minals on the display enable a wide range of the controller The remote display and the peripheral devices to be operated directly at IPM1400 are connected via a 100 meter the interface between the user and machine cable using the serial remote installation CAN enables operating elements on the dis DSA The DSA itself is implemented as play to be connected directly with the control a module of the IPM1400 cassette system ler hardware A customized cable can be sup and ensures the interference free transfer plied on request Remote displays DD900 series Features Display 15 XGA 19 SXGA color TFT touch screen customer spec front panel Remote 100 m video USB CAN Protection front IP65 rear IP54 Housing stand alone aluminum housing Support arm connection on request Remote displays DF900 series Features Display 15 XGA 19 SXGA color TFT touch screen customer specific front panel Remote 100 m video USB CAN Protection front IP65 rear IP20 Housing control cabinet mounting on request 277 The display diagonals op
280. n Temp recording module 12x Pt100 1000 4x In 10V 1V 20mA 14bit 0 25 isolated Like PTAI216 ColdClimate only applies for DC in the input current range 20 mA 60 Analog input output modules T1214 ay ee 4 P l T Osima E save Temperature input modules TI214 x The temperature recording modules TI214 x pro vide 14 temperature measuring channels in a single module width With the TI214 either Pt100 Pt1000 sensors in 2 and 3 wire technology or type J or K thermocouples can be connected to each measuring channel The TI214 2 module allows for the con nection of type N or S thermocouples The sensor type can be individually selected for each channel In this way the most effective and cost efficient solution can be implemented for the application The average determination of the measured value can be set between 16 fold and 64 fold for easy an reliable interference suppression With the module version TI214 the tempera ture of the switching cabinet can be measured on the same module with an inexpensive Pt100 sensor while for example the temperature con trol systems are fitted with thermocouples The new 3 wire measuring evaluation of the Pt100 Pt1000 sensor compensates the voltage er ror of both symmetrical cable runs and enables the precision of complex 4 wire measuring technol ogy to be implemented in inexpensive 3 wire tech nology The Pt sensors can also be connected in simple
281. n Ambient conditions Operating temperature Fanless with fan Storage temperature Rel humidity operation storage Dimensions and weights Dimensions W x H x D 15 XGA 1024x768 250 cd m min 50 000 h Celeron M ULV 423 1 06 GHz Core Duo L2400 2x 1 66 GHz 19 SXGA 1240x1024 color TFT 300 cd m Core Duo L2400 2x 1 66 GHz 1 GB 2 GB 4 GB 8 GB analog resistive on request max 128 2 fold programmable Power Diag HDD optional max 64 2x Ethernet 10 100 MBit 3x USB 2 0 1x powered USB 2 0 2x RS232 422 485 also configurable as full RS232 1x combined PS 2 connection AC97 1x Line In 1x Line Out 1x MIC 1x RGB 1x DVI optional 40 GB or RAID1 80 GB 24 7 on request max 2x PCI max 2x PCIexpress on request 24 V DC 18 V 36 V CE UL CSA CUL CCC Windows XP Embedded Windows 7 Vis Designer Java other visualizations at customer s request 0 40 C Og 50 IGT 20 60 C 5 95 without condensation 405 x 308 x 124 mm 470 19 x 374 6 9 U x 121 mm Weight approx 6 kg approx 12 kg in conjunction with RAID1 max 1x PCI or 1x PCIe slot possible a other temperature ranges on request K OK OK for details regarding the maximum permissible ambient temperatures for different install positions and install types see section Device dimensions and ambient temperatures 2K OK OK XK KKK K X other operating systems on reques
282. n Used to support the voltage during grid faults Trips if all three evaluated voltages are below a certain limit e g 0 85 U 4 and inductive reactive power is drawn from the power supply grid Rate of change of frequency ROCOF ANSI 81 R Description To calculate the frequency change over time the last 10 50 Hz or 12 60 Hz frequency samples are linearly interpolated Vector jump ANSI 78 Description Monitoring of sudden phase shifts for detection of sudden load changes or islanding Overcurrent ANSI 50TD Accuracy 0 1 full scale Resolution 0 1 OF Teens Delay 0 to 65535 ms Protection elements I gt Overcurrent warning I gt gt Overcurrent error Time dependent undervoltage monitoring FRT Fault Ride Through Description Time dependent undervoltage monitoring is triggered if one of the three evaluated voltages falls below a curve U t configured via inter polation points Up to 10 time voltage pairs are available to calculate a grid code dependent limit curve Voltage asymmetry ANSI 47 Description EN 50160 Asymmetry is defined as the ratio of negative sequence components to positive sequence components The reference value is the current basic oscillation component Current asymmetry ANSI 46 Description EN 50160 Asymmetry is defined as the ratio of negative sequence components to positive sequence components The reference value is the current basic oscillation component Power
283. n be automatically generated e Automatic deadband calculation db zeroDb for analog values MV CMV e Integrated into the access control features of the controller system e Optional entry points for additional preprocess ing and post processing of values e g logging of write accesses e Can be operated together with other pro tocols OPC QSOAP Telnet etc on the same Ethernet interface of the M1 e Number of clients reports etc can be limited e Automatic limitation of CPU load PC e Configuring EERE e Parametrizing A e Monitoring Ethernet TCP IP M1 controller Software module PLC C C Capabilities in accordance with IEC61400 25 IEC61850 Unterstutzt Ed 1 und Ed 2 der IEC61850 The object definition decides between IEC61850 or IEC61400 25 Transport layer MMS Manufacturing Message Specification in accordance with ISO 9506 Browsing of variables objects with presentation of structures and elements in plain text self describing system Reading and writing of values Get Set Data Values Summarizing of data datasets Generation of reports e g if there is a value change Command issue with command preselect Select Operate File transfer Scada Control Client station Monitor direction Control direction SVI Sensor Actor 204 Communication Control room networking Functional group Server Application association Logical device Log
284. n integrated real time data recorder for the high precision recording of up to 16 measuring channels during alarm protection events Error events are recorded continuously and stored permanently with a high resolution time entry The internal time base of the module can be synchronized to an external time source e g IEEE 1588 Precision Time Protocol which supports the analysis of the data from spatially separated measurement and protection devices The GMP232 is fully integrated in the Bachmann SolutionCenter Configurations can be created simply and stored for later reuse Both the measured channel values and also the derived values are made available directly in the user interface Commissioning and fault analysis are simplified with tabular phasor and time sequence displays Event logs and recorded time sequences can be exported in CSV respectively COMTRADE format The integrated simulation function simplifies the configuration of protection and monitoring functions e Measurement of current voltage frequency power power factor phase angle Direct connection to input voltages up to 690 VL rms e Measurement of grid harmonics up to the 50th power quality Monitoring Protection functions for grid and generator protection Direct relay outputs for circuit breaker trip circuits Integrated real time data recorder Integrated event logging 4Q energy counter Measured value simulation 85 Grid measurement module Current v
285. n sizes and resolutions bachmann 314 atvise scada The new Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition solution puts the Internet in the service of the automation world thanks to pure Web technology With the continuous use of industrial and communication standards e g OPC UA the engineering effort is reduced to a minimum e Latest generation SCADA HMI system e Client server architecture multi client e History database e User administration amp access security e Java Script server and client side open for customer specific adaptation of the Java Script e OPC UA Data Access and Alarms amp Conditions interface to superior systems Client Client Client Ethernet Internet atvied scada Server Engineering Tool Ethernet Internet PLC PLC PLC PLC Software Software SCADA atvise atvise scada atvise scada Pure web Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition Solution The provision of information independent of location and daytime has become the paradigm of all areas of our life in our Internet age This requirement expands within the industrial automation in terms of role and person selective operation and process manipulation Conventional control and operating systems emerged along with other requirements and were based on older restrictive technologies making their suitability clearly limited for today s challenges State of the Art Technology By u
286. nal 5 kHz 2 gt 5 MQ 1 kHz 12 bit 10 V no overdrive gt 80 dB Yes error message 500 V Yes power fail signal 12 5 us for one channel 25 us for two channel operation 2 0 4 0 8 0 16 0 mV or Auto Range Automatic or via software 0 10V lt 2 Q gt 2 5 kQ Peak value capture Electronic capacity comparison Carrier frequency synchronization 18 34 V DC 100 mA at 24 V DC Yes 500 V Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Execution variants 0 60 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 without condensation DMS202 Strain gauge measuremet 2x full bridge 2 4 8 16mV 25us sampling time 5 kHz carrier frequency 12bit isolated 64 65 Function modules Flexibility and precision in soft motion control As the leading provider in the field of soft face The possibility of controlling the drives motion control Bachmann electronic offers with analog signals voltage step mo a flexible line of modules for directly wired tor outputs or PWM output channels allows motion control flexible configuration Bachmann modules cover all types of data All encoder interface modules of the M1 acquisition from fast pulse and incremen system offer precise synchronizability as tal encoder cards with bandwidths up to well as comprehensive functional support 8 MHz to SSI Serial Synchronous Inter for the programmer an
287. nality and media without impact on real time e Integrated error detection and capabilities HTTP FTP video VoIP diagnostics functionality e Priorization of Ethernet traffic acc to IEEE 802 3q e Configurable I O mapping of network variables e Configurable bandwidth limit e Programming and diagnostic interface e Subnet formation and cascading in IEC 61131 3 and C C Rationale Type Compatibility Protocol type Ethernet compatibility Registered IEEE Ethertype Transmission medium Gateway functionality Fieldbus Control station level Topology Networking Topologies Dimension Transfer rates supported Time synchronization Switches infrastructure Parallel data traffic Ethernet based real time protocol yes as per IEEE 802 3q ISO OSI layer 1 2 0x892D independent of transmission medium wireless communication 802 11 permissible once the jitter requirements have been taken care of Interface of different network types on the application level CAN Profibus DP Profinet Modbus UDP TCP EtherCAT Standard protocols IEC61850 IEC61400 25 IEC60870 5 104 OPC DA Modbus TCP UDP Application development communication library M1Com and MiCom NET Star bus ring mesh network in compliance with IEEE 802 3 max 2000 m per network section via fiber optic connection FCS214 100 Mbit s 1 Gbit s via PTP IEEE 1588 Standard Ethernet IEEE 802 3q yes possible Ethernet based protocols and serv
288. nally developed for serial interfaces later the principles were then extended to Ethernet with Modbus TCP and Modbus UPD Modbus master Modbus slave Thanks to its simplicity and its inter operability Modbus is widely used in older as well as in new applications Bachmann electronic offers Modbus master and slave as a pure software solution Special hardware is not required Both the Ethernet ports and COM ports of all controller CPUs as well as the ports of the corresponding bus modules EM203 and RS204 can be used Features Modbus master and slave available Supported protocols Modbus TCP Modbus UDP and Modbus RTU Multiple protocols can be used simultaneously Uses existing interfaces of the controller special hardware is not required Interfaces can be spatially distributed on FASTBUS or BES substations Configuration via Device Manager Software Software pac MODBUS TCP UDP RTU Modbus master With the Bachmann M1 Modbus master read write access to the data from any external standard conformant Modbus slave device is possible The registers coils and discrete inputs of the external device are mapped to logical hardware modules of the control system per hardware modules The cyclic update is executed automati cally the values remain available in the process image Queries to the slaves are summarized automatically in this process to reduce the load In addition the Modbus mast
289. nce costs The electronic provided ready to use lt functions In order to provide these characteristics the available libraries and components not only locally on the machine but and the extraordinary suitability also in a distributed manner on the of Java for visualization tasks reduce intranet Internet the latest generation engineering effort of the applications M JVIS M JSYS Tool library Features Tool library for Java visualizations Management of process variables and their values Language management switchover Alarm handling Quality table Communication to the controller RPC FTP Vis Basis of M1 software modules Monitoring the communication 335 Visualization M JVIS M JSYS Tool library Software M JVIS and M JSYS are libraries for creation of visualizations under Java that can be used platform independently on Java capable devices The components are based on Java version 1 1 8 This version is supported by the VM virtual machine from Bachmann electronic Software M JVIS consists of the following packages e M JVIS DACC e M JVIS UTIL e M JVIS GUI The packages are divided into two types of classes e Configuration classes that are implemented in the form of beans e Runtime classes that allow a dynamic configuration and during runtime handle the management or presentation of the data The configurations of all objects are stored in XML fi
290. nd industrial PCs with Linux and Windows Memory capacity 8 GB Storage media PC cards PCC201 xx The PCC201 xx PC cards serve as a storage medium of the M1 controller Depending on the memory extension the PC cards may contain source codes and pieces of documentation in ad dition to the operating system the drivers and the application software The PCC201 cards can directly be written to and formatted in all processor modules of the M1 con troller With an A PCC200 adapter it is possible to use the PC cards in the PCMCIA slots of PCs and notebooks The PCC201 series is produced entirely in house and therefore long term supply is guaranteed PCC201 32 00012081 30 PCC201 64 00012081 40 e Memory capacity 32 64 MB A PCC200 00009540 00 e Access width 16 bits e Designed as 5 V card e Program voltage of 12 Vss e Write protection via operating software Basic data Register No CMR Component Management Register Powerdown mode Not possible Information All information is stored in CIS Card Information Structure Operating voltages Operating voltage 5 V min 3 V for FLASH memory Program voltage 12 V Ambient conditions Standard Operating temperature 0 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 without condensation Execution variants PCC201 32 PC Card 32MB PCC201 64 PC Card 64MB A P
291. ne configuration in both directions is not only possible for the complete controller it is also possible for the exchange and archiving of os individual hardware and software modules as well Fr as for complex fieldbus configurations The work area is consistently organized for all topics in a configurator window and a monitor window The Configurator shows the saved target status that will be valid after the next system startup the monitor shows the actual status and allows manual change of values and settings The hardware structure is presented in the real topology The type of networking via proprietary and standardized bus systems is presented through the organization of a tree structure the I O modules can be uniquely detected and directly operated through the graphic presentation Thus the wiring test can be executed immediately after switching on the system The software for the controller is also managed in the Device Manager The system packages from Bachmann electronic are summarized in a catalog All the software is updated conveniently Software bachmann via a wizard that guides the user through the procedure In addition to the provided system packages the user can also put together and manage his own machine specific packages and transfer them to other PCs Thus unique software states can be assured on all systems and on all service PCs The variable set of all participating controllers is presented in a str
292. nel can be connected directly to the M1 controller via a secure web server operating and monitoring when and wherever the process calls for it High quality user interface The integration into the powerful M1 controller system is evidence of the kind of performance that state of the art web technologies provide A flicker free display is produced even at data update rates of well under 100 ms and with hundreds of animated graphic elements The additional resources that are required here are minimal When viewing an M1 webMI pro visualization page the singular advantages of HTML5 and SVG Scalable Vector Graphics the basis of all graphic objects become immediately apparent Perfect graphic results are achieved with zero loss of quality when scaling and zooming Item Item No M1 webMI pro RT 00022839 63 M1 webMI pro YMT 00022839 70 M1 webMI pro Starter 00022846 00 M1 webMI pro DVD 00022839 00 326 Mi webMI pro All major HMI functions on board Thanks to fully graphic planning incl dynamization of the objects depicted the creation of visualizations is easy and possible without programming knowledge Here all functions of a modern HMI solution such as alarming journaling trending user administration and multilinguality are supported Special requirements of the HMI can be implemented via client slide Java scripts there are practically no limits to the possibilities Jl 7 an e Directly
293. networking IEC 61400 Servi IEC 61850 ervices 55 mandatory GetFileAttribute M Values M O optional C Functional group Description Defines the exchange of files conditional at least one of them should be supported BRCB or URCB X not part of the standard 206 Communication Control room networking Software Control station IEC60870 5 Server Slave For communication in accordance with IEC60870 5 101 103 and 104 Application areas The telecontrol protocol according to standards IEC60870 5 101 IEC60870 5 104 is widely used in power generation power distribution and infrastructure areas They enable the control and monitoring of intelligent sub components and sub stations through a superordinate control center The palette of these sub components ranges from circuit breakers converters and energy meters to cogeneration units up to complete power plants The IEC60870 5 103 standard was defined espe cially for communication with protective devices Software Product features The IEC60870 5 Server is installed purely as a software component on the controller and requires no special hardware It uses the serial interfaces 101 103 or the Ethernet ports 104 avail able on the controller Through configuration of multiple instances simultaneous operation of 101 103 and or 104 is possible multiple masters can communicate simultaneously with th
294. nformation double command step position informa tion regulating step command measured value normalized time synchronization reset and many more See interoperability documents for details Per configuration each server instance is separately defined Access to SVI variables of application programs software modules implementation independent IEC61131 3 C C Physical inputs outputs direct MIO Data from fieldbus Ethernet protocols via UFB Implicit in the server mapping SVI data types on IEC data types Yes information can be assigned to query groups 1 to 16 per configuration Implicitly possible through server explicitly possible via application Resolution in ms Implicitly possible through server explicitly possible via application Values outside of the configured Min Max range are automatically marked as invalid Implicitly through server Can be configured with individual cycle time per information object Can be configured with individual cycle time per server instance Configurable monitoring cycle for detection of spontaneous value changes Additional triggering possible through software Automatic protection against system overload Minimum cycle limited through free capacity of the CPU With 101 and 104 one threshold value can be configured per information object filtration is either absolute or integrating Connection status can be detected via diagnostics variables for customer software
295. ng and diagnostics monitor in the SolutionCenter 178 179 Telecontrol field level Usability Implementation areas Scope of delivery User interface wind power in accordance with IEC61400 25 distributed energy resources CHP photovoltaic Heat accumulators in accordance with IEC61850 7 420 switchgear and protective devices in accordance with IEC61850 7 software components for the controller PLC library and C defines for operation of the API test and diagnostics monitor in the SolutionCenter user manual sample configuration PCS sample project Individual read and write commands via non blocking PLC modules PLC or non blocking calls C C Incoming report data on logical IO modules and in the process image Capabilities in accordance with IEC 61400 25 IEC 61850 Login logout on the external server with or without password Check connection status Read value from data attributes Write value from data attributes Write value from data attributes Activation and configuration buffered and unbuffered reports BR UR Generating deleting and reading of datasets Issuing of switch commands operates Associate Abort Release MMS status request GetDataValues GetDataValues SetDataValues Get SetBRCBValues Get SetURCBValues BRCB buffered report control block CreateDataSet DeleteDataSet GetDataSetDirectory Select Select with value Operate Cancel TimeActivatedOperate Receipt of informati
296. ng on free memory 10 years lt 1 unrecoverable errors in 1014 bits read accesses 2G 10 HZ 2 kHz 2000 G half cycle 0 5 ms 40 85 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 without condensation Compact Flash Card 512MB Compact Flash Card 4GB Compact Flash Card 8GB Item Item no CFA200 4GB 00017355 00 CFA200 8GB on request CFA200 16GB 00019082 00 Technical data Storage media CFast memory CFA200 xx The full speed of the SATA interface is available with the CFAST Flash memory card for power ful controllers Up to 30x the transmission rates of the CF cards can be reached Given the high availability demands placed on automation systems program and data memory must be selected with particular care The CFast mem ory cards CFA200 xx are therefore especially selected industrial types that can cope with the requirements of harsh daily working routines Use of the CFA200 xx both in CPUs of the Mi family as well as in our visualization devices is strongly recommended due to the extreme environmental conditions the large number of supported write cycles and the many years of lasting experience with suppliers The robust ness was significantly increased in comparison with a CF card via a stable edge connector CFast type I Memory capacity 4 8 16 GB Fast data transfer Write protection via software Extended temperature range Long service life MTTF Memory type Memory capacity Da
297. ng without a top hat rail if this is beneficial for structural reasons like in the case of a vertical mount or increased mechanical loads These accessories can be used for the bus bar series BS200 e 2 8 module slots e Optimized thermal connection e Stabile mechanics compact design e Vibration proof fixing of modules Bus bar adapter with fitted M1 controller Item Item no BS202 ET on request BS203 ET on request BS204 ET 00021791 00 BS205 ET 00021558 00 BS206 ET 00021792 00 BS207 ET 00021793 00 BS208 ET 00021794 00 Dimensions Number of module slots 2448 Width 55 mm x number of module slots Depth 10 mm Height 150 mm Ambient conditions Operating temperature Corresponding to the installed bus bar family Rel humidity operation Corresponding to the installed bus bar family Storage temperature Corresponding to the installed bus bar family Rel humidity storage Corresponding to the installed bus bar family Design variants BS202 ET Backplane adapter with 2 module slots for heat dissipation to the rear panel BS203 ET Backplane adapter with 3 module slots for heat dissipation to the rear panel BS208 ET Backplane adapter with 8 module slots for heat dissipation to the rear panel 104 105 Storage media Robust in every detail To safely satisfy the high availability re quirements imposed on the entire automa tion system program memory and data memory should also be sele
298. not required headless server operation with remote administration possible System requirements engineering Device PC with 1 6 GHz Intel Pentium equivalent or better 2G B RAM project dependent network LAN display 1280x1024 512 MB available disk space Operating system Windows XP SP3 Windows 7 32 Windows 7 64 Windows Server 2008 keyboard 2 button mouse Operating elements System requirements client Device PC notebook tablet smartphone iPad or similar Required CPU performance und memory depends on device type technology and project size parameters Operating system any Web browser is relevant Web browser any up to date Web Browser Java Script HTML 5 SVG e g recent versions of Internet Explorer Firefox Chrome Safari or similar Operating elements dependent from device technolgy and operating system M j Latest browser compatibility list can be accessed at www atvise com For large scale configurations state of the art server hardware with up to date performance Windows 7 64 Bit currently in 32 Bit compatibility mode full 64 Bit support in preparation 322 323 atvise scada Variants atvise scada 50 CCD micro atvise scada 150 CCD small atvise scada 1500 CCD standard atvise scada 10000 CCD large atvise scada unlimited CCD xxl atvise serversided scripting option atvise fixed client option atvise elements option atvise scada software packa
299. nserted directly on the DSUB connector e Integrated M Bus power supply e Interfaces M Bus and RS232 are galvanic isolated e LED display for collision detection and power supply e Data transmission at 300 to 9600 bps Item Item no MBUS201 00019766 00 M BUS Interfaces M Bus In accordance with DIN EN 13757 2 Spring force terminal in housing shield support max 5 counters slaves per master 300 to 9600 bps RS232 In accordance with EIA 232 D Sub 9 pin socket no hardware handshake Power supply 24 V 20 30 V DC Current consumption max 0 25 A Reverse polarity protection yes Status displays Power supply LED green Collision detection M Bus LED yellow Housing Dimensions W x H x D 32 x 60 x 15 mm Nickel plated zinc die cast Mounting Hex socket size 2 5 with ball head Operating temperature 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel Humidity storage 5 95 without condensation Model variants MBUS201 M Bus master adapter energy measurement fieldbus EN13757 M Bus inter face to RS232 DSUB 9 24V power supply up to 9 6kbit s 170 171 Fieldbuses MODBUS TCP UDP RTU Simply proven proven simple Modbus is a very simple but proven fieldbus system In principle it only knows the two data types bool and integer and a set of queries that are always posed by the master and answered by the slaves Modbus RTU was origi
300. nsumer without relay and terminal Item Item no DOR206 230 00014497 10 29 am int Digital input output modules Output relays Quantity 6 relay outputs 3 groups with 2 output relays each are together on an output plug Relay socket For SIL relays 28 x 5x 15 mm relay coil Coil voltage 24 V DC power rating 170 mW Relay contact 230 V AC 24 V DC depending on relay type Switching capacity per channel max Ohm resistive load up to 2 A AC AC 15 230 VA 230 VAC 1A AC DC 13 12 W 24 V DC 0 5 A DC Status indication LED Green Switching rate max load in Ohms 1 Hz RC circuit Depending on relay and load complete externally Input voltage rated 230 V AC 24 V DC depending on relay type current consumption not allowed Internal power supply Galvanic isolation relay outputs to the 2500 VAC 5 5 mm system Galvanic isolation between the groups 1500 V AC 3 mm between the three relays output groups and to the Cabinet Galvanic isolation between relay 800 V AC 1 mm between every two relay outputs outputs Ambient conditions Operating temperature 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation Execution variants DOR206 230 Digital relay output module 6x sockets with relay 24V 230V AC15 230 VA DC13 12W change over contact BS2xx protection class 1 necessary with 230V working voltage
301. nterface Supervisory systems Client Technology client Technology process images Number of clients Zooming Deluttering Scaling Vector graphics Base objects Process objects Alarm screen Trend multitrend Operator input protocol Operation Multi language Font type switching Character sets Maps GIS Parallel content Functional extensions fixed configuration at design time user configurable tend displays at runtime persistable yes privileges rights groups users Java Script server sided full access to all item releated functions and external databases via ODBC specific extensions via DLL C API possible HTTP HTTPS integrated webserver OPC UA Data Access also atvise lt gt atvise connectivity OPC UA Alarms amp Conditions up to date standard compliant web browser HTML SVG Java Script technically almost any number of clients gt gt 20 dependent on license see also Installation CCDs yes continously yes zoom level dependent visibility content yes automatic resize adaption to client device yes lossless scaling zooming see Configuration Engineering see Configuration Engineering yes yes yes mouse or other pointer devices keyboard hotkeys configurable touchscreen multitouch yes online language change yes online any inclusive asian sign languages cyrillic etc yes yes anything running in a web browser HTML Video Audio VRML 3
302. ntime Licenses M1 webMI pro basic training M1 webMI pro for up to 8 people advanced training M1 webMI pro for up to 4 people One Year of product support and up dates delivery are included in this package Annual Maintenance Can only be ordered once per company only one date per training prices for training location Feldkirch A or Bochum D otherwise extra travel expenses are added Installation media for webMI DVD Graphical development tool atvise Builder and runtime component M1 webMI pro Without valid Runtime License only limited operation possible Requires M Base SC Current browser compatibility list can be called up at www atvise com Mi webMI pro 330 Vis Designer The Bachmann Vis Designer visualization package is a comprehensive software solution for all the requirements of fully graphic machine and plant visualization Full graphic visualization software for HMI applications operating monitoring Complete configuration tool with graphic user interface Eclipse Platform neutral thanks to Java technology Online language switchover Recipes dataset management Software bachmann Software Crema ines Ee amm Vis Designer Based on the latest Java technology the Vis Designer enables creation and operation of graphic user interfaces both in the form of conventional applications as well as for web access applets Vis Designer is available as an intuitively operated graphic ed
303. o custom Operator terminals Operator terminal OT100 series The devices are equipped with a full graphic 4 2 STN display With use of UTF 8 character coding many lines of Asiatic and Cryillic characters can be displayed The brightness of the LED backlighting can be controlled with the PLC program or via the input elements With the ability to operate at temperatures from 30 to 60 C these terminals are predestined for use under extreme conditions where dependability is a must Communication with the M1 controller occurs through an integrated interface that can be programmed to either the RS232 or RS422 standard The arrangement and design of the control elements including an alphanumeric multi click keyboard are oriented to the familiar operating philosophy of mobile phones For better tactile feel the keys are embossed and have integrated snap disks The aluminum front panel with inlayed front foil underlines the sophisticated and robust character of the terminal e Full graphic 4 2 STN Bluemode display with 240 x 64 pixels e Model dependent operating display elements 5x softkeys alphanumeric multi click keyboard 1x Exit key 1x Shift key 1x keyboard entry lock unlock key 1x Backspace key cursor directional pad with Enter key and 3 LEDs e Convenient project planning via Vis Designer e Character coding with UTF 8 e Operating temperature range from 30 60 C Item It
304. o capture sound waves and flexural vibrations in machines and plants e g on components solid bodies etc The structure borne sound waves emitted by machine parts are characteristic for the wear status of a part For the bridge sensor the force of the sound wave is converted to a measurement voltage without a detour through a spring mass damper system This even makes it possible to detect structure borne sound waves and flexural vibrations at frequencies from 10 kHz to under 1 Hz with high resolution and bandwidth this means that the sensor is particularly well suited for measurements on slowly rotating or vibrating parts Item Item no H bridge 00019918 00 IEPE standard 4 10 mA 11 0 5 V 8 V 0 7 V N 83 dB 79 dB high pass 1st order f 1 6 Hz f gt 10 kHz Condition Monitoring Structural Vibration Monitor SVM300 series The SVM300 structural vibration monitor series is used for analyzing oscillations shocks and vibra tions It has an internal memory that enables grid independent autonomous analysis for up to 150 days and is implemented in protection class IP67 e Measurement in 2 axes e Measurement range 2 g e Resolution 20 305mg e Internal memory 150 days e Protection class IP67 Item Item no SVM300 E 00020930 00 Acceleration sensors Acceleration axes x y Measuring range max 2 g Resolution 20 305 mg Signal bandwidth low pass lt 5 Hz Sample rate m
305. odule max 2x PCI max 2x PCIexpress on request Power supply 24 VDC 18 V 36 V Certifications CE UL CSA CUL CCC Software Operating systems Windows XP Embedded Windows 7 Visualization Vis Designer Java other visualizations at customer s request Ambient conditions Operating temperature Fanless 0 50 C with fan 0O a BUTCH Storage temperature 20 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation storage Dimensions and weights Dimensions W x H x D 314 x 237 x 110 mm 337 x 256 x 110 mm Weight approx 5 kg approx 5 kg ki in conjunction with RAID1 max 1x PCI or 1x PCIe slot possible E other temperature ranges on request i for details regarding the maximum permissible ambient temperatures for different install positions and install types see section Device dimensions and ambient temperatures T without expansion attachments per expansion 30 mm gt max 2 expansions 60 mm Industrial PC Diagonal resolution Display type Display brightness Half brightness Processor RAM Processor RAM Mass storage CF card type I II Control display elements Touch screen type Front keyboard Number of keys System LEDs Status LEDs Interfaces Network USB Serial Mouse keyboard Audio External monitor Expansion modules 2 5 hard disk slot Slots module Power supply Certifications Software Operating systems Visualizatio
306. olation of channels 500 V PIN a es Analog input output as 3 Temperature recording modules AI0288 x 1 FO module PTAI216 Features Features Number of inputs 8 10 VDC 1 VDC or 0 20 mA Number of outputs 8 10 V DC Resolution 14 bit Connection single ended or differential Number of Pt100 sensors 4 Connection 2 or 4 wire technology Optional galvanic isolation from system 500 V Number of inputs 4 10VDC 1VDCor 0 20 mA Connection single ended or differential Resolution 14 bit at AI Number of Pt100 Pt1000 sensors 12 Connection 2 wire technology Resolution 12 bits with Pt100 Pt1000 Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Wd bagi Analog input output modules Strain gauge module DMS202 is Temperature recording J J E modules TI214 x Features Number of strain gauge DMS measuring inputs 2 full bridge Industrial connectors LEMO Analog measuring outputs 2 Automatic measuring range selection Wire break detection on Features TI214 14 inputs for Pt100 Pt1000 sensors as well as type J or K thermocouples TI1214 2 thermal couples type Nors Resolution 14 bit 16 bit with measured value filtering Wire break detection on the the measurement inputs measurement inputs Resolution 12 bit Galvanic isolation from Galvanic isolation from system 500 V sy
307. oltage measurement Measuring method True RMS incl harmonics 50 us 20 kHz Measurement interval RMS values 50 Hz 20 ms 60 Hz 16 67 ms Individual sampling values Intervals that can be called via function calls in the user application 100 us 200 us 400 us 800 us 1 6 ms via block access Sampling rate Voltage measurement Number 3 Maximum rated voltage UL rms 690 VAC Uun ams 400 VAC Voltage measuring range UL rms 17 3 1195 VAC Urn ams 10 690 VAC Accuracy 0 1 Continuous overload Uci ems 1437 VAC Uun ams 830 VAC Short term overload 10x1 s interval 10s UL ams 2390 VAC Un ams 1380 VAC Input impedance gt 2 MQ Current measurement Number 3 Accuracy 0 1 Current transformer rated current 5A Current measuring range O 10 AAC Continuous overload 10 AAC Short term overload 5x1 s interval 300 s 100 AAC Frequency measurement Rated frequency 50 60 Hz Reference range 50 Hz 35 to 65 Hz 60 Hz 45 to 75 Hz Accuracy 0 01 Hz Measurement interval Between two zero crossings 50 Hz 20 ms 60 Hz 16 67 ms Frequency change measurement Yes Maximum frequency change 1 Hz s Power measurement active reactive and apparent power Measured values P Q S per phase and as total Accuracy 0 2 Calculation method DIN 40110 2 IEC61400 21 Measurement interval Calculation over one period 50 Hz 20 ms 60 Hz 16 67 ms Accuracy values as a percentage of the nominal
308. on from system 500 V Reverse polarity protection Yes Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 without condensation Execution variants ACR222 2 Stepper motor module 2x Out 150kHz 2x In INC 1MHz RS422 8x DI 24V acceleration modes linear sine2 parable without power amplifier encoder supply 5 15V maximum frequency kHz maximum frequency kHz Start ramp ms breaking ramp ms Start ramp ms middle frequency kHz breaking ramp ms S position Pos 2 mm or SW trigger Pos 1 mm Pos 2 mm Pos 1 mm 74 Grid measurement module Safety and efficiency of the electrical energy supply The safety and efficiency of the electrical energy supply are placing increasing demands on the generator units transmission systems and consumers A new generation of systems for measuring monitoring and protection provides an essential technical basis Our grid modules supply the latest state of the art technology as a fully integrated solution in the automation units of the M200 system This provides modular expansion capability data storage and communication over several fieldbus and telecontrol interfaces that are simple and affordable High resolution and fast acquisition of all grid variables forms the indispensable basis of all grid modules
309. on possible Seamless connection possible Vibration proof fixing of modules Vibration proof fixing of modules Snappable on backplane Snappable on backplane Stabile mechanical design Stabile mechanical design ColdClimate design protected against temporary condensation For protection class 1 Rail adapter S202 2 module slots Grounding tab for protective conductor connection Bus bar Adapters BS200 ET 2 8 module slots Can be snapped on EN 60715 DIN rail Optimized thermal connection Vibration proof fixing of modules Stabile mechanics compact design Vibration proof fixing of modules System modules Power supply module NT255 With the NT255 Bachmann electronic sets new standards for the power supplies of CPUs and backplane supplied modules As a result of in tensive development work and in consideration of field experiences with several thousand supply modules the NT255 combines long term know ledge with the latest technologies Best possible selected components and lifetime optimized design form the reliable base for the module Recent planar transformer technologies ensure a significantly increased efficiency the integrated heat dissipation in the circuit board gt coolPCB technology prevents even mini mal local warming and thus the early ageing of components Moreover because of the extremely reduced weight of the parts the
310. on reports as reaction to operates REPORTS SERVER 1 XCBR1 Pos SERVER 2 MMXU1 AvgWatts SERVER 3 LPHD PhyHealth ETHERNET Telecontrol field level 180 Fieldbuses SERCOS Specialized for rigorous requirements SERCOS SErial Realtime COmmunication System is a dedicated bus system for activation of high quality electric drives and servo amplifiers Communication is configured on the controller and distributed to the drives when the system boots The process data of the drive is available in standardized form and makes not only the numeric values available Possible topology SERCOS ENGINEERING PC AIO288 via appropriate services but it also makes meta information such as symbolic names input limits and units available Via service channel accesses in addition to the cyclic process data acyclic parameters at runtime from the application program can also be changed or transferred from a list of initial parameters at system start ETHERNET SERCOS DRIVE L E SERCOS DRIVE SErcos m the automation bus SERCOS SERCOS master module SEM201 The SERCOS Serial Real time Communication System master module SEM201 is capable of controlling up to 32 drives The bus has a ring structure and offers a high level of interference immunity thanks to the fibre optic technology e SERCOS 2 Standard IEC 61491 e Fiber optic technology e Bus with ring structure e 2 Kb x 32 DPRAM e Tr
311. onCenter the turnaround time of automation projects can be significantly reduced We satisfy the new market requirements and support our customers with additional components in the integrated engineering process FZ EPLAN Electric P8 Select S1_Musterkoffer_neu 1 IGGl aleee UB o aA lals see SaraRows EPLAN data portal Sucre 5 Ce oa Nutzungsbedingungen Hersteller Rockwell Allen Bradley Ann FAIRER ABB am wee Bernecker Rainer Bachmann electronic HARTING HARTING Electric E mma Healukabel J IGUS LAPPKABEL npp Moeller GmbH Meers Dapper Fuchs Pilz Phoenix Contact RIT TAL Schneider Electric TURE TH SEW SIEMENS cj WAGO E PHCENIX Lic ON TACT RITTAL i a Sc hneider py e L emens Als Ti Weldmiller W ejdmiiller EPLAN Data Portal Version 1 2 0 2065 Copyright c 2008 EPLAN Software amp Service GmbH amp Co KG Impressum Nutzungsbedingungen Seiten 51_Musterkoffer_neu ax a E EA Anschlussbeispiele JA EF 1 Deckblatt 4 iE 2 Inhaltsverz i cay 100 Einspeist f oa 110 Einspeist ALJ 150 SPS Asse JE 200 NOT AUS ook 210 Hydraulik ode 220 STOP Kal 500 NOT AU fu T 1000 Progran oF 1001 Progran it cay 1010 Progran i Fay 1020 Progra i cay 1030 Progran amp 1040 Progran 419 17 mm Y 250 89 mm OOOO OEN eal A Ie CSP OO ORs g CAE CAD data ePLA
312. ons Communication Control room networking Security features Encryption Protection against overload DoS Public Key Infrastructure Access logging Diagnose State variables Show functions Logbook messages Installation Shipping Installation License License protection System requirements CPU Hardware Memory System software version Order information OPC UA Server DVD OPC UA Server Licence see Security Profile CPU overload caused by clients can be avoided by limiting the mini mum sample rate file based on the controller connections and write operations are stored in the security log of the controller number of active sessions number of active subscriptions number of items monitored by subscription list of sessions list of all software modules in the address space list of all items in subscriptions amount and type of messages can be selected by debug levels as DVD oder by download via SolutionCenter Can be installed separately as service on the controller needs a runtime license for each controller CPU independant of number of items or clients license file depending on hardware all M1 CPU types except ME203 MH2xx MC2xx MPC2xx MX2xx minimum 64 MB recommended 128 MB M Base 3 85 or better OPC UA Server installation DVD Contains executable software for installation on the controller and the user documentation licence for operating one installation of the OPC UA Se
313. ontrollers for a wide variety of applications Thus years of development work can be embedded as a finished configurable module in your own application Extensive libraries for C or IEC61131 3 encapsulate the functionality and guarantee standardized access from the application program Naturally all controller modules from Bachmann electronic support SVI communication Standard Variable Interface as well as the synchronizing function Sync of the M1 system family Commissioning and diagnostic tools with graphic interface designed by experienced users additionally facilitate use The M SMC Software Motion Control Features Software module for regulating the speed and or position of motion axes Combined actuator controller operation Master slave operation for parallel guided motions Convenient commissioning via monitor Library for IEC 61131 3 PLC programs M CNC Three dimensional motions Features Path motion for Cartesian 3 axis system Profile specification in accordance with DIN 66025 program structure of numerically controlled axes Interfaces analog incremental fieldbus etc Configuration and diagnostics via Device Manager Commissioning interface CNC monitor Library for IEC 61131 3 PLC programs M SHAFT Shaft controller Features Software module that simulates a virtual shaft from 0 to 360 Cyclic and synchronous regulation of 32 axes Speed of the sha
314. ontrols two circuit breakers e Integrated real time data recorder e Integrated event logging e 4Q energy counter e Measured value simulation Grid measurement module Current voltage measurement Measuring method True RMS incl harmonics Sampling rate 50 us 20 kHz Measurement interval 50 Hz 10 ms 60 Hz 8 33 ms Voltage measurement Number 7 generator L1 L2 L3 N grid L1 L2 L3 N busbar Lx Ly Maximum rated voltage UL ams 480 VAC Uy ams 277 VAC Voltage measuring range Ui ems 17 3 728 VAC Un ams 10 420 VAC Accuracy 0 1 Continuous overload Uri ams 675 VAC Uun ams 390 VAC Short term overload 10x10s Interval 10s Uti ams 1143 VAC Uun ams 660 VAC Input impedance gt 2 MQ Current measurement Number 4 generator 3x Generator star neutral point X 1 Accuracy 0 19 Current transformer rated current 5A Current measuring range O 10 AAC Continuous overload 10 AAC Short term overload 100 AAC 5x1 s interval 300 s Frequency measurement Rated frequency 50 60 Hz Reference range 50 Hz 35 to 65 Hz 60 Hz 45 to 75 Hz Accuracy 0 01 Hz Measurement interval Between two zero crossings 50 Hz 10 ms 60 Hz 8 33 ms Frequency change measurement Yes Maximum frequency change 1 Hz s Power measurement active reactive and apparent power Measured values P Q S per phase and as total Accuracy 0 2 Calculation method DIN 40110 2 IEC61400 21 Measurement in
315. ool Ethernet Internet PLC PLC PLC M THRUSTER 3 morator 2 highty toaded THR POWER 0000 kw POWER SPEED 000 APM THRUST 20 KN TOTAL HOURS 4400 HRS CUMULATIVE POWER 100578 wah USTER 4 1200 THRUSTER 5 THRUSTER 6 apen 170 PPM mennou THRUST 20N TOTAL HOURS 1200 HRS CUMULATIVE POWER 200000 kWh SPEED 120 RPM THRUST 360 KN TOTAL HOURS 1600 HRS a 3 3 aT AOAWT ENET COMaTwDLIOM 2 W atvise scada Process interface Protocols OPC Unified Architecture UA Data Access OPC Data Access V2 05 V3 0 webMI Data Interface Physical interface Ethernet physical type dependent on target system Parallel operation yes multiple protocols multiple data sources Data types all OPC UA compliant elementary types arrays and structures Data mapping integrated to digital analog and string as elements of arbitrary structures Data model mapping yes automatically Data naming arbitrary names use source name possible Source time stamping yes from PLC controller OPC compliant Quality tagging yes from PLC controller OPC compliant Transmission mode event driven cyclically configurable Update rate dependent on project and configuration starting from 100 ms sampling and publish intervals configurable Update inhibition time threshold dependent Connection monitoring yes Access control security yes OPC VA compliant including SSL encryption Namespace browsing yes
316. opology Networking Protocol basis Communication protocol Media redundancy Switches Topologies Ring redundancy Dimension CPUs spatially separable Time synchronization Number of I O stations Smart substations Parallel data traffic Interfaces I O peripheral Redundancy network Field buses SCADA control station amp PDA IT protocols Configuration Programming Configuration Remote configuration Network configuration Programming Hot standby redundancy with local I O stations 1002 voting integrated yes synchronization and self monitoring automatic included possible possible bumpless yes yes Master M1 standard CPUs of the MPC MC MH families or better Slave Mi standard CPUs of the MX MPC MC MH families or better via MX CPU all from M1 standard module portfolio no straight software solution and standard Ethernet Ethernet IEEE 802 3q Ethertype 0x892D bluecom with redundancy enhancement 100 IEEE 802 3q compatible yes 2 channel galvanically separated Ethernet networks industrial standard managed switch or unmanaged switch with appropriate configuration Star bus ring mesh possible via parallel application of MRP STP and RSTP in compliance with IEEE 802 3 max 2000 m per network section with fiber optic connection via FCS214 module yes see Dimension integrated in network protocol more than 100 yes for example I O stations can execute local applications
317. or key words defined in IEC 61131 3 e Graphic project navigation bar based on Windows Explorer e Support of all elementary IEC 61131 3 data types to 64 bit e Support of fields structures and pointers e Graphic controller and task configuration e CAN objects from dcf files in M PLC can be applied as symbols e PB objects from 2bf files in M PLC can be applied as symbols e Library management for creation and management of libraries e Watch manager and recipe manager freely definable variable monitoring e M PLC can be started several times multiple projects open and online in parallel e Automatic project backup and creation of backup e Project archiving on the controller e Password protection for projects e Offline simulation e Online help e Data exchange system wide via SVI SMI interface programming 302 303 Programming Runtime system e Any number of running M PLC projects on one processor e Every PLC project supports up to 16 separate tasks e Each task can be configured independently of the others in terms of priority task call up mode event timetrigger free running sync watchdog e Actual multitasking via operating system tasks VxWorks SW module 1 C C Simulink e Communication between software modules pre compiled units e Between different tasks of an IEC61131 module global variables or SMI SVI e Between IEC61131 modules GD flag range or SMI SVI e Between IEC61131 modules and oth
318. ork redundancy is optimized for real time capabilities compatibility ruggedness and performance Conformity with Ethernet standard IEEE 802 3 guarantees the cost effective networking of more than one hundred redundancy stations e Switch over time lt 1 PLC cycle e Real time network fully Ethernet compatible IEEE 802 3q e Monitoring and diagnostics of errors via SolutionCenter Item no M NW REDU RT License to operate a network redundancy communication ma ster on one controller CPU Allows any number of IO stations slaves to connect redundantly over the network 00019828 63 Redundancy Master CPU A e Programming interfaces libraries and system variables for data transmission and communication monitoring in IEC 61131 3 e Prioritized redundancy data transmission Network 1 makes parallel communication via Network IP based protocols possible e Bandwidth limit integrated e Connection of terminals via TCP IP lh Slave Station Fig 1 In case of an error no data packets to the receiving stations are lost Rationale Characteristics High availability system type Communication and media redundancy 1002 voting integrated CPU redundancy no Network redundancy yes Switchover 0 ms Continuous dual channel ability yes Communication redundancy yes Processing units recommendation Master M1 standard CPUs of the MPC MC MH families or better Slave Mi standard CPUs of the MX MP
319. ply Reverse polarity protection Yes Energetic recovery Sensor energetic recovery of DIO by switched off supply Input voltage Nominal 24 V DC Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate 3 Operating temperature 30 60 C Working temperature 40 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without 5 95 with condensation condensation Storage temperature 40 60 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation Design variants DIO248 Digital input output module 16x DI 600us filter 16x DIO 16x DO 24V 0 5A 4 groups 600us filter 8 interrupt channel 50us delay isolated DIO264 Digital input output module 24x DI 600us filter 16x DIO 24x DO 24V 0 5A 5 groups 600us filter 8 interrupt channel 50us delay isolated DIO280 Digital input output module 32x DI 600us filter 16x DIO 32x DO 24V 0 5A 6 groups 600us filter 8 interrupt channel 50us delay isolated DIO280 Like DIO280 ColdClimate Digital input output modules 36 Analog input output modules The appropriate accuracy for each task The diverse requirements of industrial and plant automation in the field of analog sig nal processing can be ideally covered by the M1 Automation System s signal mod ules Pt100 temperature sensors or DMS sensors with perfectly scalable channel quantities modules of various standard levels for general analog transmission are available Beside commonly supplied module GIO212 Features
320. ps isolated rated 28 Digital input output modules Ey DOR2Z06 ep S Digital relay output modules DOR206 230 Relays are the simplest way of controlling galvani cally isolated power circuits The output module s i f i i direct plugability relays drastically reduce wiring work save valuable control cabinet space and facilicate troubleshooting The locking mechanism keeps the relay in place even when subjected to shocks and vibrations The relays offer maximum flexibility for implementation in control cabinets thanks to possibilities offered by standard relay types with a voltage range from 24 V 48 V DC or 230 V AC a broad power range and the selection of valuable electro mechanical relays or solid state for high make and break cycles Quick and easy serviceability without the use of tools is won by availability clear status and error display thanks to LED and a locking ejecting mechanism of relays as service parts e 6 relays e Normally open contact NO normally closed contact NC change over contact CO e Standard socket for SIL relays e Electromechanical or solid state relays e Mechanically locked relays e Coil current monitoring e Status display for each channel via LED e Galvanic isolation measured for voltages from system to channel 2500 V AC e Backplanes BS2xx S with protection class 1 for other voltages than SELV are available e Cost effective and space saving through direct wiring to the co
321. r CT via Ethernet Secure SSL connection to the controllers e Up to 5 automation devices per server e Up to 10 000 information points items field elements Multi processor support depending on operating system e Graphic configuration tool e Flat and hierarchical browsing e Integrated test client configuration tool e Operation under Microsoft Windows Vista XP 2000 Communication Control room networking PC Windows OPC server M1 OPC enterprise server284 Ethernet Bachmann M1 Automation device PLC x n IEC61131 I O fieldbus Server Protocol for client application Supported specifications Data exchange direction Supported data types Data type mapping Number of variables items Time stamp on the server Time stamp from controller Quality attribute on the server Quality attribute from controller OPC data access V1 0 2 04 2 05a 3 0 bidirectional basis types UINT1 UINT8 SINT8 UINT16 SINT16 UINT32 SINT32 REAL32 BOOL8 CHAR8 CHAR16 MIXED REAL64 UINT64 SINT64 block types all basis types basis type BLK e g CHAR8 BLK STRING SVI on OPC automatic 10 000 individual variables or field elements yes yes per group one time item possible yes yes per group one quality item possible 196 Communication Control room networking Server Display of connection loss Server type Operation without GUI Flat browsing Hierarchical browsing Refr
322. r family The make environment and all configuration files are managed and set up by C C Developer automatically For transfer of existing projects from a different development environment there is also the possibility of continuing to use the existing configuration files for the compile process without having them managed by the C C Developer unmanaged make Integration of existing libraries a in projects is also possible as is generation of your own libraries The generated executable program file can be directly transferred configured installed and started from the C C Developer on the control system Troubleshooting is supported by a mature debugger that can not only be active after download of the project but also enables integration of a software module that is already running Set break points can be deactivated and will be saved automatically in the project in addition they can also be saved in lists In addition to the break points watch points also referred to as hardware breakpoints lt are also available These do not stop a task when it executes a defined code but rather they stop a task when a specific memory address is read and or written to The contents of the stack variables and the global variables are readable and writable complex data types and structures are resolved appropriately and mapped in the form a tree In addition any number of memory contents can be listed in numeric for
323. ram e Table e Tree view e Screen keyboard e Input fields e Button M JSYS The M JSYS package allows general access to the control system e Read out and change of the controller configuration e RPCs for control e Access to system software modules XY diagram Buttons Table Input error Tree view Screen keyboard Visualization XML Process VACANS an aces management a g Communic Mi proxy ation interface sre Svi Smi Svi Smi Svi Smi Quality stab l Alarm stat process Logging handling control Language switchover Visualization device M1 controller Smi MIO Visualization 338 bachmann bachmann Standardized Special Overlapping A Motion Control Motion Control standardized drive control The requirements imposed on modern drive technology are becoming ever more specialized and not rarely are mechanical engineers confronted with special requests or special regulations from the customer side Even with the most modern machines with the most innovative drives individual drive solutions are still requested No problem for Bachmann electronic with the M1 automation system drive controllers can be selected with complete independence from the drive type Building on the IEC 61800 7 standard an open and universal interface to the drive technology is implemented in the M1 automation system with the name Drive Middleware Drive
324. ram The data types bool integer and time are supported 236 237 Safety Developer es Visibility in the standard program The transparent exchange of signals functions in both directions In the Safety Developer you configure which values irrespective of the states of the safe I Os should also be visible in the unsafe world Thus intermediate results in networks and the status of modules can be presented in a visualization recorded with the Scope or evaluated in a PLC program Thus there are extensive diagnostic possibilities and a high level of operating convenience Safe and unsafe paths Signals from the standard sequential program and from the I O modules of the control system can be used in the safety program as unsafe input and output signals The classification of a signal as safe or unsafe is presented with color coding User specific templates A logical circuit that is structured from a group of basic modules can be put together and given an interface in the project for a function group Thus separate user specific function blocks templates can be created and used in the project multiple times These groups or even complete networks can also by transferrred from one project into the next project SolutionCenter Debuggen N0317_Pitch_Safety_Run la a ee 9 ae SSE E aA Wind_Safety Safety Developer Oe oop W2E_FMEA V 0 99 02 Alpha _N0317_Feedback_Pitch_Safety_ R
325. rated in a distributed manner via the bus expansion or a FASTBUS e 16 digital inputs 8 digital outputs can be used redundantly in pairs PL e SIL3 Cat 4 e Each output with emergency delay is configurable in the event of communication lost e Safety Controller with two independent 32 bit microcontrollers e Fastest program cycle 5 ms e Decentralized I O via FASTBUS or bus expansion with SDI208 or SDO204 e All safety I O states can be used by the M1 controller e Safety programming via SolutionCenter e Galvanic isolation between the groups e Galvanic isolation from the system bus e Operating mode selector switch e Operating status display SAFE PROG lt TEST ERROR e Status display for each channel via LED e Programming via independent serial interface or via controller Item Item no SLC284 00014273 00 SLC284 00017465 00 Safety modules Processor CPU Controller 2x LPC2468 72 MHz 32 bit Programming Number of independent safety programs per SLC Program cycle I O expansion Digital inputs Quantity Input voltage range H Input voltage range L Input delay normally HW Input delay normally SW Input type according to IEC61131 2 input current at least Status display LED Error monitoring Digital outputs Quantity Output voltage range Output current per channel max Total current per group max Delay O to 1 Delay 1 to 0 Output groups Status d
326. re Rel humidity storage Model variants BEM211 BES212 BES212 N BES222 BES222 N 18 34 V DC max 1 2 Aat 24 V 17 W 2A 250 mA 200 mA yes 30 60 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 without condensation Bus extension master module with 1 interface Bus extension slave module with 2 interfaces up to 6 stations Bus extension slave module with 2 interfaces and integrated power supply 17W up to 6 stations Bus extension slave module with 2 interfaces up to 15 stations Bus extension slave module with 2 interfaces integrated power supply 17W up to 15 stations 130 System networking FASTBUS Extensive networking possibilities With the aid of FO based FASTBUS solutions numerous distributed tasks can be executed easily and reliably FASTBUS permits a mixed topology of star and linear networking In order to design distributed stations even more compact FASTBUS slaves with integrated power Supplies are available These stations are capable of supplying the I O modules on Topology FASTBUS CONTROL CABINET El the substations Between the individual stations distances of up to 2000 m can be bridged with no problems in this regard the galvanic separation is ensured by the fiber optic connection Use of the FASTBUS does not require a configuration or other special handling in the software but rather functions in accordance with the plug and play lt principle
327. recording time sequences of the CPU are available in memory and enable consistent access via the location and time specific software change to consistent location specific and time specific access through the software Existing evaluation packages can be ported to the M1 CPU system VxWorks Intel x86 compatible processor since no special solutions DSPs special operating systems are required e 12 analog inputs 9 inputs with ICP interface for Piezo vibration sensors and 3 inputs with 10 V e Position detection incremental encoder input 24 V and A B N track or 2 counter inputs with 24 V for initiators Condition Monitoring All channels including position measurement Rotary encoder signal sampled synchronously Analog filter and digital filtering with adjustable cut off frequency Resolution gt 17 bits Dynamics gt 95 dB Sampling rate 50 kHz adjustable Different trigger modes for the recording start position location IO bus sync etc High speed buffer memory directly on the module Access to channel values also synchronous with application direct access and process image for PLC programs Embedding in M1 plant management system or as autonmous CMS Use of any signals of other modules or calculated variables for evaluation Signal base suitable for frequency analysis with without location reference Several AIC212 modules in one system simultaneously Evaluations can be designed to individual requ
328. red Number of channels 16 channels measured values digital I O calculated values Memory depth per channel 40 960 sampling values 4 s at 100 us sampling rate Sampling rate 100 us 200 us 400 us 800 us 1 6 ms Pre trigger Yes 88 Grid measurement module Electrical safety Product standard EC ENGI 131 2 Generic standard IEC EN60664 1 Pollution degree 2 Overvoltage category 3 Test surge voltage 6 kV Protection class 2 Approvals certificates General CE UL cUL CCC Medium voltage directive BDEW 2008 FGW TR3 2011 Rev 22 FGW TR8 2011 Rev 5 Marine GL DNV LR ABS BV Others In preparation G59 2 2010 IEEE 37 90 2006 Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 30 to 60 C Rel air humidity operation 5 to 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 to 85 C Rel air humidity storage 5 to 95 with condensation Maximum operating height 2 000 m above sea level operation up to 4 500 m on request Power supply Via backplane 5 V lt 260 mA 15 V lt 20 mA 15V lt 16 mA External on the module 24 V lt 87 MA System requirements Hardware All M1 CPU families apart from ME203 SK1 backplane not required Software M Base 3 85 SolutionCenter 1 85 or higher MOGE GMP232 Grid measurement and protection module 3x In 690V 3x In 5A 2x Out Relay 24 48V DC 230V AC U I P Q f measurement 4Q energy metering integrated monitoring protect
329. resulting production speed Experience and knowledge about the process are what makes the difference between vendors Know how is increasingly being integrated in applications and data for example in the form of algorithms closed loop control parameters and recipes New chances arising from the offering of new services such as online monitoring and maintenance require secure communication routes separated access areas and manipulation proof logging Ultimately the operator must protect his intellectual property from unauthorized modifications or misuse by third parties if he wants to ensure the responsible use of his own plant For some time now the requirements of regulations and standards have forced application sectors such as the energy and water supply and func tional safety sectors into taking concrete measures Particularly in these critical areas the devices and software from Bachmann electronic are the preferred solution Different protective measures such as secured network connections user and access control and security logging have been inte gral elements of every Bachmann controller for several years The existing security concept is constantly being examined according to the latest stan dards and regulations and further developed jointly with our customers not just since Stuxnet or Duqu bachmann 214 lt lt 215 Security With Bachmann one decisive step ahead Machines and production plants are con nected
330. riables of the controller Time stamps and other meta data in addition to the actual values and special transmission types are often provided The M1 automation system offers telecontrol substation protocols as ready to use installable software packages that can be combined as required A key benefit is the fact that available application logic that has already been tested does not have to be modified selectively for each protocol It is only necessary to configure the variables SVI to be exchanged Datei Bearbeiten Fenster Hilfe Ei EI C C Developer S Debu Software Software Dea 2 MMS Communication Eigene Vorlagen ts Device Navigator T j ig SW Module W Station 1 Ga MMSCLNT S NETI gP Offline Device W 61400 25 Server 10 2049 gen A Safety Developer WW Vis Designer 5 Solution e o MMS Client Monitor Variablenansicht MMS Server M1_Wind_Turbine_001 verbunden M1_Wind_Turbine_002 M1_Wind_Turbine_003 Attribut LD Name M1_Wind_turbineLD WTOW1SSTSCrewPresent stVal Objekt Name Gelesener Wert 1 Zu schreibender Wert Telecontrol field level MMS client IEC61850 IEC61400 25 Manufacturing Message Specification client Numerous switching protective and measurement devices in the energy technology area are equipped with an Ethernet interface and offer communication in accordance with the
331. riants Dummy module cover System modules Rail adapter S202 The DIN rail adapter S202 serves as a mounting ele ment for individual modules on a top hat rail per DIN 60715 e 2 module slots e Can be snapped on EN 60715 DIN rail e Vibration proof fixing of modules Item Item no S202 00021588 00 Dimensions Number of module slots 2 Width 110 mm Depth 15 mm Height 119 mm Ambient conditions Operating temperature Corresponding to the combined M200 module Rel humidity operation Corresponding to the combined M200 module Storage temperature Corresponding to the combined M200 module Rel humidity storage Corresponding to the combined M200 module Design variants S202 Backplane with 2 module slot without circuit board 100 101 System modules m F o 8 in XS lt an pin Tir aA RERE reeeverer an Dimensions Number of module slots Width Depth Height Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Execution variants BS201 BS202 BS216 S201 Backplanes BS200 series The backplanes BS201 to BS216 interconnect the M1 controller hardware modules such as power supplies CPU modules and input output modules mechanically and electrically They are the backbone of the controller e 1 16 module slots e Seamless connection possible e Stabile mechanics compact design e Vibration proof fixing of modules
332. ring slope Voltage inputs Input voltage Basic accuracy at 25 C Current inputs Input current Basic accuracy at 25 C Input impedance Shunt short circuit proof Interference voltage strength Temperature inputs PTC Temperature inputs PTC Connection type Input impedance Temperature range Basic accuracy at 25 C Value of the LSB 12 channels individually configurable as input or output Analog input Temperature measurement input for Pt elements and thermoelements Analog output Digital input Counter input Digital output PWM output Analog input digital input temperature measurement counter depen ding on the mode Analog output digital output 16 bit 105 of nominal range Lower and upper measuring range limit error message as status or measuring range monitoring Max 1 V 100 us 4 kHz to 0 5 Hz adjustable channel by channel gt 80 dB decade 10 V 1 V 100 mV 10 mV Max 0 05 of output voltage range 20 mA or 0 20 mA or 4 20 mA Max 0 2 of output voltage range Max 300 Ohm To 24 V 24 V Pt100 Pt1000 selectable 2 3 or 4 wire optional gt 100 kOhm 100 800 C Up to 300 C 0 25 precisely of the input range 0 1 K measurement values in 1 10 Kelvin Analog input output modules Temperature inputs TE Temperature elements Temperature ran J ges per type A Ground Basic accuracy at 25 C Value of the LSB Analog outputs in general
333. roller CPU The motion software packages from Bachmann electronic and any other application programs can be synchronized precisely to the timing of the EtherCAT bus to ensure the synchronization of setpoint calculation and transmission The SolutionCenter supports commissioning and diagnostics through a configurator and monitor The Drive Middleware as the connecting link between motion software and EtherCAT drive directly operates the functions and the status model of the drive so that the user no longer needs to program out the specific sequences in the application software e Software solution for operation on standard controller CPUs e Addressing the slaves via autoincrement or alias address e Allocating and checking alias addresses e Supports optional nodes e Supports slaves with distributed clock e Synchronization of application programs and fieldbus is possible e Cyclic data exchange via PDO mapping e Display of process values as logical I O modules and in the PLC process image e Acyclic data exchange for application via SDO function interface is available e Function interface for network and slave status e Extensive diagnostics via system variables e Quality is ensured through regular participation in ETG Plug Fests 156 j Ul EtherCAT ECS200 EtherCAT Slave Module The EtherCAT slave module ECS200 allows connecting a M1 controller system as slave device to an external EtherCAT network The goal is to
334. rsi on provides protection even under hard en vironmental conditions An integrated po wer supply simplifies the construction The module offers the following features e 1 Serial interface e 2 Ethernet interfaces 10 100 Mbit s with status displays e 1 USB interface e Status indicating LEDs for RUN INIT and ERROR e RAM 256 MB DRAM e Data memory 512 Kb NVRAM e Program memory of 16 MB and inter nal FLASH 4 MB for system software 12 MB for redundancy configuration e Integrated power supply Item Item no ERS202 00021244 00 Ethernet Processor memory CPU x86 NVRAM data memory 512 kB DRAM working memory 256 MB FLASH program memory 16 MB internal Interfaces Serial 1x RS232 Ethernet 2x 10 100 base Tx USB 1x USB 2 0 Power supply Voltage range 18 34 V DC Nominal power 17 W Current consumption at 5 V 2000 mA Current consumption at 15 V 250 mA Current consumption at 15 V 200 mA Additional features Watchdog Synchronization pulse for Ethernet Real time clock with battery Status indication via 3 LEDs CPU ID selectable with rotary hexadecimal switches Operating system VxWorks with Bachmann system extensions on internal FLASH Ambient conditions ColdClimate 34 Operating temperature 30 60 C fan free Rel humidity operation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation Model variants ER
335. rver on one Mi controller system 194 Communication Control room networking Software FOUN DAT I ON FOUNDATION M1 OPC standard server Openness Productivity and Connectivity OPC defines a number of manufacturer neutral software interfaces for automation www opcfoundation org With OPC data access actual states and values online data can be exchanged between controllers and software applications such as visualizations control systems or production data acquisition As a pure software interface OPC runs on a PC or IPC under Windows and communicates with the Mi automation systems via Ethernet Any standard conformant OPC clients will then either be operated on the PC of the server or in the network and permit data exchange in both directions The integrated configuration tool supports the selective disclosure of any variables from the control system under a freely selectable item name for the clients Configurations can either be created directly in the graphic interface or transferred from other tools via the import export function Inversely a test client that is also integrated in the OPC Configurator configuration tool allows checking of the data exchange with underlying controllers without a completely set up OPC client application e OPC conformant data server manufacturer neutral interface Specifications OPC Data Access 1 0 2 04 2 05 and 3 0 e Connection to M1 o
336. s Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Model variants FCS214 F FCS214 G FCS214 F FCS214 G Item Order designation SXLC DK0 56 0010 LC connector Ethernet 4x 10 100 1000 MBit s 4x 10 100 1000 MBit s 1x 100 MBit s 1x 1000 MBit s FOC transmission medium Multimode Fibre 50 125 um and 62 5 125 um max 2000 m FOC connector type LC FOC guide wavelength 1310 nm HW three color status LED SW 0 100 number of data packets good bad frames bad size CRC error configurable Standard ColdClimate 30 60 C 5 95 5 95 with condensation without condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation Ethernet fibre optic converter and switch 100Mbit s 5 ports 1x LC Connector 4x RJ45 pluggable on back planes Ethernet fibre optic converter and switch 100 1000Mbit s 5 ports 1x LC Connector 4x RJ45 pluggable on backplanes like FCS214 F ColdClimate like FCS214 G ColdClimate Manufacturer Description LEONI uniboot multimode type 2 for multimode fibers with 125 um cladding LC connector duplex Harting connectors 09 57 402 0500 020 HARTING HARTING PushPull LC duplex plastic Multi Mode SFP Harting connectors 09 57 409 0500 020 HARTING HARTING PushPull LC duplex metal Multi Mode SFP Information without guarantee order directly from the manufacturer 126 System networking Bus expansion
337. s rights e Setting and resetting events automatically from depending on login name and password variable value or from user program e Ready to use visualization is created by e Individual configurable time delay for setting and configuration resetting events and for power up e Arbitrary grouping of monitor and parameter e Freely configurable reactions to events values e Complete logging with high resolution time stamps e Arbitrary language and character sets for e Standardized power curve created with a few mouse description texts clicks e Extensive program libraries for customer specific extensions Configure Project zip Visu settings aaa SaaS SSS SSS SS SS te See Ol Ce Cl eee eee eee ee eee Se a Se ee ee ee ee ee eee Monitor Implement A Software package overview Wind Turbine Essentials WTE 370 371 Sector specific solutions Configurator Environment Project handling Workflow Validation User management Storage format Version control Import of external models The configurator is installed as extension to the Bachmann SolutionCenter Turbine projects are stored without any external dependencies and thus can be transferred easily from one PC to another For all parts of the configuration comfortable table editors with input assistants are available Immediate check for plausible and complete configuration parameters Configuration of user roles assignment of required role to
338. siderable pressures on manufacturers and operators A continuous and if possible automatic monitoring of the mechanical systems is the ideal solution Q Guard 12 analog inputs The condition of the equipment wear and damage can be monitored and maintenance and service can be timely scheduled to ensure maximum operability Within the framework of Condition Monitoring in addition to numerous well known indicators such as temperature current consumption or load selective operating hour acquisition vibration analyses in the frequency range in particular has proven to be an effective output variable Vibration sensor input module AIC212 Features Number of inputs 12 analog inputs 9 inputs with IEPE interface for Piezo vibration sensors and 3 inputs with 10 V Resolution gt 17 bit Dynamics gt 95 dB Sampling rate up to 50 kHz adjustable Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Stand alone solution Features PLC independent CMS Fixing with mounting feet direct mounting or magnets Remote service via WebLog Expert Features Client based WebLog Expert software for remote diagnostics Webtog Expert WebLag Expert Condition Monitoring Q Guard TopBox integrated solution Features 12 analog inputs PLC independent CMS Installation in existing control cabinet Q Guard Fully integrated solution eel rh NI i FFEEFE
339. sing the latest technologies for the development atvise scada classical limitations have been overcome the Internet now serves the automation world the visualization is based on pure web technology The implementation of valid industrial and communication standards e g OPC UA allows for example customers to reduce the efforts in project and maintenance to a minimum Open Standards By focusing on international standards such as HTML5 SVG vector graphics TCP IP the generated user interface is displayed and executed on all popular Web browsers without special additives such as individual plug ins Activex Java or Silverlight This means added value in various ways Web browsers are everywhere device independently available whether on the particular facility level or in the case of remote services Eliminating cumbersome client installations and updates means less effort for operation and maintenance Maximum possibilities in graphic design along with maximum access security are the values of benefit that the latest Item Item No atvise scada 50 CCD micro 00021504 00 atvise scada 150 CCD small 00021504 10 atvise scada 1500 CCD standard 00021504 20 atvise scada 10000 CCD large 00021504 30 atvise scada Unlimited CCD xxl 00021504 40 atvise Server sided Scripting Option 00021679 00 atvise Fixed Client Option 00021680 00 atvise Elements Option 00021681 00
340. slots according to the information in the GSDML files For configuration of I Devices the communication of process variables between M1 PROFINET devices and the PROFINET controller is organized with data blocks SVI variables of the application software are assigned to the data blocks and can then be exchanged with a PROFINET controller On the M1 PROFINET controller the I O and process valuess of its devices are represented as logical I O modules which enable convenient access to the process data for application software and diagnostic tools Network parameters such as timeout limits optional stations assignment of process values to communication relations and further settings are available in parameter tables The controller and device configurations are automatically distributed to all participtating M1 systems Additionally the configuration project is stored on the controllers so the configuration can be directly opened for verification or change This grants that the maintenance engineer always works on the current network configuration e Complete network configurations for the PROFINET controller e Partial network configuratons for M1 PROFINET devices e Device catalog for managing GSDML description files e Free arrangement of the devices in the graphical network layout editor e Assignment of the modules to the slots on the device e Convenient processing of network and device parameters in tables e Generation of
341. stem 500 V 610212 Gp 6 7 ens 4 36 2 8 9 10 11 12 1 1 2f 3 4 il 6 TE at Ha Item Item no GIO212 00020620 00 GIO212 00020623 00 e 12 channels e Analog and digital inputs and outputs e Modes that can be selected per channel e Analog voltage input to 10 mV e Analog current input O 4 20 mA e Temperature sensor Pt elements as 2 3 4 wire e Thermoelements type J K T N E R S B e Analog voltage output 10 V e Analog current output 0 4 20 mA e Digital input 24 V e Digital 32 bit counter A and A B operation e Digital output 100 mA e Low Side High Side Push Pull e Digital output as 16 bit PWM Analog input output modules Universal input output module GIO212 The GIO212 is a module that can measure and output various types of signals Each channel can be used as analog or digital output or input With the standard signals current 0 20 mA and 4 20 mA and Voltage 10 V various sensors and actuators can be connected A resolution of at least 14 bits allows measurement results from signals that do not completely use the measuring range e g 0 5 V Temperatures are playing a significant role in ever more processes which is why this module supports Pt1000 Pt100 in 2 3 and 4 wire measurement as well as all standard type thermoelements Similarly the channels can be used as digital inputs which can also be configured as interrupt input and digital 32 bit counters T
342. stically rare component part failure are required Bachmann electronic with its scalable redundancy products for the proven M1 automation system always provides the right solution The redundancy product series upgrades the significant ruggedness and availability of the hardware modules universal fault tolerance The software only implementation based on redundant Ethernet real time networking guarantees compatibility without special and expensive redundancy hardware and makes upgrading of existing applications possible bachmann 240 Redundancy The right solution for each application Hot standby redundancy Network redundancy Maximum reliability thanks to fully Using the basic redundancy version critical automatic variable exchange and bumpless transmission links are protected against application switchover Ideal where outages interruptions due to mechanical damage are economically unacceptable and for and network equipment outages technical challenges like in rapid control applications Warm standby redundancy Values interchange is supported by network redundancy Adjusts to redundant data recording and for simple and less critical redundancy applications Redundancy Control Redundancy cycles up to 1 ms possible Automatic switchover between variables and process value sources within one PLC cycle Support of fully autonomous dual communication guarantees maximum reliability with freely selectable transmission medium
343. switching state The continuous monitoring of grid harmonics up to the 50th harmonic can be used for direct responses as well as for evaluating the power quality The module is provided with an integrated real time data recorder for the high precision recording of up to 16 measuring channels during protective tripping or synchronization Error events are recorded continuously and stored permanently with a high resolution time entry The internal time base of the module can be synchronized to an external time source e g IEEE 1588 Precision Time Protocol which supports the analysis of the data from spatially separated measurement and protection devices The GSP274 is fully integrated in the Bachmann SolutionCenter Configurations can be created simply and stored for later reuse Both the measured channel values and also the derived values are made available directly in the user interface Commissioning and fault analysis are simplified with tabular phasor and time sequence displays Event logs and recorded time sequences can be exported in CSV respectively COMTRADE format The integrated simulation function simplifies the configuration of protection and monitoring functions e Measurement of current voltage frequency power power factor phase angle e Measurement of grid harmonics up to the 50th power quality e Synchronization monitoring Synchro check e Monitoring Protection functions for grid and generator protection e C
344. t without expansion attachments per expansion 30 mm gt max 2 expansions 60 mm 274 Industrial PC Variants IPC1410 BE1 CM1G1 Industrial PC Display 10 4 VGA 640x480 Touch CPU Celeron M ULV 423 1M Cache 1 06 GHz 533 MHz FSB RAM 1GB DDR2 CF Card 4GB WXPP FES 2x Eth 10 100MBit 3x USB2 0 2x RS232 422 1x PS2 1x Line in 1x Line Out 1x Mic 1x DVI 1x VGA operating temp O C 50 C storage temp 20 C 60 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensa tion IPC1410 BE1 CD1G6 Industrial PC Display 10 4 VGA 640x480 Touch CPU Core Duo Proces sor L2400 2M Cache 2x 1 66 GHz 667 MHz FSB RAM 2GB DDR2 CF Card 8GB WXPP FES 2x Eth 10 100MBit 3x USB2 0 1x powered USB2 0 2x RS232 422 1x PS2 1x Line in 1x Line Out 1x Mic 1x DVI 1x VGA operating temp 0 C 50 C storage temp 20 C 60 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation IPC1412 BE1 CM1G1 Industrial PC Display 12 1 SVGA 800x600 Touch CPU Celeron M ULV 423 1M Cache 1 06 GHz 533 MHz FSB RAM 1GB DDR2 CF Card 4GB WXPP FES 2x Eth 10 100MBit 3x USB2 0 1x powered USB2 0 2x RS232 422 1x PS2 1x Line in 1x Line Out 1x Mic 1x DVI 1x VGA operating temp 0 C 50 C storage temp 20 C 60 C rel humidity 5 95 without condensation IPC1412 BE1 CD1G6 Industrial PC Display 12 1 SVGA 800x600 Touch CPU Core Duo Pro cessor L2400 2M Cache 2x 1 66 GHz 667 MHz FSB RAM 2GB DDR2
345. t 10 years without an external energy supply or battery e 2 serial interfaces e USB 2 0 interface e 2 Ethernet interfaces 10 100 1000 Mbit s with IEEE 1588 e Process image controller e Data memory 512 kB non volatile e Program memory intertal 16 MB Flash e Internal mass storage CFast card e Power supply 100 watt power for I O modules 30 watt Item DAVES Item no MH212 S 00016370 00 MH212 S CFA4GB 00016370 02 MH212 S 00018652 00 MH212 S CFA4GB 00018652 02 21 Processor modules Processor memory CPU 1 2 GHz Celeron M ULV 722 I O processor process image controller CFast mass storage 1 x integrated accessible via side cover nvRAM O data memory 512 kB DRAM 2 GB Internal FLASH program memory 16 MB Interfaces Serial 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 SW configurable Ethernet 2x 10 100 1000 base T USB 1x USB 2 0 Power supply Internal power supply module CPU supply and 30 watt for I Os Supply voltage 24 V DC 18 V 34 V Nominal power 17 W Module 5V 3A 15V 500 mA 15 V 500 mA Additional features Watchdog Synchronizing pulse also for I O busses fieldbusses SERCOS and CAN Ethernet Real time clock with battery Status indication via 3 LEDs CPU ID selectable with rotary hexadecimal switches Operating system VxWorks with Bachmann system extensions on internal FLASH Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 0 60 C 30 60 C
346. t current 4 20 mA Differential inputs 0 20 mA 20 20 mA Resolution 13 16 bit Resolution 13 16 bit Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Oue O o amane Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Galvanic isolation of channels 500 V Galvanic isolation of channels 500 V Analog input output modules wu _ i Analog input a S Analog output modules AI204 x a oO module AO208 1 Features Features ETE CO Analog output J module A0202 Number of inputs 1 2 4 Input voltage 10 V DC Differential inputs Resolution 16 bit Inputs can be synchronized Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Galvanic isolation of channels 500 V Features Output voltage 10 V DC Outputs can be synchronized Ag204 S G S Number of outputs 2 Differential and short circuit proof outputs Resolution 16 bit Osmin o zam as Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Galvanic isolation of channels 500 V Number of outputs 8 Output current 0 20 mA or 4 20 mA Resolution 13 bit Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Galvanic isolation of channels 500 V Analog output modules AO202 SI AO204 SI Features Number of outputs 2 4 Output current 0 20 mA Differential outputs Short circuit proof outputs Resolution 16 bit Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Galvanic is
347. ta transfer rate Operating voltage Read write cycles MTBF at 25 C Data retention Vibration Shock Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature CFast type I 4 8 16 GB up to 100 MB s 3 3 gt 3 000 000 gt 2 500 000 h depending on free memory 10 years 20 G 10 Hz aa 2 kHz 1500 G half cycle 0 5 ms 40 85 C 5 95 without condensation 40 85 C Rel humidity storage Execution variants CFA200 4GB 5 95 without condensation CFast Card 4GB CFA200 16GB CFast Card 16GB 108 109 Storage media System maintenance utility Welcome to the system maintenance utility uhich helps you to backup or restore a solid state of tt 1 create or restore a backup sieply Navigate to the desired bution by using the lt TAB gt key and press lt ENTEA gt or simply press the hotkey displayed on the button Your current options are Bachmann System Maintenance Stick for Linux and Windows devices The Bachmann System Maintenance Stick BSM Stick is a combination of an 8 GB USB stick and an easy to operate graphic backup and restore program for operator terminals and industrial PCs with Linux and Windows Using the BSM Stick you can conveniently create complete backups of the operating system on a USB stick or restore a complete backup from the stick The operating philosophy of the Bachmann System Maintenance Utility is based on the
348. tegrated Java Script editor in atvise builder yes integrated HTML source editor in atvise builder Primitive line polygon shape any rectangle ellipse bezier curve etc Widgets label text field table trend etc yes extensive catalog of pre configured standard objects in pure vector graphic adaptable expandable contains among other things bar graphs tacho gauges tanks engines and much more SVG and all other according to W3C as well as pixel graphics PNG JPG etc Text value frame color background color text color visibility operability size x y position x y rotation blinking distortion Any shapes amp sectors roundings simple and complex color processes transparency semi transparency alpha blending rotation shading transformation change of existing SVG graphics HTTP S FTP S XML customer specific expansions feasible commercially available browser only All M1 CPUs except ME203 MH2xx MC2xx MPC2xx MX2xx with at least M Base 3 85 Licenses to operate the M1 webMI pro on one controller CPU Deployment of dynamized web pages HTML SVG via the integra ted web server to display on modern browser enabled devices Data coupling to SVI and IO channels locally simple alarm handling and archiving value directly to the controller system Engineering with ativse Builder and SolutionCenter Product support and updates delivery of webMI pro for one year Combination package of 10 Ru
349. tem Wide slot Narrow slot max max 2 Expansion modules S ATA devices PCI Hard disk 2 5 PCI express Video on request Remote installation up to 100 m External displays TFT monitor Serial devices Modem mouse Emergency supply UPS Networking Barcode reader Audio devices Loudspeaker Headset Microphone Input device Keyboard Mouse Networking Control Control room Headless IPCs and remote displays Processor RAM Processor system Celeron M processor Core Duo processor L2400 2x 1 66 GHz ULV 423 1 06 GHz Mass storage 2 5 Flash disk CF card type I II 4 GB Interfaces Network 2x Ethernet 10 100 USB 3x USB 2 0 1x powered USB 2 0 Serial 2x RS232 422 also configurable as full RS232 Mouse keyboard 1x combined PS 2 connection Audio AC97 1x Line In 1x Line Out 1x MIC System LEDs Power Diag HDD External monitor 1x VGA 1x DVI 1x DSA 1x VGA 1x DVI 1x VGA 1x DVI 1x DSA Expansion modules 2 5 hard disk ee gt 80 GB 24 7 RAID 1 Slots max 2x PCI or 2x PClexpress Power supply 24 V DC 18 V 36 V Tested acc to CE UL CUL CSA CC Software Operating systems Windows XP Professional FES Windows Embedded Standard 2009 Visualization Vis Designer Java other visualizations at customer s request Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 C 50 C fan free Storage temperature 20
350. ter CANopen slave Extended boot up Minimum boot up COB ID distribution Node ID distribution No of TxPDOs No of RxPDOs PDO modes Variable PDO mapping Emergency message Life guarding No of SDOs Device profile Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Model variants CM202 CM202 yes yes no yes per SDO no DBT yes no LMT 128 128 sync async RTR event yes yes client master server slave yes heartbeat and or node guarding 4 server 64 client 301 302 405 Standard ColdClimate 30 60 C 5 95 with condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation CAN fieldbus master module 2x CAN CANopen up to 1Mbit s Master Slave configurable CANsync isolated like CM202 ColdClimate 142 143 CANopen CANopen CANopen slave CANopen slave modules CS200 x The CANopen slave module CS200 x is the head module for CANopen slave stations The CANopen slave module CS200 x allows modular CANopen slave stations to be set up from the M1 modules The same modules that are used for local stations can be used to design a slave station which simplifies stock keeping and consistently ensures the same technical data e Head module for CANopen slave stations e Up to 30 I O modules per slave station e Optional integrated power supply e Transfer rate 10 Kbaud to 1 Mbaud e Bus length to 5000 m sign
351. terval Calculation over one period 50 Hz 20 ms 60 Hz 16 67 ms Accuracy values as a percentage of the nominal value at 25 C A 78 79 Energy Accuracy Resolution Active energy Reactive energy Type of memory Measurement interval Power quality Voltage Current Voltage harmonics Current harmonics Calculation method Measurement interval Grid measurement module 0 2 1 Ws Supplied positive drawn negative Supplied positive drawn negative Nonvolatile on the module Calculation over one period 50 Hz 20 ms 60 Hz 16 67 ms Total harmonic distortion THD per phase Total demand distortion TDD per phase Amplitudes of harmonics up to 50th harmonic per phase Amplitudes of harmonics up to 50th harmonic per phase EN 61000 4 7 50 Hz Calculation over 10 periods 60 Hz Calculation over 12 periods Digital inputs Switch position indication Number Signal rated voltages Input voltage range H Input voltage range L Internal resistance Input delay typically Status display LED A 24 V DC type 1 acc to DIN EN 61131 2 15 to 34 V DC 34 to 5 V DC 6 8 kOhm 1 ms Green Digital outputs Synchronization and alarming Number Signal rated voltages Output voltage range H Output current max Status display LED 4 24 V DC type 1 acc to DIN EN 61131 2 18 to 34 V DC 0 5 A Green Digital relay outputs Grid and system protection Number typ
352. tes a power curve according to IEC61400 12 selectable with or without internal average calculation One type can directly process raw data the other expects input data which are already averaged The WTE Visualization displays the power curve together with an optional reference curve It is possible to keep several power curves on the controller e g to verify the result of parameter changes Shows the distribution of wind speed depending on the wind direction The WTE visualization has a graphical display of the wind rose User management and access rights Definition of user rights Password generator Login Checker Access log Creation of a list of user roles in the configurator then assignment of required role to a variable Required role can be different for Read and write access E g reading of operating hours is possible for everybody resetting the counter is only allowed for certain users Separated stand alone tool to create passwords which are valid for a limited period between one day and one year Executable program for the controller Derives user rights from login name password and date and can limit the access of the user Complete logging of all logins and write operations to the controller Log is stored on the controller M Sector specific solutions Programming libraries Supported languages The libraries are available with an identical feature set for IEC61131 3 M PLC as lib and for C C
353. the solution the Bachmann SolutionCenter devices and systems of the manufacturer covers all aspects of the engineering it provides time savings brings synergies process configuration programming and increases usability Users benefit from controlling regulation communication the cohesive operating concept and avoid Motion visualization as well as test and redundant entry or unnecessary manual commissioning Thanks to the highly entry A close linking to the automation modular Eclipse plug in concept the systems of Bachmann electronic enables tool can be easily expanded even for simplifications in virtually all processes integrated user specific requirements bachmann Controller design offline Configuration of the hardware modules Management and use of predefined hard ware and software modules Assignment of signal designations Archiving export and import of subsystems or complete controller systems Configuration of the fieldbuses telecontrol e CANopen DeviceNet e PROFIBUS DP e PROFINET IO RT IRT e EtherCAT SERCOS e Modbus TCP UDP RTU e IEC61850 1IEC61400 25 MMS e IEC60870 5 101 103 104 OPC UA DA IEC61131 3 CoDeSys PLCopen Safety C C MATLAB Simulink Extensive libraries Repository with SVN Configurations for M1 webMI pro web visualizations VisDesigner project designs Communication libraries for developing user defined visualizations Java C NET OPC server Controlling
354. thernet interfaces onboard 2x Ethernet 100 MBit s or Gbit s managed switch MSys MxCCore M BASE V3 80 or higher Limit value subject to CPU type memory available application size number of exchangeable variables network bandwidth available and network and CPU load via non redundant applications No program technical restriction Redundancy 254 io 44a teecaeda i946 JE DE E I1 k ee eceeeaeuagaere F 1 Windpark WTG 1 DemoVis Ss GY User 4 Hy 2007 02 02 07 16 02Te Om ey IBY ef acer of Individual Attractive Ergonomic HMI devices We have devoted 20 years of what is now our 40 year company history to the areas of Human Machine Interfaces abbreviated as HMIs Always oriented to the specific needs of our business partners and the target industries Bachmann electronic offers a complete product line of visualization systems in different performance classes and for a wide variety of implementation areas All HMIs are developed and manufactured in our main facility in Feldkirch in Austria In order to offer our customers the highest level of investment protection possible all components are selected by our development team according to the premises of long term availability and stablity To acheive this the experienced engineers use industrial grade components exclusively In addition every visualization device is subjected to a 48 hour run in test in the climate cham
355. tion in 10 100 Mbit s networks at full data rate With the retentive program and data storage devices also larger projects can be handled without the need for external media In addition to the supply of the processor module an integrated optional power supply provides 17 W for extra I O modules e 80386 EX processor e 2 serial interfaces e Optional integrated power supply 17 W 24 V DC e Optional CAN bus interface or Ethernet 100 Mbit 100 Mbit s interface e RAM 8 MB DRAM e Data memory 512 kB SRAM battery backed e Integrated program memory e Removable memory PC cards with 8 16 32 64 MB e Battery backed real time clock RTC e Status displays for RUN INIT and ERROR e Watchdog Item Item no ME203 EN 00013177 00 ME203 EN 00015985 00 ME203 CN 00013176 00 ME203 CNW 00013191 00 ME203 CN2 00016336 00 Processor memory Processor modules CPU SRAM data memory DRAM working memory PC card Boot FLASH Program FLASH Interfaces Serial standard Ethernet optional CAN optional Power supply External power supply module Internal power supply module optional Galvanic isolation Additional features Watchdog Real time clock with battery Status indication via 3 LEDs Intel 80386 EX 33 MHz 512 kB battery backed 8 MB PCC201 xx with 16 32 64 MB 2 MB reserved by system software 8 MB 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 64 byte FIFO 1x 10 100 M
356. tionCenter M Sys MxCCore V3 80 M Base gt 3 80 Included in M Base runtime and engineering components 222 i a a a oe Sree T a TELE TTT 24V DC 2 0A per Output Ca a a a bachmann TTT ARGHA Integrated Intuitive Safe Safety Control Safety technology Safety for man as well as machine plays an increasingly important role in the world of automation Machines and plants are becoming ever more complex and the requirements imposed on functional safety continuously increase Bachmann electronic offers a safety package that is consistently integrated in the M1 automation system that is designed for the most rigorous safety requirements It consists of the programmable SLC284 safety module digital I O modules and the Safety Developer and it can be extended to meet individual needs in accordance with the latest safety standards PL e SIL3 Cat 4 And best of all In addition to safety efficiency is also increased the intelligent safety technology helps to significantly lower engineering costs Through specific diagnostic possibilities and the fastest possible intervention availability of the machine system is increased and downtimes are reduced bachmann 24 225 Safety module amp Safety Developer Integrated safety With the safety modules for realization of functional safety Bachmann electronic is setting a clear signal for a holistic and integrated a
357. tions e Specification of speed accelerations delays and the target position to be approached e Specification of position tolerance window and tolerance monitoring time settling time eSampling times min 200 us in 100 us increments e Easy application through FUB interface for PLC programs e Commissioning interface Features e Up to 16 freely configurable axes per SMC module can be defined e Software module can be loaded multiple times Free configuration of the hardware input and output signals via Device Manager Controller enable signal output controller ready signal input Master slave relationship between axes Flying saw Online switchover from speed to position specification Online change of the controller parameters Change of target position or speed during travel Selection of different pre defined referencing methods is possible Reversing operation with teach function for controller adjustment Integrated drag error monitor with various response methods and status output Monitoring of software limit switches Monitoring of hardware limit switches PLC function library Application PLC C Position Manipulated variable Motion unit Control Software module available for all M1 processor modules Easy integration of visualization systems through disclosure of the parameter interfaces and addressing via symbolic variables Different methods of interpolation for position speed and acce
358. tions are stored with a precise time reference when they occur Type of memory nonvolatile on the module Size 1000 entries Real time data recorder digital fault recorder DFR Description The GSP module is provided with 3 integrated real time data record ers One data recorder can be used for recording the synchronization sequence between the generator and busbar and one for busbar and grid Another data recorder can carry out recordings when triggered by a monitoring function Number of channels 16 channels measured values digital I O calculated values Memory depth per channel 40 960 sampling values 4 s at 100 us sampling rate Sampling rate 100 us 200 us 400 us 800 us 1 6 ms Pre trigger Yes 82 Grid measurement module Electrical safety Product standard IEC EN61131 2 Generic standard IEC EN60664 1 Pollution degree 2 Overvoltage category 3 Test surge voltage 4 kV Protection class 2 Approvals certificates General CE UL cUL CCC Medium voltage directive BDEW 2008 FGW TR3 2011 Rev 22 FGW TR8 2011 Rev 5 Low voltage directive VDE AR N 4105 2011 Marine GL DNV LR ABS BV Others In preparation G59 2 2010 IEEE 37 90 2006 Ambient conditions Operating temperature 30 to 60 C Rel air humidity operation 5 to 95 no condensation Storage temperature 40 to 85 C Rel air humidity storage 5 to 95 no condensation Maximum operating height 2 000 m above sea level operation up to 4
359. try into IEC 61131 3 IT ST LD FDB CFC OFB Convenient debugging on the target system with single step breakpoints etc Provided libraries with pre finished and tested functions C C Developer Features Languages ANSI C and C Gnu compiler gcc Automatic adaptation and management of the computer environment Editor and debugger based on Eclipse CDT Intellisense Automatic supplementation of structure elements Syntax highlighting Folding code ranges e g for complete while loops Y3 Teaedrate a gt a Wea eho TeeDecen MA Trie 3 DITC ouzer U 5 Ga 232 pecans Tart betere Simiertontrs depfiietomtert seaca abjClrFilecnt cY T pecans Tast taurite mer TEE TRGI ecocteat ere eet Pile sz tase E 4 d 4 haeata Q Witch und Retepnsrennater 5 S i CODESYS Cysletise wtertsise etar tine tt cycletioe gt CycleTiae Mex THEN Cyeletine Mas i cycietion Dny Cu wet e treorpoin i TI eycteciee gt 100 TH getcie t Ics RTO CetTisei Wasting Act ie gettiee sterttiog Oeesleul susar si GEIRE WEILE BGlaterttine oberttizs mificateee e PREST 023 Durseieciseir miten 660 ans 2CQus verkesern DARIE Rantime Ser z 306 TIEN me lal G jipsectmann Cry ixxx Meorx FI T 0 modules FIX Merhi Perdmeter f Svarica 1IVAR ussite A G Stausoa 2 VAR sts202z_Ceraiaz svar we
360. ual Maintenance 00018914 70 M Base SC Light One time License 00018888 60 M Base SC Light Annual Maintenance 00018888 70 M Base Device Viewer One time License 00015845 60 M Base Device Viewer Annual Maintenance 00015845 70 291 MEERE M Base One time License M Base Annual Maintenance M Base SC One time License M Base SC Annual Maintenance M Base SC Light One time License M Base SC Light Annual Maintenance M Base Device Viewer One time License M Base Device Viewer Annual Maintenance M Base COM One time License M Base COM Annual Maintenance Engineering Software Complete engineering package for configuration programming and modeling for the Bachmann M1 The product support and the updates of one year are included in the license extension of the product support and updates for one year longer SolutionCenter for configuration and diagnostic programming in C C visualization tool and Safety Developer The product support and updates within one year are included in the license extension of the product support and updates for one year longer SolutionCenter with Device Manager for pure configuration and diagnostic for the M1 controller system The product support and the updates of one year are included in the license extension of the product support and updates for one year longer Device Viewer for pure monitoring of the M1 controller system The product support and the updates of one
361. uantity 8 Output current 0 20mA 4 20 mA Digital resolution 13 bit Apparent ohmic resistance lt 5009 Value of the LSB 2 44 WA Cross talk attenuation gt 70 dB between the channels Error at 25 C 100 HA 0 5 Error at the entire temperature range 160 HA 40 8 Setting time of 1 of the output current range Max 500 us Refresh cycle time 500 us Galvanic isolation of channels No isolation Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate 3 Operating temperature 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without 5 95 with condensation condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation 5 95 with condensation Execution variants A0O208 I Analog output module 8x Out 20mA 13bit 0 5 500us refresh cycle isolated A0O208 I Like AO208 1 ColdClimate 2 54 55 Analog input output modules A0204 Gye Oaume o zima rane Analog outputs Quantity Output current Apparent ohmic resistance Digital resolution Value of the LSB Cross talk attenuation Error at 25 C Error at the entire temperature range Setting time of 0 1 of the output current range Galvanic isolation of channels Galvanic isolation from system Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Execution variants A0O202 SI AO204 SI Analog output modules AO202 SI
362. uctured manner in a separate view Searching for values is facilitated through an automatic full text search a selection of relevant values can be summarized saved and reloaded in an additional window Through a trend display the temporal progression of values can be graphically presented S EREE CCo Developar A Suey Depa F Vi Disigo 5 REAG gt Coptrelies 102245720 B NISS ISAT Module 4 GB SLCIH Sot 5 Module 5 B GEMET see 6 Modhe 6 Bh DB Monitor Ld Vanabieniiten 5 FTP TF Vanabies View Decree Seat sim o Stem 110 EtnerCAT Profibus Sereon CAN hame Fine Resower Ekment hu E ana Pelena WE Base 15 00 Belene O MBase V2 70 Release m vo piam Sen Property Vax Configuration e One interface for all Bachmann devices e Managing devices e Backup of existing devices e Offline configuration of entire control systems or individual HW SW modules e Offline and online configuration of fieldbuses CAN PROFINET RT and IRT PROFIBUS DP EtherCAT e The same mode of operation for online and offline devices e Consistent concept Monitor actual status and configurator target status e Graphic presentation of the I O modules e Configuration and diagnostics in one tool e Software is managed in catalogs user specific catalogs e Flexible compilation of functional window areas perspectives Si Loctrotes 0202S Memory Working Memory Partitioning Free available space
363. uirements f ms Le L____ dd WGT Nacelle drecton gt A ole eenperatum kae Outside ternperatuce MEENE Meare nn 11 EEENEETON 10 f m r Proh Roo Generator gt gt I KA j d a a a D o 4 ae r w kj Nao BRATS AA 3 f Wind d CF In order to ensure the lowest possible failure rate and maximum investment security Bachmann electronic places considerable importance on the selection of the components used in terms of availability mechanical resistance and suitability for industrial use Industrial PC IPC1400 series Display 10 4 VGA 12 1 SVGA 15 XGA 19 SXGA color TFT touch screen customer specific front panel Processor Celeron M processor ULV 423 1 06 GHz Core Duo processor L2400 2x 1 66 GHz RAM 1 GB 2GB Compact Flash 4GB 8GB Operating system Windows XP Embedded Windows 7 Slot system PCI HDD Interfaces Ethernet USB PS 2 RS232 CF slot on request Industrial PC Industrial PC IPC1400 series The highly modular and compact IPC1400 series is Suitable for demanding visualizations The family relies on modularity Performance scalability and service friendly The system with TFT screens is available with different diagonals to meet specific customer requirements The modular slot system enables the implementa tion of a wide range of slots such as PCI and PICe as well as the simultaneous us
364. un Ti Time_100ms T 100ms False F __ SVIOUT_B_H0317_Reset_safety_system F rd g Diag_Code s vanene setzen varaerorcen hoce aumienen ITI SVIIN_B_N0317_Feedback_Pitch_Safety Run _ Tracking changes In the Safety Developer version management is an integral component regardless of the logging and verification obligation The version management database is operated directly from the project navigator A local history is always kept automatically which enables reversal of changes even without a genuine version management system Naturally Undo Redo functions are also available Program verification The program for execution on the target system is not compiled but rather is translated into a script that is checked and executed redundantly by the firmware of the target system Nevertheless the Safety Developer can detect and display possible error sources in the code when the script is generated Modularity Warnings and Errors Error message y Insufficient safety level Safety level higher than necessary s Invalid function block sequence EJ Unused function block EJ Input value too low EJ Input value too high E Invalid value for pulse cydes EJ No default mode found 2 Mode name already used The Safety Developer takes the flexible requirements in today s industry into account through its modular project management FBD networks and also additional safe I O modu
365. unters for single line pulse generators Two of the channels can optionally be used as inputs for incremental encoders e 4 counter inputs for single line pulse generators e Status indication LED green per counter initiator input e 2 input channels for incremental encoders e Encoder power supply directly from the module via the connectors e Inputs can be synchronized e Monitoring of all supply voltages e Period measurement with 42 ns resolution e Differential measurement phase shift between Ci and C3 or C2 and C4 with 42 ns resolution Item Item no CNT204 H 00010709 10 CNT204 H 00016407 10 CNT204 R 00010709 20 Function modules Incremental encoder inputs Quantity Counter resolution Input signals Signal evaluation Max input frequency Input filter Counter inputs Quantity Counter resolution max input frequency min pulse length Input filter Encoder power supply voltage Tolerance max current encoder Ripple Short circuit proof External power supply Power supply Current consumption internal Reverse polarity protection Ambient conditions Operating temperature Rel humidity operation Storage temperature Rel humidity storage Execution variants CNT204 H CNT204 H CNT204 R 2 32 bit A A B B N N 1 2 4 edge evaluation or pulse direction mode 1 MHz RS422 300 kHz HTL 185 kHz 6 MHz adjustable default 6 MHz 4 2 if INC inputs are used
366. uple type N S 14 bit 0 15 isolated Like T1214 ColdClimate 3 only applies for 3 conductor technology without consideration of cold point compensation 62 Analog input output modules Strain gauge input module DMS202 The strain gauge module DMS202 is a two chan nel micro controller operated measuring module to read quickly changing DMS signals up approx 1 kHz with a sample time of only 12 5 us e 2 DMS measurement inputs e High quality plug in connector e 2 analog measurement outputs e Automatic measuring range selection input e Wire break detection on the measurement inputs e Monitoring of the external ee _ _ r y i k Co A supply voltage Item Item no DMS202 00009884 00 Bridge supply Analog input output modules Carrier frequency Amplitude Synchronization of the carrier frequency Synchronization range DMS amplifier input Input resistance Desired signal bandwidth Resolution max input common mode voltage CMRR 0 5 kHz Wire break monitoring Galvanic isolation from system Monitoring of the ext voltage Conversion time Measurement range selection Measurement range switchover Measurement outputs Output voltage Internal resistance Load resistor Special functions External power supply Voltage range Current consumption external Reverse polarity protection Galvanic isolation from system Ambient conditions 5 kHz 2 4 Veff 2 Optio
367. uration The runtime components execute the event system sample data values send alarm messages and check passwords of users The complete logging of all events and user operations is secured by the M1 system features A visualization is offered both for a PC with mouse operation and for a panel with touch screen OT in optimal resolution The visualization offers access to process data which can be arranged in arbitrary groups with freely selectable physical units and description texts in any language or character set The PC visu contains additionally graphical components for snapshots and long term trends as well as power curve and wind rose diagrams The software developer can additionally use the WTE features in his own code because most features are also delivered in program libraries for IEC61131 3 M PLC und C C For user management and access control WTE contains also a dedicated login checker and a tool to generate passwords Item Item no WTE SDK 00022097 00 DVD for installation WTE Admin Tool DVD for installation WTE Company Licence 00022097 60 WTE Runtime Licence 00022097 63 00022098 00 Sector specific solutions e Configuring instead of programming e Numerous statistical functions with automatic e Readable comparable extensible project format data sampling and graphical display in e High performance in execution of vast event visualization configurations e Flexible assignment of user acces
368. ure 0 60 C fanless 30 60 C fanless Rel humidity operation 5 95 without condensation 5 95 with condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 without 5 95 with condensation condensation Execution variants MPC240 CPU module P III 400MHz 512kKB SRAM 64kB nvRAM 8MB file flash 2x Eth100 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 1x USB1 1 PCC slot CF slot MPC265 CPU module Cel 650MHz 512kKB SRAM 64kB nvRAM 8MB file flash 2x Eth100 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 1x USB1 1 PCC slot CF slot MPC270 CPU module P III 7OOMHz 512kKB SRAM 64kB nvRAM 8MB file flash 2x Eth100 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 1x USB1 1 PCC slot CF slot MPC240 W CPU module P III 400MHz 512kKB SRAM 64kB nvRAM 8MB file flash 2x Eth100 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 1x USB1 1 PCC slot CF slot Cold Weather W MPC240 Like MPC240 ColdClimate MPC270 Like MPC270 ColdClimate 2 MPC293 CPU module P III 933MHz 512kB SRAM 64kB nvRAM 8MB file flash 2x Eth100 1x RS232 1x RS232 422 485 1x USB1 1 PCC slot CF slot MPC293 Like MPC293 ColdClimate 2 not included in delivery depending on the configuration a part of the program memory is reserved for the system software Processor modules Processor module MC200 series The powerful processor modules of the MC200 series offer maximum performance for demanding applications of your M1 control system The CPUs are base
369. urrent Pt100 Pt1000 0 2 cable break at voltage current or temperature error A 10 V O 4 20 mA configurable 14 bit depends on CAN protocol voltage 0 05 current 0 2 voltage 0 1 current 0 4 Load error 16 max 32 500 us default value filter adjustable normally 3 mA at 24 V DC current consumption type 1 in accordance with IEC61131 green LED 3 wire signal Counting channels Counter frequency Counter functions Counting modes Digital outputs Quantity Supply voltage Isolated output blocks Nominal output voltage Output current sum block Switching frequency Short circuit proof 2 digital input channels 1 and 2 max 5 kHz counting speed measurement period duration gate time measurement infinite up down one time up down to from reference value periodic up down to from reference value 16 18 34 V DC 1 12 13 24 0 5A max 8 A 4 A per block 500 Hz with purely resistive load yes A is 149 CANopen Digital outputs Error detection Status display Connection technology CAN interface CANopen Status LEDs Transfer rate Kbaud Connection Module ID Galvanic isolation Terminating resistance Input output connection technology Connection for digital inputs outputs and supply Connection technology for digital inputs outputs and supply Connection for analog inputs outputs Connection technology for analog inputs outputs
370. us slave 173 MODBUS TCP UDP RTU Protocols Modbus RTU Modbus TCP Modbus UDP Protocol version Modbus Application Protocol Specification V1 1a Supported function codes 1 2 3 4 15 16 are used automatically purely through configuration Via a function interface any function codes can be called directly from the application program Interfaces Physical layer Modbus RTU RS232 RS422 RS485 Interfaces Modbus RTU serial interfaces to Mi CPUs CT300 series CT200 series Distributability Modbus RTU yes FASTBUS or BEM BES substation with RS204 module Physical layer Modbus TCP Ethernet 10 100 MBit in accordance with IEEE 802 b Interfaces Modbus TCP ETHO and ETH1 to Mi CPUs CT200 series Distributability Modbus TCP yes FASTBUS or BEM BES substation with EM203 module Performance data Multiple Modbus networks yes up to 8 networks per CPU simultaneously Nominal transfer rates 38400 19200 9600 4800 bits s gross serial RTU Nominal transfer rates 10 100 Mbit s gross Ethernet TCP Parallel traffic to Modbus TCP yes normal IP traffic via the same interface Word order configurable Optimization automatic summary of requests Diagnostics and safety Log book support yes with adjustable debug level Online diagnostics yes Implementation Form of delivery IO driver modbus m virtual modules in accordance with the Unified Fieldbus Model Interface to the application
371. utoff frequency 3 dB 17 kHz cutoff frequency 3 dB 8Hz J or K in insulated or uninsulated N or S in insulated or uninsulated design in accordance with design in accordance with DIN IEC584 each input can be DIN IEC584 each input can be pro grammed for different types programmed for different types 100 800 C J K 30 1000 C N S 30 1600 C 2 mA Pt100 200 pA Pt1000 14 bits 16 bits representation with measured value averaging 30 1300 C 0 055 K Pt100 Pt1000 0 062 K thermocouple 30 1000 C 0 08 K thermocouple N 30 1300 C 0 098 K thermocouple S 30 1600 C 0 15 for type N and 0 25 for type S of measuring range at 25 C thermocouples N S 1 ms without averaging 80 ms at 16 fold averaging 320 ms at 64 fold averaging Polynomial to IEC60584 part 1 for sensor types NorS Wire break 36 V 36 V 0 1 of measuring range at 25 C Pt100 Pt1000 0 15 of measuring range at 25 C thermocouples J K 80 ms at 16 fold averaging 320 ms at 64 fold averaging Polynomial to IEC60584 part 1 for sensor types J or K 500 V 18 34 V DC normally 160 mA at 24 V DC Yes Standard ColdClimate 30 60 C 5 95 with condensation 40 85 C 5 95 with condensation Temperature recording module 14x thermocouple type J K FeCo NiCrNi Pt100 1000 14bit 0 15 isolated Temp recording module 14x thermoco
372. utomation solution The systems presented here not only offer the best possible safety they also guarantee continuity and investment protection o TET ee e eens Sik ew eece ua aim 608 06 The new programmable safety module SLC284 and the digital I O safety modules SDI208 or SDO204 make it possible to set up a solution that is integrated in the M1 Automation System This solution can be adapted to the individual requirements and satisfies the latest safety standards Safety processor module SLC284 Features 16 digital inputs 8 digital outputs can be used redundantly in pairs PL e SIL3 Cat 4 Programmable in function block language in accordance with IEC 61131 3 Programming configuration monitoring and debugging per SolutionCenter Manipulation protection thanks to configurable user schemes with access and function restrictions 1x RS232 for on site maintenance access without developer tools Digital in Features put module SDI208 Digital input module with two galvanically separated input groups 16 digital input channels can be used redundantly in pairs PL e SIL3 Cat 4 Each channe can be optionally tested per test clocking Cross circuit detection Autonomously safe robust against network breakdowns For the subsequent safety relevant safety engineering steps the SolutionCenter contains the Safety Developer which includes all the
373. vals for clocked lines which then are tested automatically by the hardware for short circuit cross connection and interference voltage Safety relevant required unique module identification that excludes the possibility of Swapping modules after a service deployment is also executed directly in the Safety Developer Communication between Safety Developer and the control system for program download diagnosis and configuration is executed conveniently and in broadband via the Ethernet Interface of the M1 control system Alternatively communication can also be executed directly with the Safety Controller via a serial RS232 interface which also enables use of the Safety Controller as a stand alone solution without a surrounding control system 238 Failure free Flexible Economical Control Pa Redundancy Redundancy maximum availability ensures productivity Automation devices from plant transport and mechanical engineering are no longer unthinkable They control and regulate mission critical systems often entirely stand alone or with requirements that manual operation can no longer perform Maximum reliability and ranges of solutions for high availability applications call for increasingly higher demands on productivity right up to 27 7 availability Proven ruggedness and exceptional service life data are are often insufficient here Effective measures against network sensor and wiring outages as well as Stati
374. value as well as further details are stored in continuously genera ted file archives Access is offline e g via a central archiving system but online is also possible via application programs or SCADA systems Four templates for simplifying and shortening the security configuration The information for logged in users their session status and security proto cols can be accessed from user programs Symmetric asymmetric encryption procedures signature and authentication procedures block and stream ciphers SSL TLS are available to the applica tion programs by means of openSSL library These functions can be used in PLC in the form of library functions Symmetric encryption AES 3DES Asymmetric encryption RSA hash functions SHA RIPEMD MD5 MAC functions CBC MAC HMAC Signature algorithms RSA PSS ECDSA Key transfer process SSL TLS TLS 1 2 TLS 1 1 TLS 1 0 SSL 3 0 Certificate variants data encoding PKS7 PKS12 x509 Standards regulations and recommendations Security in Control Systems Publisher System prerequisites The security measures were implemented while taking the following stan dards regulations and recommendations into account IEC 62351 IEC 62443 ISA 99 VDI VDE 2182 FIPS 140 NIST 800 series BSI BDEW NERC Automation equipment Engineering PC Runtime software Engineering software Installation medium Mi CPUs of the MX200 series or better For system prerequisites see Solu
375. value at 25 C Grid measurement module Energy Accuracy Resolution Active energy Reactive energy Type of memory Measurement interval Power quality Voltage Current Voltage harmonics Current harmonics Calculation method Measurement interval Digital relay outputs Number type Signal rated voltages Output current max Output current overload Status display LED 0 2 1 Ws Supplied positive drawn negative Supplied positive drawn negative Nonvolatile on the module Calculation over one period 50 Hz 20 ms 60 Hz 16 67 ms Total harmonic distortion THD per phase Total demand distortion TDD per phase Amplitudes of harmonics up to 50th harmonic per phase Amplitudes of harmonics up to 50th harmonic per phase EN 61000 4 7 50 Hz Calculation over 10 periods 60 Hz Calculation over 12 periods 2 changeover contacts 230 V AC 48 V DC 24 V DC not mixed Nominal 0 5 A at 24 VDC DC 13 Nominal 0 5 A at 24 VDC resistive load Nominal 1 A at 230 VAC AC 15 Nominal 2 A at 230 VAC resistive load 4A Green 86 87 Grid measurement module Undervoltage overvoltage ANSI 27 59 Accuracy 0 1 full scale Resolution Od YoU astsa Delay 0 to 65535 ms Evaluated potentials Phase to phase or phase to neutral Protection elements U lt Undervoltage warning U lt lt Undervoltage error U gt Overvoltage warning U gt gt Overvoltage error Underfrequency overfrequency
376. writers Laboratories CSA Canadian Standards Association HALT Highly Accelerated Life Test ISO09001 2000 Quality management CCC China Compulsory Certification DNV DetNorske Veritas LR Lloyds Register BV Bureau Veritas ABS American Bureau of Shipping aq O re w i lt oO re ios wi Oo lt x x s a uu Oo ZERTIFIKAT CERTIFICATE 2231 CERTIFICATE The Certification Body of TOV S D Landesgeselischaft sterreich GmbH certifies that bachmann Bachmann electronic GmbH Kreuzickerweg 33 A 6800 Feldkirch and applies has established a Quality Management System for Soft and Hardware in Automation with Development Application Production Repai ir Service and Trade An audit was performed Report No 153663 Proof has been furnished that the requirements according to ISO 9001 2008 are fulfilled The certificate is valid until February 2016 Certificate Registration No Q1530441 of TOV a a SOO Landesgesetschsht ich Groh Campus 21 Europaring A042301 A 2345 Businesspark Wien Sod Austis T 380 381 Standards and approvals Item no 00009928 10 00012245 10 00010693 20 00010693 10 00010693 00 00017447 00 00012245 00 00017772 00 00018843 00 00014151 00 00017444 00 00020627 00 00020628 00 00020631 00 00020632 00 00014470 00 00016157 00 00014470 10 00010692 00 00012246 10 00012246 00 00011244 00 0001744
377. x 2 V Cross talk attenuation gt 66 dB Cross talk attenuation gt 120 dB between the channels Error at 25 C imV 0 005 Error at the entire temperature range timvV 0 005 Sample time 20 160 320 640 us at 1 8 16 32 times sampling Temperature calibration Normally 500 us per calibration Input filter 0 33 kHz 4 kHz selectable by software Galvanic isolation of channels 500 V Galvanic isolation from system 500 V Ambient conditions Standard ColdClimate Operating temperature 30 60 C 30 60 C Rel humidity operation 5 95 without 5 95 with condensation condensation Storage temperature 40 85 C 40 85 C Rel humidity storage 5 95 with condensation 5 95 with condensation Execution variants AI204 1 Analog input module 1x In 10V 16bit high precision 0 005 20us sampling time digital averaging single isolated AI204 2 Analog input module 2x In 10V 16bit high precision 0 005 20us sampling time digital averaging single isolated AI204 4 Analog input module 4x In 10V 16bit high precision 0 005 20us sampling time digital averaging single isolated AI204 4 Like AI204 4 ColdClimate 3 52 53 Analog input output modules Voltage outputs Quantity Output voltage Output impedance Digital resolution Value of the LSB Cross talk attenuation Error at 25 C Error in the entire temperature range Refresh cycle time Galvanic iso
378. y When determining the spatial requirements of an M1 controller certain minimum distances between the mounting rack and the adjacent fixtures must be considered t7 n RDI RUN AMANNMAN MEMO J INIT e ERR JS ee S 246 is OY gi EGA 246 8H oA 3 ks X2 3 2 i ii E E 24V a z e Will WAY AWA WANNA WAV AW WANA NP a oo00 ep N 3 2 i 10mm ji Ul OY a 3 SI j _ 3 s lt t t n 64 mm n x 55 mm 20 mm for cables an additional movement space of at least 30 mm must be provided When using high covers for the D SUB connectors more space can also be required HMI systems In order to protect against the potential danger of overheating the visualization equipment should be mounted in a cabinet or housing with the minimum distances specified below HENI Note Every device series can have lower minimum distances upon request depending on the 395 specific conditions CAE CAD data Interfaces Vertical 45 angle Horizontal Bottom top CT200 series 50 C 45 C OT100 series 60 C 55 C OT200 series 50 C 45 C OT1300 series 60 C 55 C WT300 series 45 C 45 C IPC300 series 45 C 45 C IPC1400 series 45 C 45 C Vertical Horizontal CT200 series 45 C 40 C 5 OT100 series 50 C OT200 series 40 C OT1300 series 50 C WT300 series 40 C
379. y to a wide range of applications without any interface converter The robust design and processing quality its outstanding technical specifications seldom available from the usual fieldbus peripherals are very impressive e Compact CAN slave I O module e 8 analog inputs 10 V 1 V Pt100 Pt1000 O 4 20 mA e 4 analog outputs 10 V or O 4 20 mA configurable e 16 digital inputs e 16 digital inputs or outputs individually configurable e 2 integrated counter inputs e Digital outputs each with 0 5 A continuous current e Error detection for digital and analog channels e Full wiring without additional backplanes e Powerful 32 bit processor for fast cycle times Item Item no DA3284 C 00013597 00 DA3284 C 00017450 00 CANopen Analog inputs Quantity Measuring ranges selectable by channel Resolution Sampling rate Input cutoff frequency Basic accuracy at 25 C Error at the entire temperature range Error detection Analog outputs Quantity Measuring ranges selectable by channel Resolution Conversion time Basic accuracy at 25 C Error at the entire temperature range Error detection Digital inputs Quantity Input delay Input current Input type Status display Connection technology Counter 8 10 V 1V Pt100 Pt1000 100 C 500 C 0 4 20 mA 14 bit lt 1 ms for all channels 500 us 750 Hz 3 dB voltage 0 05 current Pt100 Pt1000 0 1 voltage 0 2 c
380. year are included in the license extension of the product support and updates for one year longer communication library for MVIS visualizations The product Support and the updates of one year are included in the license extension of the product support and updates for one year longer 292 Configuration Merging hardware fieldbuses and software into a unit The expenses for design wiring and and to installation of software modules commissioning of a machine represent one tool can be used that permits flexible a considerable share of the engineering adaptation to a wide variety of tasks costs Bachmann electronic supports the with its consistent operating concept user on all levels with convenient and The Device Manager as part of the innovative tools From the planning of SolutionCenter is the central point for the control topology and the configur all configuration and diagnostics tasks ation of fieldbuses to the wiring test Device Manager The Device Manager is the integrated tool for configuration and commissioning of all automation devices from Bachmann electronic The entire M1 controller family the panel PLCs from the CT series the terminals of the WT series but also standard conformant fieldbus nodes from third party suppliers are supported by this REN tool Through the capability for complete offline ee engineering work can start before the hardware is available The flowing alternation between offline and onli

Datasheet

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents